initial commit of ebook 35021HEADmain

53 files changed, 11834 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6833f05
--- /dev/null
+++ b/.gitattributes
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+* text=auto
+*.txt text
+*.md text
diff --git a/35021-8.txt b/35021-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5ca678c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3515 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: January 21, 2011 [EBook #35021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+HISTORICAL STORIES RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE IN FIVE VOLUMES
+
+
+          INDIAN STORIES
+          A mirror of Indian ideas, customs, and
+          adventures.
+
+          COLONIAL STORIES
+          Stirring tales of the rude frontier life of
+          early times.
+
+          REVOLUTIONARY STORIES
+          Heroic deeds, and especially children's
+          part in them.
+
+          CIVIL WAR STORIES
+          Thrilling stories of the great struggle,
+          both on land and sea.
+
+          OUR HOLIDAYS
+          Something of their meaning and spirit.
+
+Each about 200 pages. Full cloth, 12mo.
+
+THE CENTURY CO.
+
+[Illustration: AN INDIAN HORSE-RACE--COMING OVER THE SCRATCH
+
+_Drawing by Frederic Remington_]
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          PUBLISHED BY THE CENTURY CO.
+          NEW YORK     MCMVII
+
+
+
+
+  Copyright, 1877, 1878, 1879, by
+  SCRIBNER & CO.
+
+  Copyright, 1884, 1888, 1889, 1893, 1894, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1904, by
+  THE CENTURY CO.
+
+  THE DEVINNE PRESS
+
+
+
+
+PUBLISHER'S NOTE
+
+
+THIS collection of Indian stories is the first in a series of volumes of
+historic tales retold from "St. Nicholas."
+
+The books do not pretend to give anything like connected history, but by
+means of the story that thrills and interests they impart the real
+spirit of the times they depict in a way no youthful reader will be
+likely to forget.
+
+Most of the stories in this book a boy of eight or nine can read for
+himself, and these are the years of his school life when he is being
+taught something of our colonial history and of the myths and legends of
+primitive man. Thus these stories, while delighting many children and
+tempting them to read "out of hours," will serve a very useful
+purpose.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                            PAGE
+
+  ONATOGA'S SACRIFICE                        _John Dimitry_    1
+
+  WAUKEWA'S EAGLE                           _James Buckham_   10
+
+  A FOURTH OF JULY AMONG THE INDIANS         _W. P. Hooper_   22
+
+  A BOY'S VISIT TO CHIEF JOSEPH              _Erskine Wood_   43
+
+  LITTLE MOCCASIN'S RIDE ON THE THUNDER-HORSE                 54
+                                      _Colonel Guido Ilges_
+
+  THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN             74
+                                          _William M. Cary_
+
+  FUN AMONG THE RED BOYS                     _Julian Ralph_   87
+
+  THE CHILDREN OF ZUŅI                _Maria Brace Kimball_  100
+
+  THE INDIAN GIRL AND HER MESSENGER-BIRD  _George W. Ranck_  112
+
+  HOW THE STONE-AGE CHILDREN PLAYED     _Charles C. Abbott_  115
+
+  GAMES AND SPORTS OF THE INDIAN BOY                         123
+                            _Dr. Charles Alexander Eastman_
+
+  AN OLD-TIME THANKSGIVING               _M. Eloise Talbot_  136
+
+  SOME INDIAN DOLLS                   _Olive Thorne Miller_  155
+
+  THE WALKING PURCHASE                     _George Wheeler_  159
+
+  THE FIRST AMERICANS                   _F. S. Dellenbaugh_  171
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN LULLABY
+
+
+    Sleep, sleep, my boy; the Chippewas
+      Are far away--are far away.
+    Sleep, sleep, my boy; prepare to meet
+      The foe by day--the foe by day!
+    The cowards will not dare to fight
+      Till morning break--till morning break.
+    Sleep, sleep, my child, while still 'tis night;
+      Then bravely wake--then bravely wake!
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+ONATOGA'S SACRIFICE
+
+BY JOHN DIMITRY
+
+
+ONCE, in the long ago, before the white man had heard of the continent
+on which we live, red men, who were brave and knew not what fear was in
+battle, trembled at the mention of a great man-eating bird that had
+lived before the time told of in the traditions known of their oldest
+chiefs.
+
+This bird, which, according to the Indian legends, ate men, was known as
+the PIASAU.
+
+The favorite haunt of this terrible bird was a bluff on the Mississippi
+River, a short distance above the site of the present city of Alton,
+Illinois. There it was said to lie in wait, and to keep watch over the
+broad, open prairies. Whenever some rash Indian ventured out alone to
+hunt upon this fatal ground, he became the monster's prey. The legend
+says that the bird, swooping down with the fierce swiftness of a hawk,
+seized upon its victim and bore him to a gloomy cave wherein it made its
+horrid feasts. The monster must have had an insatiable appetite or a
+prolonged existence, for tradition declares that it depopulated whole
+villages. Then it was that the wise men began to see visions and to
+prophesy the speedy extinction of the tribe. Years of its ravages
+followed one upon another, until at length, according to the legend, was
+lost all reckoning of the time when first that strange, foul creature
+came to scourge their sunny plains. The aged men, whose youth was but a
+dim memory, could say only that the bird was as it had always been. None
+like it had ever been heard of save in vague traditions.
+
+There was one, Onatoga, who began to ponder.
+
+[Illustration: ONATOGA IN THE FOREST]
+
+Now, Onatoga was the great leader of the Illini; one whose name was
+spoken with awe even in the distant wigwams north of the Great Lake.
+Long had he grieved and wondered over the will of the Great Spirit; that
+he should look upon the men of the Western prairies, not as warriors,
+but as deer or bison, only fit to fill the maw of so pestilent a thing
+as this monstrous bird! Before the new moon began to grow upon the
+face of the sky, Onatoga's resolve was taken. He would go to some spot
+deep in the forest where by fasting and prayer his spirit would become
+so pure that the Great Master of Life would hear him and once again be
+kind and turn His face back, in light, upon the Illini.
+
+Stealing away from his tribe in the night, he plunged far into the
+trackless forest. Then, blackening his face, for a whole moon he fasted.
+The moon waxed full and then waned; but no vision came to assure him
+that the Great Spirit had heard his prayers. Only one more night
+remained. Wearied and sorrow-worn, he closed his eyes. But, through the
+deep sleep that fell upon him, came the voice of the Great Spirit. And
+this is the message that came to Onatoga, as he lay sleeping in body
+but, in his soul, awake:
+
+"Arise, Chief of the Illini! Thou shalt save thy race. Choose thou
+twenty of thy warriors; noble-hearted, strong-armed, eagle-eyed. Put in
+each warrior's hand a bow. Give to each an arrow dipped in the venom of
+the snake. Seek then the man whose heart loveth the Great Spirit. Let
+him not fear to look the Piasau in the face; but see that the warriors,
+with ready bows, stand near in the shadow of the trees."
+
+Onatoga awoke; strong, though he had fasted a month; happy, though he
+knew he was soon to die! Who, but he, the Great Chief of the Illini,
+should die for his people--for was it not death to look on the face of
+the Piasau?
+
+Binding his moccasins firmly upon his feet, he washed the marks of grief
+from his face, and painted it with the brightest vermilion and blue.
+Thus, in the splendid colors of a triumphant warrior, he returned
+homeward. All was silent in the village when, in the gray light of early
+day, he entered his lodge. Soon the joyful news was known. From lodge to
+lodge it spread until the last wigwam was reached. Onatoga's quest was
+successful!
+
+Then the warriors began to gather. Furtively, even in their gladness,
+they sought his lodge, for the fear of the Piasau was over all. A solemn
+awe fell upon them as they gathered around the chief, who, it was
+whispered, had heard the voice of the Great Spirit. Without, on that
+high bluff, they knew that the fiend-bird crouched, waiting for the
+morning light to reveal its prey. Within, in sorrowing silence, they
+heard how the people could be saved; but the hearts of the warriors were
+heavy. All knew the sacrifice demanded--their bravest and their best!
+
+[Illustration: "ONATOGA, NEVER CEASING HIS CHANT, FACED THE PIASAU
+FEARLESSLY"]
+
+Onatoga chose his twenty warriors and appointed them their place, where
+the rolling prairie was broken by the edge of the forest. Then, when the
+sun shot its first long shafts of light across the level grasses, the
+chief walked slowly forth and stood alone upon the prairie. The world in
+the morning light was beautiful to Onatoga's eyes. The flowers beneath
+his feet seemed to smile, and poured forth richest perfumes; the sun was
+glorious in its golden breast-plate, to do him honor; while the lark and
+the mock-bird sang his praise in joyous songs.
+
+He had not long to wait. Soon, afar off, the dreaded Piasau was seen
+moving heavily through the clear morning air. Onatoga, drawing himself
+to the full measure of his lofty height, raised his death-song. The dull
+flutter of huge wings came nearer, and a great shadow came rushing over
+the sunlit fields. Onatoga, never ceasing his chant, faced the Piasau
+fearlessly. A sudden fierce swoop downward! In that very moment, twenty
+poisoned arrows, loosed by twenty faithful hands, sped true to their
+aim. With a scream that the bluffs sent rolling back in sharp and
+deafening echoes, the foul monster dropped dead! The Great Spirit loved
+the man who had been willing to sacrifice his life for his people. In
+the very instant when death seemed sure, he covered the heart of Onatoga
+with a shield; and he suffered not the wind to blow aside a single arrow
+from its mark,--the body of the fated Piasau.
+
+[Illustration: "CUNNING CARVERS CUT DEEP INTO THE ROCK THE FORM OF THE
+PIASAU"]
+
+Great were the rejoicings that followed and rich were the feasts that
+were held in honor of Onatoga. The Illini resolved that the story of the
+great deliverance and of the courageous love of Onatoga should not die,
+though they themselves should pass away. The cunning carvers of the
+tribe cut deep into the living rock of the bluff the terrible form of
+the Piasau. And, in later years, when young children asked the meaning
+of this great figure, so unlike any of the birds that they knew upon
+their rivers and their prairies, then the fathers would tell them the
+story of the Piasau, and how the Great Spirit had found, in Onatoga, a
+warrior who loved his fellow-men better than he loved his own life.
+
+
+
+
+WAUKEWA'S EAGLE
+
+BY JAMES BUCKHAM
+
+
+ONE day, when the Indian boy Waukewa was hunting along the
+mountain-side, he found a young eagle with a broken wing, lying at the
+base of a cliff. The bird had fallen from an aery on a ledge high above,
+and being too young to fly, had fluttered down the cliff and injured
+itself so severely that it was likely to die. When Waukewa saw it he was
+about to drive one of his sharp arrows through its body, for the passion
+of the hunter was strong in him, and the eagle plunders many a fine fish
+from the Indian's drying-frame. But a gentler impulse came to him as he
+saw the young bird quivering with pain and fright at his feet, and he
+slowly unbent his bow, put the arrow in his quiver, and stooped over the
+panting eaglet. For fully a minute the wild eyes of the wounded bird and
+the eyes of the Indian boy, growing gentler and softer as he gazed,
+looked into one another. Then the struggling and panting of the young
+eagle ceased; the wild, frightened look passed out of its eyes, and it
+suffered Waukewa to pass his hand gently over its ruffled and draggled
+feathers. The fierce instinct to fight, to defend its threatened life,
+yielded to the charm of the tenderness and pity expressed in the boy's
+eyes; and from that moment Waukewa and the eagle were friends.
+
+Waukewa went slowly home to his father's lodge, bearing the wounded
+eaglet in his arms. He carried it so gently that the broken wing gave no
+twinge of pain, and the bird lay perfectly still, never offering to
+strike with its sharp beak the hands that clasped it.
+
+Warming some water over the fire at the lodge, Waukewa bathed the broken
+wing of the eagle and bound it up with soft strips of skin. Then he made
+a nest of ferns and grass inside the lodge, and laid the bird in it. The
+boy's mother looked on with shining eyes. Her heart was very tender.
+From girlhood she had loved all the creatures of the woods, and it
+pleased her to see some of her own gentle spirit waking in the boy.
+
+When Waukewa's father returned from hunting, he would have caught up the
+young eagle and wrung its neck. But the boy pleaded with him so
+eagerly, stooping over the captive and defending it with his small
+hands, that the stern warrior laughed and called him his "little
+squaw-heart." "Keep it, then," he said, "and nurse it until it is well.
+But then you must let it go, for we will not raise up a thief in the
+lodges." So Waukewa promised that when the eagle's wing was healed and
+grown so that it could fly, he would carry it forth and give it its
+freedom.
+
+It was a month--or, as the Indians say, a moon--before the young eagle's
+wing had fully mended and the bird was old enough and strong enough to
+fly. And in the meantime Waukewa cared for it and fed it daily, and the
+friendship between the boy and the bird grew very strong.
+
+[Illustration: "THE YOUNG EAGLE ROSE TOWARD THE SKY"]
+
+But at last the time came when the willing captive must be freed. So
+Waukewa carried it far away from the Indian lodges, where none of the
+young braves might see it hovering over and be tempted to shoot their
+arrows at it, and there he let it go. The young eagle rose toward the
+sky in great circles, rejoicing in its freedom and its strange, new
+power of flight. But when Waukewa began to move away from the spot, it
+came swooping down again; and all day long it followed him through the
+woods as he hunted. At dusk, when Waukewa shaped his course for the
+Indian lodges, the eagle would have accompanied him. But the boy
+suddenly slipped into a hollow tree and hid, and after a long time the
+eagle stopped sweeping about in search of him and flew slowly and sadly
+away.
+
+Summer passed, and then winter; and spring came again, with its flowers
+and birds and swarming fish in the lakes and streams. Then it was that
+all the Indians, old and young, braves and squaws, pushed their light
+canoes out from shore and with spear and hook waged pleasant war against
+the salmon and the red-spotted trout. After winter's long imprisonment,
+it was such joy to toss in the sunshine and the warm wind and catch
+savory fish to take the place of dried meats and corn!
+
+Above the great falls of the Apahoqui the salmon sported in the cool,
+swinging current, darting under the lee of the rocks and leaping full
+length in the clear spring air. Nowhere else were such salmon to be
+speared as those which lay among the riffles at the head of the Apahoqui
+rapids. But only the most daring braves ventured to seek them there, for
+the current was strong, and should a light canoe once pass the
+danger-point and get caught in the rush of the rapids, nothing could
+save it from going over the roaring falls.
+
+Very early in the morning of a clear April day, just as the sun was
+rising splendidly over the mountains, Waukewa launched his canoe a
+half-mile above the rapids of the Apahoqui, and floated downward, spear
+in hand, among the salmon-riffles. He was the only one of the Indian
+lads who dared fish above the falls. But he had been there often, and
+never yet had his watchful eye and his strong paddle suffered the
+current to carry his canoe beyond the danger-point. This morning he was
+alone on the river, having risen long before daylight to be first at the
+sport.
+
+The riffles were full of salmon, big, lusty fellows, who glided about
+the canoe on every side in an endless silver stream. Waukewa plunged his
+spear right and left, and tossed one glittering victim after another
+into the bark canoe. So absorbed in the sport was he that for once he
+did not notice when the head of the rapids was reached and the canoe
+began to glide more swiftly among the rocks. But suddenly he looked up,
+caught his paddle, and dipped it wildly in the swirling water. The canoe
+swung sidewise, shivered, held its own against the torrent, and then
+slowly, inch by inch, began to creep upstream toward the shore. But
+suddenly there was a loud, cruel snap, and the paddle parted in the
+boy's hands, broken just above the blade! Waukewa gave a cry of
+despairing agony. Then he bent to the gunwale of his canoe and with the
+shattered blade fought desperately against the current. But it was
+useless. The racing torrent swept him downward; the hungry falls roared
+tauntingly in his ears.
+
+Then the Indian boy knelt calmly upright in the canoe, facing the mist
+of the falls, and folded his arms. His young face was stern and lofty.
+He had lived like a brave hitherto--now he would die like one.
+
+Faster and faster sped the doomed canoe toward the great cataract. The
+black rocks glided away on either side like phantoms. The roar of the
+terrible waters became like thunder in the boy's ears. But still he
+gazed calmly and sternly ahead, facing his fate as a brave Indian
+should. At last he began to chant the death-song, which he had learned
+from the older braves. In a few moments all would be over. But he would
+come before the Great Spirit with a fearless hymn upon his lips.
+
+Suddenly a shadow fell across the canoe. Waukewa lifted his eyes and
+saw a great eagle hovering over, with dangling legs, and a spread of
+wings that blotted out the sun. Once more the eyes of the Indian boy and
+the eagle met; and now it was the eagle who was master!
+
+[Illustration: "HE AND THE STRUGGLING EAGLE WERE FLOATING OUTWARD AND
+DOWNWARD"]
+
+With a glad cry the Indian boy stood up in his canoe, and the eagle
+hovered lower. Now the canoe tossed up on that great swelling wave that
+climbs to the cataract's edge, and the boy lifted his hands and caught
+the legs of the eagle. The next moment he looked down into the awful
+gulf of waters from its very verge. The canoe was snatched from beneath
+him and plunged down the black wall of the cataract; but he and the
+struggling eagle were floating outward and downward through the cloud of
+mist. The cataract roared terribly, like a wild beast robbed of its
+prey. The spray beat and blinded, the air rushed upward as they fell.
+But the eagle struggled on with his burden. He fought his way out of the
+mist and the flying spray. His great wings threshed the air with a
+whistling sound. Down, down they sank, the boy and the eagle, but ever
+farther from the precipice of water and the boiling whirlpool below. At
+length, with a fluttering plunge, the eagle dropped on a sand-bar below
+the whirlpool, and he and the Indian boy lay there a minute,
+breathless and exhausted. Then the eagle slowly lifted himself, took the
+air under his free wings, and soared away, while the Indian boy knelt on
+the sand, with shining eyes following the great bird till he faded into
+the gray of the cliffs.
+
+
+
+
+A FOURTH OF JULY AMONG THE INDIANS
+
+BY W. P. HOOPER
+
+
+INDIANS--real Indians--real, live Indians--were what we, like all boys,
+wanted to see; and this was why, after leaving the railroad on which we
+had been traveling for several days and nights, we found ourselves at
+last in a big canvas-covered wagon lumbering across the monotonous
+prairie.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+We were on our way to see a celebration of the Fourth of July at a
+Dakota Indian agency.
+
+It was late in the afternoon of a hot summer's day. We had been riding
+since early morning, and had not met a living creature--not even a bird
+or a snake. Only those who have experienced it know how wearying to the
+eyes it is to gaze all day long, and see nothing but the sky and the
+grass.
+
+However, an hour before sunset we _did_ see something. At first, it
+looked like a mere speck against the sky; then it seemed like a bush or
+a shrub; but it rapidly increased in size as we approached. Then, with
+the aid of our field-glass, we saw it was a man on horseback. No, not
+exactly that, either; it was an Indian chief riding an Indian pony. Now,
+I have seen Indians in the East--"Dime Museum Indians." I have seen the
+Indians who travel with the circus--yes, and I have seen the untutored
+savages who sell bead-work at Niagara Falls; but this one was
+different--he was quite different. I felt sure that he was a genuine
+Indian. He was unlike the Indians I had seen in the East. The most
+striking difference was that this one presented a grand unwashed effect.
+It must have required years of patient industry in avoiding the
+wash-bowl, and great good luck in dodging the passing showers, for him
+to acquire the rich effect of color which he displayed. Though it was
+one of July's hottest days, he had on his head an arrangement made of
+fur, with head trimmings and four black-tipped feathers; a long braid of
+his hair, wound with strips of fur, hung down in front of each ear, and
+strings of beads ornamented his neck. He wore a calico shirt, with tin
+bands on his arms above the elbow; a blanket was wrapped around his
+waist; his leggings had strips of beautiful bright bead-work, and his
+moccasins were ornamented in the same style. But in his right hand he
+was holding a most murderous-looking instrument. It was a long wooden
+club, into one end of which three sharp, shining steel knife-blades were
+set. Though I had been complaining of the heat, still I now felt chilly
+as I looked at the weapon, and saw how well it matched the expression of
+his cruel mouth and piercing eyes.
+
+He passed on while we were trying to make a sketch of him. However, the
+next day, an interpreter brought him around, and, for a small piece of
+tobacco, he was glad to pose while the sketch was being finished. We
+learned his name was "Can-h-des-ka-wan-ji-dan" (One Hoop).
+
+[Illustration: "ONE HOOP" IN HIS SUMMER COSTUME]
+
+A few moments later, we passed an iron post set firmly into the ground.
+It marked one of the boundaries of the Indian Reservation. We were now
+on a tract of land set aside by the United States Government as the
+living-ground of sixteen hundred "Santee" Sioux Indians. We soon saw
+more Indians, who, like us, seemed to be moving toward the little
+village at the Indian agency. Each group had put their belongings into a
+big bundle, and strapped it upon long poles, which were fastened at one
+end to the back of a pony. In this bundle the little papooses rode in
+great comfort, looking like blackbirds peering from a nest. In some
+cases, an older child would be riding in great glee on the pony's back
+among the poles. The family baggage seemed about equally distributed
+between the pony and the squaw who led him. She was preceded by her lord
+and master, the noble red Indian, who carried no load except his long
+pipe.
+
+The next thing of interest was what is called a Red River wagon. It was
+simply a cart with two large wheels, the whole vehicle made of wood. As
+the axles are never oiled, the Red River carry-all keeps up a most
+terrible squeaking. This charming music-box was drawn by one ox, and
+contained an Indian, who was driving with a whip. His wife and children
+were seated on the bottom of this jolting and shrieking cart.
+
+[Illustration: AN INDIAN ENCAMPMENT FOR THE NIGHT]
+
+As we neared the agency buildings, we passed many Indians who had
+settled for the night. They chose the wooded ravines, near streams, by
+which to put up their tents, or "tepees," which consisted of long poles
+covered with patched and smoke-stained canvas, with two openings, one
+at the top for a "smoke-hole" and the other for a door, through which
+any one must crawl in order to enter the domestic circle of the gentle
+savage. We entered several tepees, making ourselves welcome by gifts of
+tobacco to every member of the family. That night, after reaching the
+agency and retiring to our beds, we dreamed of smoking great big pipes,
+with stems a mile long, which were passed to us by horrible-looking
+black witches. But morning came at last,--and _such_ a morning!
+
+That Fourth of July morning I shall never forget. We were awakened by
+the most blood-curdling yells that ever pierced the ears of three white
+boys. It was the Indian war-whoop. I found myself instinctively feeling
+for my back hair, and regretting the distance to the railroad. We
+lingered indoors in a rather terrified condition, until we found out
+that this was simply the beginning of the day's celebration. It was the
+"sham-fight," but it looked real enough when the Indians came tearing
+by, their ponies seeming to enter into the excitement as thoroughly as
+their riders. There were some five hundred, in full frills and
+war-paint, and all giving those terrible yells.
+
+Their costumes were simple, but gay in color--paint, feathers, and more
+paint, with an occasional shirt.
+
+For weapons they carried guns, rifles, and long spears. Bows and arrows
+seemed to be out of style. A few had round shields on their left arms.
+
+Most of the tepees had been collected together and pitched so as to form
+a large circle, and their wagons were placed outside this circle so as
+to make a sort of protection for the defending party. The attacking
+party, brandishing their weapons in the air with increased yells, rushed
+their excited and panting ponies up the slope toward the tepees, where
+they were met by a rapid discharge of blank cartridges and powder. Some
+of the ponies became frightened and unmanageable, several riders were
+unhorsed, and general confusion prevailed. The intrenched party, in the
+meantime, rushed out from behind their defenses, climbing on top of
+their wagons, yelling and dancing around like demons. Added to this, the
+sight of several riderless ponies flying wildly from the tumult made the
+sham-fight have a terribly realistic look.
+
+After the excitement was over, the regular games which had been arranged
+for the day began.
+
+[Illustration: THE SHAM-FIGHT]
+
+In the foot-races, the costumes were so slight that there was nothing to
+describe--simply paint in fancy patterns, moccasins, and a girdle of red
+flannel. But how they could run! I did not suppose anything on two legs
+could go so fast. The lacrosse costumes were bright and attractive. The
+leader of one side wore a shirt of soft, tanned buck-skin, bead-work and
+embroidery on the front, long fringe on the shoulders, bands around the
+arms, and deep fringe on the bottom of the skirt. The legs were bare to
+the knee, and from there down to the toes was one mass of fine
+glittering bead-work. In the game, there were a hundred Indians engaged
+on each side. The game was long, but exciting, being skilfully played.
+The grounds extended about a mile in length. The ball was the size of a
+common baseball, and felt almost as solid as a rock, the center being of
+lead. The shape of the Indian lacrosse stick is shown in the sketch.
+
+Then came games on horseback. But the most interesting performance of
+the whole day, and one in which they all manifested an absorbing
+interest, was the dinner.
+
+At 3 A.M. several oxen had been butchered, and from that time till the
+dinner was served all the old squaws had their hands full. Fires were
+made in long lines, poles placed over them, and high black pots,
+kettles, and zinc pails filled with a combination of things, including
+beef and water, were suspended there and carefully tended by ancient
+Indian ladies in picturesque, witch-like costumes, who gently stirred
+the boiling bouillion with pieces of wood, while other seemingly more
+ancient and worn-out-looking squaws brought great bundles of wood from
+the ravines, tied up in blankets and swung over their shoulders. Think
+of a dinner for sixteen hundred noble chiefs and braves, stalwart
+head-men, young bucks, old squaws, girls, and children! And such
+queer-looking children--some dressed in full war costume, some in the
+most approved dancing dresses.
+
+[Illustration: SHA-KE-TO-PA, A YOUNG BRAVE]
+
+[Illustration: "TAKING A SPOONFUL OF THE SOUP, HE POURED IT UPON THE
+GROUND."]
+
+One little boy, whose name was Sha-ke-to-pa (Four Nails), had five
+feathers--big ones, too--in his hair. His face was painted; he wore
+great round ear-rings, and rows of beads and claws around his neck;
+bands of beads on his little bare brown arms; embroidered leggings and
+beautiful moccasins, and a long piece of red cloth hanging from his
+waist. In fact, he was as gaily dressed as a grown-up Indian man, and he
+had a cunning little war-club, all ornamented and painted. When the
+dinner was nearly ready, the men began to seat themselves in a long
+curved line. Behind them, the women and children were gathered. When
+everything was ready, a chief wearing a long arrangement of feathers
+hanging from his back hair and several bead pouches across his
+shoulders, with a long staff in his left hand, walked into the center of
+the circle. Taking a spoonful of the soup, he held it high in the air,
+and then, turning slowly around, chanting a song, he poured the contents
+of the spoon upon the ground. This, an interpreter explained to us, was
+done to appease the spirits of the air. After this, the old squaws
+limped nimbly around with the pails of soup and other food, serving the
+men. After they were all bountifully and repeatedly helped, the women
+and children, who had been patiently waiting, were allowed to gather
+about the fragments and half-empty pots and finish the repast, which
+they did with neatness and despatch.
+
+[Illustration: A WAITRESS]
+
+Then the warriors lay around and smoked their long-stem pipes, while the
+young men prepared for the pony races.
+
+The first of the races was "open to all," and more than a hundred ponies
+and their riders were arranged in a row. Some of the ponies were very
+spirited, and seemed fully to realize what was going to take place, and
+they would persist in pushing ahead of the line. Then the other riders
+would start their ponies; then the whole line would have to be reformed.
+But finally they were all started, and such shouting, and such waving of
+whips in the air!--and how the little ponies did jump! When the race was
+over, how we all crowded around the winner, and how proud the pony as
+well as the rider seemed to feel! Now we had a better chance to examine
+the ponies than ever before, and some were very handsome. And such
+prices! Think of buying a beautiful three-year-old cream-colored pony
+for twenty dollars!
+
+But as the hour of sunset approached, the interest in the races
+vanished, and so did most of the braves. They sought the seclusion of
+their bowers, to adorn themselves for the grand "grass dance," which was
+to begin at sunset.
+
+What a contrast between their every-day dress and their dancing
+costumes! The former consists of a blanket more or less tattered and
+torn, while the gorgeousness of the latter discourages a description in
+words; so I refer you to the pictures. Of course, we were eager to
+purchase some of the Indian finery, but it was a bad time to trade
+successfully with the Indians. They were too much taken up with the
+pleasures of the day to care to turn an honest penny by parting with any
+of their ornaments. However, we succeeded in buying a big war-club set
+with knives, some pipes with carved stems a yard long, a few
+knife-sheaths and pouches, glittering with beads, and several pairs of
+beautiful moccasins,--most of which now adorn a New York studio.
+
+[Illustration: HOLIDAY CLOTHES AND EVERY-DAY CLOTHES]
+
+Soon the highly decorated red men silently assembled inside a large
+space inclosed by bushes stuck into the ground. This was their
+dance-hall. The squaws were again shut out, as, according to Santee
+Sioux custom, they are not allowed to join in the dances with the men.
+The Indians, as they came in, sat quietly down around the sides of the
+inclosure. The musicians were gathered around a big drum, on which they
+pounded with short sticks, while they sang a sort of wild, weird chant.
+The effect, to an uneducated white man's ear, was rather depressing, but
+it seemed very pleasing to the Indians.
+
+The ball was opened by an old chief, who, rising slowly, beckoned the
+others to follow him. In his right hand the leader carried a wooden gun,
+ornamented with eagles' feathers; in the left he held a short stick,
+with bells attached to it. He wore a cap of otter skin, from which hung
+a long train. His face was carefully painted in stripes of blue and
+yellow.
+
+[Illustration: THE DANCE]
+
+At first, they all moved slowly, jumping twice on each foot; then, as
+the musicians struck up a more lively pounding and a more inspiring
+song, the dancers moved with more rapidity, giving an occasional shout
+and waving their arms in the air. As they grew warmer and more excited,
+the musicians redoubled their exertions on the drum and changed their
+singing into prolonged howls; then one of them, dropping his drumsticks,
+sprang to his feet, and, waving his hands over his head, he yelled till
+he was breathless, urging on the dancers. This seemed to be the
+finishing touch. The orchestra and dancers seemed to vie with each other
+as to who should make the greater noise. Their yells were deafening,
+and, brandishing their knives and tomahawks, they sprang around with
+wonderful agility. Of course, this intense excitement could last but a
+short time; the voices of the musicians began to fail, and, finally,
+with one last grand effort, they all gave a terrible shout, and then all
+was silence. The dancers crawled back to their places around the
+inclosure, and sank exhausted on the grass. But soon some supple brave
+regained enough strength to rise. The musicians slowly recommenced,
+other dancers came forward, and the "mad dance" was again in full blast.
+And thus the revels went on, hour after hour, all night, and continued
+even through the following day. But there was a curious fascination
+about it, and, tired as we were after the long day, we stood there
+looking on hour after hour. Finally, after midnight had passed, we
+gathered our Indian purchases about us, including two beautiful ponies,
+and began our return trip toward the railroad and civilization. But
+the monotonous sound of the Indian drum followed us mile after mile over
+the prairie; in fact, it followed us much better than my new spotted
+pony.
+
+My arm aches now, as I remember how that pony hung back.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Illustration: CHIEF JOSEPH]
+
+
+
+
+A BOY'S VISIT TO CHIEF JOSEPH
+
+BY ERSKINE WOOD
+
+          [NOTE: The author of the sketch "A Boy's Visit to
+          Chief Joseph" was Erskine Wood, a boy thirteen
+          years old. He was then an expert shot with the
+          rifle, and had brought down not only small game,
+          but bear, wolves, and deer. A true woodsman, he
+          was also a skilled archer and angler, having
+          camped alone in the woods, and lived upon the game
+          secured by shooting and fishing.
+
+          When Chief Joseph, of the Nez Percé Indians, went
+          to the national capital, he met Erskine, and
+          invited the young hunter to visit his camp some
+          summer. So in July, 1892, the boy started alone
+          from Portland, Oregon, carrying his guns, bows,
+          rods, and blanket, and made his own way to Chief
+          Joseph's camp on the Nespilem River.
+
+          The Indians received him hospitably, and he took
+          part in their annual fall hunt. He was even
+          adopted into the tribe by the chief, and,
+          according to their custom, received an Indian
+          name, _Ishem-tux-il-pilp_,--"Red Moon."
+
+          Chief Joseph's band was the remnant of the tribe
+          which, under his leadership, fought the United
+          States army so gallantly in 1877; they carried on
+          a running fight of about eleven hundred miles in
+          one summer.
+
+          When Erskine visited him, the chief was in every
+          way most kind and hospitable to his young guest.
+
+                                            C. E. S. WOOD.]
+
+
+I LEFT Portland on the third of July, 1892, to visit Chief Joseph, who
+was chief of the Nez Percé Indians. They lived on the Colville Agency,
+two or three hundred miles north of the city of Spokane, in the State of
+Washington.
+
+I arrived at Davenport, Washington, on the fourth of July. There was no
+stage, so I had to stay all night. I left for Fort Spokane next day,
+arriving at about seven in the evening. As we did not start for Nespilem
+until the seventh, I went and visited Colonel Cook, commanding officer
+at the fort. I stayed all night, and next morning I helped the soldiers
+load cartridges at the magazine. That afternoon I watched the soldiers
+shooting volleys at the target range. We started for Nespilem in a wagon
+at three o'clock in the morning.
+
+The next day I went fishing in the morning, and in the afternoon I went
+up the creek again, fishing with Doctor Latham. He was doctor at the
+Indian agency. The next day I went down to Joseph's camp, where I stayed
+the rest of the time--about five months--alone with the Indians. The
+doctor and the teamster returned to the agency. During my first day in
+the camp, I wrote a letter to my mother, and bought a beaded leather
+belt from one of the squaws. I stayed about camp most of the first day;
+but in the afternoon I went fishing, and caught a nice string of trout.
+
+The Indian camp is usually in two or more long rows of tepees. Sometimes
+two or three families occupy one lodge. When they are hunting and drying
+meat for their winter supply, several lodges are put together, making
+one big lodge about thirty feet long, in which are two or three fires
+instead of one. They say that it dries the meat better.
+
+When game gets scarce, camp is broken and moved to a different place.
+The men and boys catch the horses, and then the squaws have to put on
+the pack-saddles (made of bone and covered with untanned deer-hide) and
+pack them. The men sit around smoking and talking. When all is ready,
+the different families set out, driving their spare horses and
+pack-horses in front of them. The men generally hunt in the early
+morning; they get up at about two o'clock, take a vapor bath, get
+breakfast, and start to hunt at about three. Sometimes they hunt on
+horseback, and sometimes on foot. They come back at about ten or eleven
+o'clock, and if they have been on foot and have been successful they
+take a horse and go and bring in the game. The meat is always divided.
+If Chief Joseph is there, he divides it; and if he is not there,
+somebody is chosen to fill his place. They believe that if the heads or
+horns of the slain deer are left on the ground, the other deer feel
+insulted and will go away, and that would spoil the hunting in that
+neighborhood. So the heads and horns are hung up in trees. They think,
+too, that when anybody dies, his spirit hovers around the spot for
+several days afterward, and so they always move the lodge. I was sitting
+with Joseph in the tepee once, when a lizard crawled in. I discovered
+it, and showed it to Joseph. He was very solemn, and I asked him what
+was the matter. "A medicine-man sent it here to do me harm. You have
+very good eyes to discover the tricks of the medicine-men." I was going
+to throw it into the fire, but he stopped me, saying: "If you burn it,
+it will make the medicine-men angry. You must kill it some other way."
+
+The Indians' calendars are little square sticks of wood about eight
+inches long. Every day they file a little notch, and on Sunday a little
+hole is made. When any one dies, the notch is painted red or black. When
+they are home at Nespilem, they all meet out on the prairie on certain
+days, and have horse-racing. They run for about two miles. When they are
+on the home-stretch, about half a mile from the goal, a lot of men get
+behind them and fire pistols and whip the horses.
+
+I was out grouse-hunting with Niky Mowitz, my Indian companion, and we
+started a deer. We were near the camp, and he proposed to run around in
+front of the deer and head it for camp. So we started, and the way he
+got over those rocks was a wonder! If we had not had the dogs, we might
+have succeeded; but as soon as they caught sight of the deer, they went
+after it like mad, and we did not see it again. Niky Mowitz is a nephew
+and adopted son of Chief Joseph; his father was killed in the Nez Percé
+war of 1877. In the fall hunt the boys are not allowed to go grouse- or
+pheasant-hunting without first getting permission of the chief in
+command. And it is never granted to them until the boys have driven the
+horses to water and counted them to see if any are missing.
+
+The game that the boys play most has to be played out in open country,
+where there are no sticks or underbrush. They get a little hoop, or some
+of them have a little iron ring, about two inches across. Then they
+range themselves in rows, and one rolls the ring on the ground, and the
+others try to throw spears through it. The spears are straight sticks
+about three feet and a half long, with two or three little branches cut
+short at the end, to keep the spear from going clear through the ring.
+
+The Indians take "Turkish," or vapor, baths. They have a little house in
+the shape of a half globe, made of willow sticks, covered with sods and
+dirt until it is about a foot thick and perfectly tight. A hole is dug
+in the house and filled with hot rocks. The Indians (usually about four)
+crowd in, and then one pours hot water on the hot rocks, making a lot of
+steam. They keep this up until one's back commences to burn, and then he
+gives a little yell, and somebody outside tilts up the door (a blanket),
+and they all come out and jump at once into the cold mountain-stream.
+This bath is taken just before going hunting, as they think that the
+deer cannot scent them after it.
+
+Only the boys indulge in wrestling. They fold their hands behind each
+other's backs, and try to throw each other by force, or by bending the
+back backward. Tripping is unfair, in their opinion.
+
+The country is full of game, and we killed many deer and a cinnamon
+bear. In the evening, when they come home, they talk about the day's
+hunt, and what they saw and did. The one that killed the bear said that
+when he first saw the bear it was about fifteen yards off, and coming
+for him with open jaws, and growling and roaring like everything. He
+fired and wounded it. It stopped and stood on its hind legs, roaring
+worse than ever. While this was going on, the Indian slipped around and
+shot it through the heart. I cut off the claws and made a necklace out
+of them. The next day they dug a hole nine feet in diameter and built a
+big fire in it, and piled rocks all over the fire to heat them. In the
+meantime the squaws had cut a lot of fir-boughs and brought the
+bear-meat. When the fire had burned down, and the rocks were red hot,
+all the coals and things that would smoke were raked out, and sticks
+laid across the hole (it was about three feet deep). Then the fir-boughs
+were dipped in water and laid over the sticks. And then meat was laid
+on, and then more fir-boughs, and then the fat (the fat between the hide
+and flesh of a bear is taken off whole) is laid on, and then more
+fir-boughs dipped and sprinkled with water. Then come two or three
+blankets, and, last of all, the whole thing is covered with earth until
+it is perfectly tight. After about two hours everything is removed, and
+the water that has been put on the boughs has steamed the meat
+thoroughly. Then Chief Joseph comes and cuts it up, and every family
+gets a portion. I helped the squaws cook some wild carrots once (they
+cook them just as they do the bear, except that they let them cook all
+night), and Joseph said that I must not do squaws' work: that a brave
+must hunt, fish, fight, and take care of the horses; but a squaw must
+put up the tepees, cook, sew, make moccasins and clothes, tan the hides,
+and take care of the household goods.
+
+The boys take care of the horses. They catch them and drive them to and
+from their watering-places; and the rest of the time they hunt with bows
+and arrows (the boys don't have guns), and fish and play games. The
+Indian dogs are fine grouse- and pheasant-hunters, scenting the game
+from a long distance, and going and treeing them; and they will stay
+there and bark until the men come. The dogs are exactly like coyotes,
+except that they are smaller.
+
+[Illustration: ERSKINE WOOD--NAMED BY CHIEF JOSEPH "ISHEM-TUX-IL-PILP"
+OR "RED MOON"]
+
+Many people have said that the Indian is lazy. In the summer he takes
+care of his horses, hunts enough to keep fresh meat, fishes, and plays
+games. But in the fall, when they are getting their winter meat, they
+get up regularly every morning at two o'clock and start to hunt. And if
+the Indian has been successful, as he usually is, he seldom gets home
+before five o'clock. And the next morning it is the same thing, while
+hoar-frost is all over the ground. In the Fall Hunt, I was out in the
+mountains with them seventy-five miles from Nespilem (where Joseph's
+camp was, and about one hundred and fifty miles from the agency), and it
+was about the 15th of November; and if I had not gone home then, I would
+not have been able to go until spring. So Niky Mowitz brought me in to
+Nespilem, and we made the trip (seventy-six miles) in one day. We
+started at about eight o'clock in the morning, on our ponies. We had not
+been gone more than an hour when the dogs started a deer; we rode very
+fast, and tried to get a sight of it, but we couldn't.
+
+Chief Joseph did not go to the mountains with us on this hunt, and we
+reached his tent in Nespilem at about ten o'clock. When we got to the
+tent, one of Joseph's squaws cooked us some supper; and on the third day
+after that, I went to Wilbur, a little town on the railroad, and from
+there to Portland, where papa met me at the train.
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE MOCCASIN'S RIDE ON THE THUNDER-HORSE
+
+BY COLONEL GUIDO ILGES
+
+
+"LITTLE MOCCASIN" was, at the time we speak of, fourteen years old, and
+about as mischievous a boy as could be found anywhere in the Big Horn
+mountains. Unlike his comrades of the same age, who had already killed
+buffaloes and stolen horses from the white men and the Crow Indians,
+with whom Moccasin's tribe, the Uncapapas, were at war, he preferred to
+lie under a shady tree in the summer, or around the campfire in winter,
+listening to the conversation of the old men and women, instead of going
+upon expeditions with the warriors and the hunters.
+
+The Uncapapas are a very powerful and numerous tribe of the great Sioux
+Nation, and before Uncle Sam's soldiers captured and removed them, and
+before the Northern Pacific Railroad entered the territory of Montana,
+they occupied the beautiful valleys of the Rosebud, Big and Little Horn,
+Powder and Redstone rivers, all of which empty into the grand
+Yellowstone Valley. In those days, before the white man had set foot
+upon these grounds, there was plenty of game, such as buffalo, elk,
+antelope, deer, and bear; and, as the Uncapapas were great hunters and
+good shots, the camp of Indians to which Little Moccasin belonged always
+had plenty of meat to eat and plenty of robes and hides to sell and
+trade for horses and guns, for powder and ball, for sugar and coffee,
+and for paint and flour. Little Moccasin showed more appetite than any
+other Indian in camp. In fact, he was always hungry, and used to eat at
+all hours, day and night. Buffalo meat he liked the best, particularly
+the part taken from the hump, which is so tender that it almost melts in
+the mouth.
+
+When Indian boys have had a hearty dinner of good meat, they generally
+feel very happy and very lively. When hungry, they are sad and dull.
+
+This was probably the reason why Little Moccasin was always so full of
+mischief, and always inventing tricks to play upon the other boys. He
+was a precocious and observing youngster, full of quaint and original
+ideas--never at a loss for expedients.
+
+But he was once made to feel very sorry for having played a trick, and I
+must tell my young readers how it happened.
+
+"Running Antelope," one of the great warriors and the most noted orator
+of the tribe, had returned from a hunt, and Mrs. Antelope was frying for
+him a nice buffalo steak--about as large as two big fists--over the
+coals. Little Moccasin, who lived in the next street of tents, smelled
+the feast, and concluded that he would have some of it. In the darkness
+of the night he slowly and carefully crawled toward the spot where
+Mistress Antelope sat holding in one hand a long stick, at the end of
+which the steak was frying. Little Moccasin watched her closely, and,
+seeing that she frequently placed her other hand upon the ground beside
+her and leaned upon it for support, he soon formed a plan for making her
+drop the steak.
+
+He had once or twice in his life seen a pin, but he had never owned one,
+and he could not have known what use is sometimes made of them by bad
+white boys. He had noticed, however, that some of the leaves of the
+larger varieties of the prickly-pear cactus-plant are covered with many
+thorns, as long and as sharp as an ordinary pin.
+
+So when Mrs. Antelope again sat down and looked at the meat to see if it
+was done, he slyly placed half-a-dozen of the cactus leaves upon the
+very spot of ground upon which Mrs. Antelope had before rested her left
+hand.
+
+Then the young mischief crawled noiselessly into the shade and waited
+for his opportunity, which came immediately.
+
+When the unsuspecting Mrs. Antelope again leaned upon the ground, and
+felt the sharp points of the cactus leaves, she uttered a scream, and
+dropped from her other hand the stick and the steak, thinking only of
+relief from the sharp pain.
+
+Then, on the instant, the young rascal seized the stick and tried to run
+away with it. But Running Antelope caught him by his long hair, and gave
+him a severe whipping, declaring that he was a good-for-nothing boy, and
+calling him a "coffee-cooler" and a "squaw."
+
+The other boys, hearing the rumpus, came running up to see the fun, and
+they laughed and danced over poor Little Moccasin's distress. Often
+afterward they called him "coffee-cooler"; which meant that he was
+cowardly and faint-hearted, and that he preferred staying in camp
+around the fire, drinking coffee, to taking part in the manly sports of
+hunting and stealing expeditions.
+
+The night after the whipping, Little Moccasin could not sleep. The
+disgrace of the whipping and the name applied to him were too much for
+his vanity. He even lost his appetite, and refused some very nice
+prairie-dog stew which his mother offered him.
+
+He was thinking of something else. He must do something brave--perform
+some great deed which no other Indian had ever performed--in order to
+remove this stain upon his character.
+
+But what should it be? Should he go out alone and kill a bear? He had
+never fired a gun, and was afraid that the bear might eat him. Should he
+attack the Crow camp single-handed? No, no--not he; they would catch him
+and scalp him alive.
+
+All night long he was thinking and planning; but when daylight came, he
+had reached no conclusion. He must wait for the Great Spirit to give him
+some ideas.
+
+During the following day he refused all food and kept drawing his belt
+tighter and tighter around his waist every hour, till, by evening, he
+had reached the last notch. This method of appeasing the pangs of
+hunger, adopted by the Indians when they have nothing to eat, is said to
+be very effective.
+
+In a week's time Little Moccasin had grown almost as thin as a
+bean-pole, but no inspiration had yet revealed what he could do to
+redeem himself.
+
+About this time a roving band of Cheyennes, who had been down to the
+mouth of the Little Missouri, and beyond, entered the camp upon a
+friendly visit. Feasting and dancing were kept up day and night, in
+honor of the guests; but Little Moccasin lay hidden in the woods nearly
+all the time.
+
+During the night of the second day of their stay, he quietly stole to
+the rear of the great council-tepee, to listen to the pow-wow then going
+on. Perhaps he would there learn some words of wisdom which would give
+him an idea how to carry out his great undertaking.
+
+After "Black Catfish," the great Cheyenne warrior, had related in the
+flowery language of his tribe some reminiscences of his many fights and
+brave deeds, "Strong Heart" spoke. Then there was silence for many
+minutes, during which the pipe of peace made the rounds, each warrior
+taking two or three puffs, blowing the smoke through the nose, pointing
+toward heaven, and then handing the pipe to his left-hand neighbor.
+
+"Strong Heart," "Crazy Dog," "Bow-String," "Dog-Fox," and "Smooth
+Elkhorn" spoke of the country they had just passed through.
+
+Then again the pipe of peace was handed round, amid profound silence.
+
+"Black Pipe," who was bent and withered with the wear and exposure of
+seventy-nine winters, and who trembled like some leafless tree shaken by
+the wind, but who was sound in mind and memory, then told the Uncapapas,
+for the first time, of the approach of a great number of white men, who
+were measuring the ground with long chains, and who were being followed
+by "Thundering Horses" and "Houses on Wheels." (He was referring to the
+surveying parties of the Northern Pacific Railway Company, who were just
+then at work on the crossing of the Little Missouri.)
+
+With heart beating wildly, Little Moccasin listened to this strange
+story and then retired to his own blankets in his father's tepee.
+
+Now he had found the opportunity he so long had sought! He would go
+across the mountains, all by himself, look at the thundering horses and
+the houses on wheels. He then would know more than any one in the tribe,
+and return to the camp,--a hero!
+
+At early morn, having provided himself with a bow and a quiver full of
+arrows, without informing any one of his plan he stole out of camp, and,
+running at full speed, crossed the nearest mountain to the East.
+
+Allowing himself little time for rest, pushing forward by day and night,
+and after fording many of the smaller mountain-streams, on the evening
+of the third day of his travel he came upon what he believed to be a
+well-traveled road. But--how strange!--there were two endless iron rails
+lying side by side upon the ground. Such a curious sight he had never
+beheld. There were also large poles, with glass caps, and connected by
+wire, standing along the roadside. What could all this mean?
+
+Poor Little Moccasin's brain became so bewildered that he hardly noticed
+the approach of a freight-train drawn by the "Thundering Horse."
+
+There was a shrill, long-drawn whistle, and immense clouds of black
+smoke; and the Thundering Horse was sniffing and snorting at a great
+rate, emitting from its nostrils large streams of steaming vapor.
+Besides all this, the earth, in the neighborhood of where Little
+Moccasin stood, shook and trembled as if in great fear; and to him the
+terrible noises the horse made were perfectly appalling.
+
+Gradually the snorts, and the puffing, and the terrible noise lessened,
+until, all at once, they entirely ceased. The train had come to a
+stand-still at a watering tank, where the Thundering Horse was given its
+drink.
+
+The rear car, or "House on Wheels," as old Black Pipe had called it,
+stood in close proximity to Little Moccasin,--who, in his bewilderment
+and fright at the sight of these strange moving houses, had been unable
+to move a step.
+
+But as no harm had come to him from the terrible monster, Moccasin's
+heart, which had sunk down to the region of his toes, began to rise
+again; and the curiosity inherent in every Indian boy mastered fear.
+
+He moved up, and down, and around the great House on Wheels; then he
+touched it in many places, first with the tip-end of one finger, and
+finally with both hands. If he could only detach a small piece from the
+house to take back to camp with him as a trophy and as a proof of his
+daring achievement! But it was too solid, and all made of heavy wood and
+iron.
+
+At the rear end of the train there was a ladder, which the now brave
+Little Moccasin ascended with the quickness of a squirrel to see what
+there was on top.
+
+It was gradually growing dark, and suddenly he saw (as he really
+believed) the full moon approaching him. He did not know that it was the
+headlight of a locomotive coming from the opposite direction.
+
+Absorbed in this new and glorious sight, he did not notice the starting
+of his own car, until it was too late, for, while the car moved, he
+dared not let go his hold upon the brake-wheel.
+
+There he was, being carried with lightning speed into a far-off, unknown
+country, over bridges, by the sides of deep ravines, and along the
+slopes of steep mountains.
+
+But the Thundering Horse never tired nor grew thirsty again during the
+entire night.
+
+At last, soon after the break of day, there came the same shrill whistle
+which had frightened him so much on the previous day; and, soon after,
+the train stopped at Miles City.
+
+But, unfortunately for our little hero, there were a great many white
+people in sight; and he was compelled to lie flat upon the roof of his
+car, in order to escape notice. He had heard so much of the cruelty of
+the white men that he dared not trust himself among them.
+
+Soon they started again, and Little Moccasin was compelled to proceed on
+his involuntary journey, which took him away from home and into unknown
+dangers.
+
+At noon, the cars stopped on the open prairie to let Thundering Horse
+drink again. Quickly, and without being detected by any of the trainmen,
+he dropped to the ground from his high and perilous position. Then the
+train left him--all alone in an unknown country.
+
+Alone? Not exactly; for, within a few minutes, half a dozen Crow
+Indians, mounted on swift ponies, are by his side, and are lashing him
+with whips and lassoes.
+
+He has fallen into the hands of the deadliest enemies of his tribe, and
+has been recognized by the cut of his hair and the shape of his
+moccasins.
+
+When they tired of their sport in beating poor Little Moccasin so
+cruelly, they dismounted and tied his hands behind his back.
+
+Then they sat down upon the ground to have a smoke and to deliberate
+about the treatment of the captive.
+
+During the very severe whipping, and while they were tying his hands,
+though it gave him great pain, Little Moccasin never uttered a groan.
+Indian-like, he had made up his mind to "die game," and not to give his
+enemies the satisfaction of gloating over his sufferings. This, as will
+be seen, saved his life.
+
+The leader of the Crows, "Iron Bull," was in favor of burning the hated
+Uncapapa at a stake, then and there; but "Spotted Eagle," "Blind Owl,"
+and "Hungry Wolf" called attention to the youth and bravery of the
+captive, who had endured the lashing without any sign of fear. Then the
+two other Crows took the same view. This decided poor Moccasin's fate;
+and he understood it all, although he did not speak the Crow language,
+for he was a great sign-talker, and had watched them very closely during
+their council.
+
+Blind Owl, who seemed the most kind-hearted of the party, lifted the boy
+upon his pony, Blind Owl himself getting up in front, and they rode at
+full speed westward to their large encampment, where they arrived after
+sunset.
+
+Little Moccasin was then relieved of his bonds, which had benumbed his
+hands during the long ride, and a large dish of boiled meat was given to
+him. This, in his famished condition, he relished very much. An old
+squaw, one of the wives of Blind Owl, and a Sioux captive, took pity on
+him, and gave him a warm place with plenty of blankets in her own tepee,
+where he enjoyed a good rest.
+
+During his stay with the Crows, Little Moccasin was made to do the work,
+which usually falls to the lot of the squaws; and which was imposed upon
+him as a punishment upon a brave enemy, designed to break his proud
+spirit. He was treated as a slave, made to haul wood and draw water, do
+the cooking, and clean game. Many of the Crow boys wanted to kill him,
+but his foster-mother, "Old Looking-Glass," protected him; and, besides,
+they feared that the soldiers of Fort Custer might hear of it, if he was
+killed, and punish them.
+
+Many weeks thus passed, and the poor little captive grew more despondent
+and weaker in body every day. Often his foster-mother would talk to him
+in his own language, and tell him to be of good cheer; but he was
+terribly homesick and longed to get back to the mountains on the
+Rosebud, to tell the story of his daring and become the hero which he
+had started out to be.
+
+One night, after everybody had gone to sleep in camp, and the fires had
+gone out, Old Looking-Glass, who had seemed to be soundly sleeping,
+approached his bed and gently touched his face. Looking up, he saw that
+she held a forefinger pressed against her lips, intimating that he must
+keep silence, and that she was beckoning him to go outside.
+
+There she soon joined him; then, putting her arm around his neck, she
+hastened out of the camp and across the nearest hills.
+
+When they had gone about five miles away from camp, they came upon a
+pretty little mouse-colored pony, which Old Looking-Glass had hidden
+there for Little Moccasin on the previous day.
+
+She made him mount the pony, which she called "Blue Wing," and bade him
+fly toward the rising sun, where he would find white people who would
+protect and take care of him.
+
+[Illustration: "THEY CAME UPON A PRETTY LITTLE MOUSE-COLORED PONY"]
+
+Old Looking-Glass then kissed Little Moccasin upon both cheeks and the
+forehead, while the tears ran down her wrinkled face; she also folded
+her hands upon her breast and, looking up to the heavens, said a prayer,
+in which she asked the Great Spirit to protect and save the poor boy in
+his flight.
+
+After she had whispered some indistinct words into the ear of Blue Wing
+(who seemed to understand her, for he nodded his head approvingly), she
+bade Little Moccasin be off, and advised him not to rest this side of
+the white man's settlement, as the Crows would soon discover his
+absence, and would follow him on their fleetest ponies.
+
+"But Blue Wing will save you! He can outrun them all!"
+
+These were her parting words, as he galloped away.
+
+In a short time the sun rose over the nearest hill, and Little Moccasin
+then knew that he was going in the right direction. He felt very happy
+to be free again, although sorry to leave behind his kind-hearted
+foster-mother, Looking-Glass. He made up his mind that after a few
+years, when he had grown big and become a warrior, he would go and
+capture her from the hated Crows and take her to his own tepee.
+
+He was so happy in this thought that he had not noticed how swiftly
+time passed, and that already the sun stood over his head; neither had
+he urged Blue Wing to run his swiftest; but that good little animal kept
+up a steady dog-trot, without, as yet, showing the least sign of being
+tired.
+
+But what was the sudden noise which was heard behind him? Quickly he
+turned his head, and, to his horror, he beheld about fifty mounted Crows
+coming toward him at a run, and swinging in their hands guns, pistols,
+clubs, and knives!
+
+His old enemy, Iron Bull, was in advance, and under his right arm he
+carried a long lance, with which he intended to spear Little Moccasin.
+
+Moccasin's heart stood still for a moment with fear; he knew that this
+time they would surely kill him if caught. He seemed to have lost all
+power of action.
+
+Nearer and nearer came Iron Bull, shouting at the top of his voice.
+
+But Blue Wing now seemed to understand the danger of Moccasin's
+situation; he pricked up his ears, snorted a few times, made several
+short jumps, fully to arouse Moccasin, who remained paralyzed with fear,
+and then, like a bird, fairly flew over the prairie, as if his little
+hoofs were not touching the ground.
+
+Little Moccasin, too, was now awakened to his peril, and he patted and
+encouraged Blue Wing; while, from time to time, he looked back over his
+shoulder to watch the approach of Iron Bull.
+
+Thus they went, on and on; over ditches and streams, rocks and hills,
+through gulches and valleys. Blue Wing was doing nobly, but the pace
+could not last forever.
+
+Iron Bull was now only about five hundred yards behind and gaining on
+him.
+
+Little Moccasin felt the cold sweat pouring down his face. He had no
+firearm, or he would have stopped to shoot at Iron Bull.
+
+Blue Wing's whole body seemed to tremble beneath his young rider, as if
+the pony was making a last desperate effort, before giving up from
+exhaustion.
+
+Unfortunately, Little Moccasin did not know how to pray, or he might
+have found some comfort and help thereby; but in those moments, when a
+terrible death was so near to him, he did the next best thing: he
+thought of his mother and his father, of his little sisters and
+brothers, and also of Looking-Glass, his kind old foster-mother.
+
+Then he felt better and was imbued with fresh courage. He again looked
+back, gave one loud, defiant yell at Iron Bull, and then went out of
+sight over some high ground.
+
+Ki-yi-yi-yi! There is the railroad station just in front, only about
+three hundred yards away. He sees white men around the buildings, who
+will protect him.
+
+At this moment Blue Wing utters one deep groan, stumbles, and falls to
+the ground. Fortunately, though, Little Moccasin has received no hurt.
+He jumps up, and runs toward the station as fast as his weary legs can
+carry him.
+
+At this very moment Iron Bull with several of his braves came in sight
+again, and, realizing the helpless condition of the boy, they all gave a
+shout of joy, thinking that in a few minutes they would capture and kill
+him.
+
+But their shouting had been heard by some of the white men, who at once
+concluded to protect the boy, if he deserved aid.
+
+Little Moccasin and Iron Bull reached the door of the station-building
+at nearly the same moment; but the former had time enough to dart inside
+and hide under the table of the telegraph operator.
+
+When Iron Bull and several other Crows rushed in to pull the boy from
+underneath the table, the operator quickly took from the table drawer a
+revolver, and with it drove the murderous Crows from the premises.
+
+Then the boy had to tell his story, and he was believed. All took pity
+upon his forlorn condition, and his brave flight made them his friends.
+
+In the evening Blue Wing came up to where Little Moccasin was resting
+and awaiting the arrival of the next train, which was to take him back
+to his own home.
+
+Then they both were put aboard a lightning-express train, which took
+them to within a short distance of the old camp on the Rosebud.
+
+When Little Moccasin arrived at his father's tepee, riding beautiful
+Blue Wing, now rested and frisky, the whole camp flocked around him; and
+when he told them of his great daring, of his capture and his escape,
+Running Antelope, the big warrior of the Uncapapas and the most noted
+orator of the tribe, proclaimed him a true hero, and then and there
+begged his pardon for having called him a "coffee-cooler." In the
+evening Little Moccasin was honored by a great feast, and the name of
+"Rushing Lightning," _Wakee-wata-keepee_, was bestowed upon him--and by
+that name he is known to this day.
+
+
+
+
+THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN
+
+AN INDIAN LEGEND
+
+BY WILLIAM M. CARY
+
+          [This story has been told to the children of the
+          Dacotah Indians for very many years, having been
+          handed down from generation to generation; and it
+          is now listened to by Indian children with as much
+          interest as it excited in the red-skinned boys and
+          girls of a thousand years ago.]
+
+
+ON the bank of one of the many branches of the Missouri River--or "Big
+Muddy," as it is called by the Indians on account of the color of its
+waters--there lived a little boy and a little girl. These children were
+very small indeed, being no bigger than a man's finger, but very
+handsome, well formed, and also quite strong, considering their size.
+There were no men and women in the world at that time, and none of the
+people who told the story knew how these two small folk came to be
+living on the banks of the river. Some persons thought that they might
+have been little beavers, or little turtles, who were so smart that
+they turned into a boy and a girl; but nothing about this is known for
+certain. These small people lived in a tiny lodge near the river,
+feeding upon the berries that grew along the shore. These were of great
+variety and many delicious flavors. There were wild currants,
+raspberries, gooseberries, service-berries, wild plums and grapes; and
+of most of these, one was sufficient to make a meal for both of the
+children.
+
+The little girl was very fond of the boy, and watched over and tended
+him with great care. She made him a tiny bow from a blade of grass, with
+arrows to match, and he hunted grasshoppers, crickets, butterflies, and
+many other small creatures. She then made him a hunting-shirt, or coat,
+from the skin of a humming-bird, ornamented with brilliant little stones
+and tiny shells found in the sand. She loved him so dearly that no work
+was too much when done for him.
+
+[Illustration: TELLING THE STORY OF THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE
+FIRST WOMAN]
+
+One day he was out hunting on the prairie; and, feeling tired from an
+unusually long tramp, he lay down to rest and soon fell fast asleep. The
+wind began to rise, after the heat of the day; but this made him sleep
+the sounder, and he knew nothing of the storm that was threatening. The
+clouds rolled over from the northwestern horizon, like an army of
+blankets torn and ragged. With flashing lightning, the thunder-god let
+loose his powers, and peal after peal went echoing loudly through the
+caņons, up over the hills, and down into prairies where the quaking-asp
+shivered, the willows waved, and the tall blue-grass rolled, as the
+wind passed over, like a tempest-tossed sea. Only the stubborn aloes,
+the Spanish-bayonet, and the prickly-pears kept their position. But the
+storm was as brief as it was violent; and, gradually subsiding, it
+passed to the southeast, leaving nothing but a bank of clouds behind the
+horizon. Everything was drenched by the heavy rain. The flowers hung
+their heads, or lay crushed from the weight of water on their tender
+petals, vainly struggling to rise and rejoice that the storm had passed
+away. The sage-brush looked more silvery than ever, clothed with myriads
+of rain-drops, which beaded its tiny leaves. Through all the storm our
+little hero slept, the feathers of his hunting-coat wet and flattened by
+the rain. When the sun came out again and shone upon him, it dried and
+shriveled this little coat until it cracked and fell off him like the
+shell of an egg from a newly hatched chicken. He soon began to feel
+uncomfortable, and woke up. Evening was fast approaching; the blue-jay
+chattered, the prairie-chicken was calling its young brood to rest under
+its wings for the night, the cricket had at last sung himself to sleep,
+and all nature seemed to be getting ready for a long rest. Our boy,
+however, had no thought of further sleep. His active mind was thinking
+how he could revenge himself upon the sun for his treatment of him, in
+thus ruining his coat. The shadows on the plains deepened into gloom and
+darkness, but still he thought and planned out his revenge. Early in the
+morning he started for home. The little girl had been anxiously watching
+for him all night, and came out to meet him, much rejoiced at his safe
+return; but when she saw the condition of his coat, on which she had
+labored with so much care and love, she was very much grieved. Her tears
+only made him more angry with the sun, and he set himself to planning
+with greater determination by what means he could annoy this enemy. At
+last a bright idea struck him, and he at once told it to the girl. She
+was delighted, and admired him the more for his shrewdness. They soon
+put their plans into practice, and began plaiting a rope of grasses.
+
+This was a great undertaking, as the rope had to be very long. Many
+moons came and went before this rope was finished, and, when the task
+was completed, the next thing to be considered was, how they should
+carry or transport it to the place where the sun rises in the morning.
+This question puzzled them greatly, for the rope was very large and
+heavy, and the distance was very great.
+
+[Illustration: "HE HUNTED GRASSHOPPERS"]
+
+All the animals at that time were very small tween compared to the
+field-mouse, which was then the largest quadruped in the whole world,
+twice the size of any buffalo. The horse, or, as the Indians call it,
+"shungatonga," meaning elk-dog, did not then exist. It was a long time
+before the children could find a field-mouse to whom they could appeal
+for aid. At last they found one at home, sitting comfortably under an
+immense fern.
+
+[Illustration: "AT HOME, UNDER AN IMMENSE FERN"]
+
+The little boy then went up to him, and, after relating his troubles,
+asked if he would assist in carrying the rope. Mountains had to be
+crossed, rivers swum or forded, according to their depth, wide expanses
+of prairie to be passed over, forests skirted, swamps waded, and lakes
+circled before the rope and its makers could reach the place where the
+sun rises. The field-mouse, after much consideration, agreed to help the
+pair, and they began their preparations by winding the rope into a great
+coil, which they packed on the back of the field-mouse. On the top of
+this the boy and girl seated themselves, and the journey began. When
+they came to a river which must be crossed by swimming, the rope was
+taken off the mouse and unwound; then he would take one end in his
+mouth, and swim to the other side, letting it trail out after him as he
+swam. This performance had to be repeated many times before the whole
+rope was landed on the opposite bank. When this was done, he had to swim
+across again and fetch the little pair, seating them on his forehead.
+
+[Illustration: ON THE JOURNEY]
+
+It was hard work for the mouse, but the little boy encouraged him to his
+work by promises of reward and compliments on his extraordinary
+strength. The high mountains were crossed with great toil, and while
+they were on the dry plains the travelers suffered for want of water.
+The sun had dried up everything, and it almost seemed as if he
+understood their object, for he poured down upon them his hottest rays.
+Several changes of the seasons, and many moons, had come and gone before
+they reached the dense forest from behind which the sun was accustomed
+to rise. They managed to arrive at this big forest at night, so that the
+sun should not see them, and then they screened themselves in the woods,
+resting there for several days. When, at last, they felt rested and
+refreshed, they began their work at nightfall, and the first thing they
+did was to uncoil the rope. The little boy then took one end of it in
+his teeth, and climbed up one of the trees at the extreme edge of the
+woods, where he spread it out in the branches, making loops and
+slip-knots here and there all over, from one tree to another, until the
+rope looked like an immense net. Then the mouse, finding his services no
+longer needed, left them and wandered far away.
+
+[Illustration: THE FIELD-MOUSE CARRYING THE LITTLE PAIR ACROSS A RIVER]
+
+As morning approached, the two children quitted the wood, everything
+being in readiness, and retired to a distance to watch the result of
+their work. Soon they espied a pale light gleaming behind the forest and
+gradually becoming brighter and brighter. On came the sun, rolling up in
+all his grandeur and fast approaching the rope, while the two little
+hearts were beating quickly down below. In a moment he had reached the
+network of rope, and then, before he knew it, he was entangled in its
+meshes, and found himself thoroughly entrapped! What a proud moment for
+our hero! He compared his own size with that of the sun, and his delight
+seemed beyond bounds as he and the little girl watched the sun
+struggling to free himself, getting red with fury and rage, and pouring
+out his burning heat on all surrounding things. The leaves shriveled and
+dropped from the trees, the branches could be seen to smoke, the grass
+curled up and withered, and at last the forest began to burn as the heat
+became more intense. It seemed as if all nature was on fire. The joy of
+the children now turned into fear. The elk, deer, and buffalo came
+rushing out of the woods. The birds circled, shrieking and crying, and
+all living things seemed wild with fear.
+
+[Illustration: THE CONSULTATION]
+
+At last the field-mouse called the animals together for a consultation
+as to what was best to be done. They held a brief council, for no time
+could be lost. The elk spoke up and said that as the mouse had gone to
+so much trouble to carry the rope to entrap the sun, he was the one who
+ought to set him free from his entanglement. This was generally agreed
+to, and, besides, the field-mouse was the largest animal, and had such
+sharp and strong teeth that it would be easy for him to gnaw through any
+rope.
+
+It was getting hotter and hotter: something must be done quickly. The
+sun was blazing with rage! The field-mouse finally yielded to the wishes
+of his fellow-animals; and, rushing into the wood, through the terrible
+heat and smoke, he gnawed the rope, but in doing so was melted down to
+his present size. The sun then rapidly arose, and everything soon became
+all right again.
+
+The fact of the little man trapping the sun and causing so much mischief
+proved his superiority over the other animals, and they have feared him
+ever since. And, according to the Indian belief, this little man and
+little woman were the father and mother of all the tribes of men.
+
+
+
+
+FUN AMONG THE RED BOYS
+
+BY JULIAN RALPH
+
+
+VARIOUS as are the customs of the Indians, it is their savage, warlike
+natures that we are most apt to remember. Few of us, in fact, ever think
+of Indian children at all, except at the sight of a picture of them.
+Little has been told or written about the boy and girl red folk, and it
+would puzzle most of my readers to say what they suppose these children
+of nature look like, or do to amuse themselves, or how they are brought
+up. It will astonish most city people to hear that red children are very
+like white children, just as a lady who was out on the plains a few
+years ago was astonished to find that they had skins as smooth and soft
+as any lady's--no, smoother and softer than that: as delicate and lovely
+as any dear little baby's here in New York. This lady was visiting the
+Blackfeet in my company, and she was so surprised, when she happened to
+touch one little red boy's bare arm, that she went about pinching a
+dozen chubby-faced boys and girls to make herself sure that all their
+skins were like the coats of ripe peaches to the touch.
+
+Whether the Indians really love their children, or know what genuine
+love or affection is, I cannot say; but they are so proud and careful of
+their little ones that it amounts to the same thing so far as the
+youngsters are concerned. Boy babies are always most highly prized,
+because they will grow up into warriors.
+
+The little that is taught to Indian boys must seem to them much more
+like fun than instruction. They must hear the fairy stories and the
+gabble of the medicine-men or conjurers, and the tales of bloody fights
+and brave and cunning deeds which make the histories of their tribes.
+They learn not to take what does not belong to them unless it belongs to
+an enemy. They learn not to be impudent to any one stronger and bigger
+than themselves; they learn how to track animals and men, how to go
+without food when there is not any, how to eat up all there is _at once_
+when any food is to be had, how to ride and shoot and run and paddle,
+and smoke very mild tobacco. As for the rest, they "just grow," like
+Topsy, and are as emotional and fanciful and wilful as any very little
+white child ever was. They never get over being so. The older they grow
+to be, the older children they become, for they are all very much like
+spoiled children as long as they live.
+
+The first Indians I ever saw, outside of a show, were boys at play. They
+were Onondagas, on their reservation near Syracuse, New York. They were
+big boys of from sixteen to twenty years old, and the game they were
+playing was "snow-snakes." The earth was covered with snow, and by
+dragging a stout log through this covering they had made a narrow gutter
+or trough about 500 or 700 feet long. Each youth had his snow-snake,
+which is a stick about eight feet long, and shaped something like a
+spear. All the snow-snakes were alike, less than an inch wide, half an
+inch thick, flat on the under side, rounded on top, and with a very
+slight turn upward at the point to suggest a serpent's head. The
+"snakes" were all smoothed and of heavy hard wood. The game was to see
+who could send his the farthest along the gutter in the snow. The young
+men grasped their snakes at the very end, ran a few steps, and shot the
+sticks along the trough. As one after another sped along the snow, the
+serpent-like heads kept bobbing up and down over the rough surface of
+the gutter precisely like so many snakes. I bought a snow-snake, but,
+though I have tried again and again, I cannot get the knack of throwing
+it.
+
+[Illustration: ONONDAGA INDIAN BOYS PLAYING AT "SNOW-SNAKES"]
+
+But I have since seen Indian boys of many tribes at play, and one time I
+saw more than a hundred and fifty "let loose," as our own children are
+in a country school-yard at recess. To be sure, theirs is a perpetual
+recess, and they were at home among the tents of their people, the
+Canada Blackfeet, on the plains, within sight of the Rocky Mountains.
+The smoke-browned tepees, crowned with projecting pole-ends, and painted
+with figures of animals and with gaudy patterns, were set around in a
+great circle, and the children were playing in the open, grassy space in
+the center. Their fathers and mothers were as wild as any Indians,
+except one or two tribes, on the continent, but nothing of their savage
+natures showed in these merry, lively, laughing, bright-faced little
+ragamuffins. At their play they laughed and screamed and hallooed. Some
+were running foot-races, some were wrestling, some were on the backs of
+scampering ponies; for they are sometimes put on horseback when they are
+no more than three years old. Such were their sports, for Indian boys
+play games to make them sure of aim, certain of foot, quick in motion,
+and supple in body, so that they can shoot and fight and ride and hunt
+and run well. To be able to run fast is a necessary accomplishment for
+an Indian. What they call "runners" are important men in every tribe.
+They are the messenger men, and many a one among them has run a hundred
+miles in a day. They cultivate running by means of foot-races. In war
+they agree with the poet who sang:
+
+          "For he who fights and runs away
+           May live to fight another day";
+
+and afterward, if they were taken prisoners, they had a chance for life,
+in the old days, if they could run fast enough to escape their captors
+and the spears and bullets of their pursuers.
+
+A very popular game that attracted most of the Blackfeet boys was the
+throwing of darts, or little white hand-arrows, along the grass. The
+game was to see who could throw his arrow farthest in a straight line.
+At times the air was full of the white missiles where the boys were
+playing, and they fell like rain upon the grass.
+
+In another part of the field were some larger boys with rude bows with
+which to shoot these same darts. These boys were playing a favorite
+Blackfeet game. Each one had a disk or solid wheel of sheet-iron or
+lead, and the game was to see who could roll his disk the farthest,
+while all the others shot at it to tip it over and bring it to a stop.
+The boys made splendid shots at the swift-moving little wheels, and from
+greater distances than you would imagine.
+
+They play with arrows so frequently that it is no wonder they are good
+marksmen; yet you would be surprised to see how frequently they bring
+down the birds, rabbits, and gophers which abound on the plains. The
+houses of these plump little drab-colored creatures are holes in the
+turf, and as you ride along the plains you will see them everywhere
+around, sitting up on their haunches with their tiny fore paws held idle
+and limp before them, and their bead-like, bright eyes looking at you
+most trustingly--until you come just so near, when pop! suddenly down
+goes little Mr. Gopher in his hole. You may be sure the Indian boys find
+great sport in shooting at these comical little creatures. But the boys
+take a mean advantage of the fact that the restless gophers cannot stay
+still in one place any great length of time. When one pops into a hole
+it is only for a minute, and during that minute the Indian boy softly
+and deftly arranges a snare around the hole, so that when the gopher
+pops up again the snare can be jerked and the animal captured.
+
+We gave the boys in the Blackfeet camp great sport by standing at a
+distance of a hundred yards from all of them and offering a silver
+quarter to whichever boy got to us first. You should have seen the
+stampede that followed the signal, "Go!" Blankets were dropped,
+moccasins fell off, boys stumbled and others fell atop of them, their
+black locks flew in the breeze, and the air was noisy with yelling and
+laughter.
+
+These boys spin tops, but their "top-time" is the winter, when snow is
+on the ground and is crusted hard. Their tops are made of lead or some
+other metal, and are mere little circular plates which they cover with
+red flannel and ornament with tiny knots or wisps of cord all around the
+edges. These are spun with whips and look very pretty on the icy white
+playgrounds. Nearly all Indian boys play ball, but not as we do, for
+their only idea of the game is the girlish one of pitching and catching.
+All their games are the simplest, and lack the rules which we lay down
+to make our sports difficult and exciting.
+
+The boys of the Papago tribe in the Southwest have a game which the
+fellows in Harvard and Yale would form rules about, if they played it,
+until it became very lively indeed. These Indian boys make dumb-bells of
+woven buckskin or rawhide. They weave them tight and stiff, and then
+soak them in a sort of red mud which sticks like paint. They dry them,
+and then the queer toys are ready for use. To play the game they mark
+off goals, one for each band or "side" of players. The object of each
+side is to send its dumb-bells over to the goal of the enemy. The
+dumb-bells are tossed with sticks that are thrust under them as they lie
+on the ground. The perverse things will not go straight or far, and a
+rod is a pretty good throw for one. The sport quickly grows exciting,
+and the players are soon battling in a heap, almost as if they were
+playing at foot-ball.
+
+[Illustration: "YOU SHOULD HAVE SEEN THE STAMPEDE THAT FOLLOWED THE
+SIGNAL, 'GO!'"]
+
+These are games that will not wear out while there are Indian boys to
+play them. On the oldest reservations, where even the grandfathers of
+the Indians now alive were shut up and fed by their government, the boys
+still play the old games. But wherever one travels to-day, even among
+the wildest tribes, a new era is seen to have begun as the result of
+the Indian schools, and Indian boys are being taught things more useful
+than any they ever knew before. The brightest boys in the various tribes
+are selected to be sent to these schools, and it is hoped that what they
+learn will make all the others anxious to imitate white men's ways.
+
+[Illustration: COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN
+BOY]
+
+
+
+
+THE CHILDREN OF ZUŅI
+
+BY MARIA BRACE KIMBALL
+
+          "Little Indian, Sioux or Crow,
+           Little frosty Eskimo,
+           Little Turk or Japanee,
+           Oh, don't you wish that you were me?"
+
+
+SO says the well-fed, well-dressed, well-housed little Scotchman in
+Robert Louis Stevenson's rhyme. But I don't believe that the small
+Indians of Zuņi would care at all to change places with the little "me"
+of Edinburgh or New York. In their village of mud and stone, on the
+sunny plains of New Mexico, they have lived for centuries in perfect
+contentment. Fine houses, green parks, and merry streets would be
+nothing to them; hats and parasols, candies and ice-cream would make
+them stare; and mere cleanliness would only astonish them. Indeed, if
+they saw us washing our faces and brushing our hair every day, they
+would probably one and all cry out in Zuņi words:
+
+          "Oh, don't you wish that you were _me_?"
+
+The little half-civilized children of Zuņi so aroused our curiosity that
+we drove through forty miles of sand and sage-brush, from the railroad
+at Fort Wingate, to pay them a visit. As the Indians do not provide for
+travelers, we took our hotel with us--tents, beds, and food--and camped
+just outside their village. The village looks like a huge beehive made
+of clay and stuck fast to the top of a sandy knoll. The hive is filled
+with a mass of cells--three hundred single rooms, placed side by side
+and piled in rows one on top of another. In each of these rooms lives a
+Zuņi family. There are no inside stairways leading from story to story,
+but if the boys and girls living in one row wish to pay a visit to a
+house above them, they must go outdoors and climb a ladder. On the slope
+between the village and the Zuņi River are a number of small
+vegetable-gardens, each one inclosed by a mud wall. Zuņi has no inns, no
+shops, no saloons, not even proper streets, but only narrow alleys that
+thread their way through the strange town. As we walked through the
+village, all the world came out to see us. Girls and boys clustered on
+the roofs or sat on the ovens,--queer little cones of mud which seem to
+grow up out of the house-tops,--while fathers, mothers, and babies
+peered out from dark doorways, to stare at the visitors. When we had
+finished our tour of the roofs and alleys, we were hospitably invited
+indoors; even there the children followed us, and as we glanced up to a
+hole in the ceiling which served as a window, a girl's laughing face
+filled the opening. We must have looked strange enough in our hats and
+gloves and long skirts.
+
+The Zuņi child spends his early days in a cradle. But a cradle in
+Zuņi-land does not mean down pillows, silken coverlets, and fluffy
+laces; it is only a flat board, just the length of the baby, with a hood
+like a doll's buggy-top over the head. Upon this hard bed the baby is
+bound like a mummy--the coverings wound round and round him until the
+little fellow cannot move except to open his mouth and eyes. Sometimes
+he is unrolled, and looks out into the bare whitewashed room, blinks at
+the fire burning on the hearth, and fixes his eyes earnestly on the wolf
+and cougar skins that serve as chairs and beds and carpets in the Zuņi
+home.
+
+[Illustration: A ZUŅI FAMILY ON THE MARCH]
+
+By the time he is two or three years old, he has grown into a plump
+little bronze creature, with the straightest of coarse black hair and
+the biggest and roundest of black eyes. He is now out of the cradle, and
+trots about the house and the village. When the weather is bad he wears
+a small coarse shirt, and always a necklace of beads or turquoise.
+
+As he grows older, he adds a pair of loose cotton trousers to his
+costume, and, if anything more is needed to keep him warm, he girds on
+his blanket, just as his forefathers have done in all the three hundred
+years since white men first knew the Zuņis. His long hair, either flying
+loosely in the wind or tied back with a band of some red stuff, serves
+him both as hair and as hat.
+
+His little sister, however, has a more elaborate dress. Her mama weaves
+it for her, as she does her own, in a rude loom. She makes two square
+blankets of black cotton, finishes them neatly across top and bottom,
+sews them together at the sides with red yarn, and the dress is ready to
+try on. It always fits perfectly, as the part which forms the skirt is
+simply held in place by a sash, and the waist is made by drawing two
+corners of the blankets up over the left shoulder. The sash, woven in
+gay colors, is also the work of Mama Zuņi. A long, narrow piece of
+cotton cloth is draped from the other shoulder, and swings easily about,
+serving as pocket, shawl, or pinafore. In cold weather, moccasins,
+leggings, and blankets are also worn. These articles, too, are made at
+home. While the mother is the dressmaker and tailor, the father is the
+family shoemaker. A few of the Zuņi girls have dresses like those of
+American girls. These clothes have come to them through the
+mission-school which adjoins the village.
+
+The Zuņis have a language of their own--no very easy one for boys and
+girls to learn, judging from its many-syllabled, harsh-sounding words.
+They also speak a little Spanish, as does nearly everybody in New
+Mexico.
+
+The little Zuņis amuse themselves with running, wrestling, jumping, and
+playing at grown folks, just as civilized children do. They have their
+bows and arrows, their rag-dolls,--strapped like real babies to
+cradles,--and their shinny sticks and balls. The children also make
+themselves useful at home. The older girls take care of their younger
+brothers and sisters, and the boys tend the goats. There are large herds
+of goats belonging to the village, and they must be taken every morning
+to graze on the plain, and brought home at night to be shut up in the
+corrals, or folds, safe from prowling wolves.
+
+The little children often go with their mothers to draw water from the
+village well, about a hundred yards from the houses. At the top of a
+flight of stone steps they wait, playing about in the sand, while their
+mothers go down to the spring. There the women fill the jars, then,
+poising them on their heads, climb the hill and mount the ladders to
+their homes. As all the water used by the village has to be brought to
+it in these _ollas_ (water-jars), carried on the women's heads, it is
+not surprising that the boys' clothes are grimy and the girls have
+apparently never known what it is to wash their faces.
+
+The _ollas_, which answer the purpose of family china and of
+kitchen-ware, are made by the Zuņi women from the clay of the
+river-bank. The wet earth is shaped by hand into jars of all sorts and
+sizes; the jars are then painted with gay colors, in queer patterns, and
+burned. It is a pretty sight, of an evening, to see the fires of the
+kilns dotted all over the terraces of the village. Each piece of pottery
+is shut up inside a little wall of chips, which are set on fire; when
+the chips are burned up, the article is baked and ready for use. The
+Zuņi mamas make not only the jars for family use, but also clay toys for
+the children, curious rattles, dolls' moccasins, owls, eagles, horses,
+and other childish treasures.
+
+[Illustration: ON THE WAY TO FORT WINGATE]
+
+The Zuņi has learned that American coffee and tobacco are better than
+Indian herb tea and willow bark. As he must have ready money in order to
+buy such articles, he has contrived various ways of earning a few
+_reales_ (Spanish for shillings). When spring comes and the snows have
+melted, he collects the jars and bowls and trinkets that have been made
+during the winter, ties them up in the several corners of his blanket,
+and trudges off to market at Fort Wingate, forty miles away. Bows and
+arrows, and canes made from a singular cactus which grows near Zuņi, are
+also added to the stock in trade. If the Indian is lucky enough to own a
+burro, he and one of the boys mount the patient creature, while the
+family, big and little, with some of the neighbors, complete the party.
+Once in the garrison, the Zuņi family need only walk up and down to
+advertise their wares; the boys and girls help to carry the jars, while
+the babies follow. The group, with its bright blankets and gay
+pottery, soon attracts attention and sales begin on the sidewalks and
+verandas. Little is said by the Zuņi merchants, but when the bargaining
+is finished, they stand silent, waiting with a hungry look for the usual
+invitation to the kitchen. There, seated in a circle on the floor, they
+gratefully eat and drink whatever is set before them. Their store of
+words does not include "Thank you," but their faces brighten, and the
+older people politely shake hands with a "Bueno, bueno, seņora" ("Good,
+good, madame"), while the babies munch and crumble their cake and cry
+for more, just as our own white babies do. The thoughtful mamas do not
+forget the miles of "home stretch" before the family, and wisely tuck
+away in their blankets the last bits of cheese and crackers.
+
+When they have looked over the fort, tasted its bread and coffee, and
+sold their cargo, they cheerfully go home to their mud village and
+Indian habits. Old and young, they all are children, easily pleased,
+contented with things as they are, and quite certain in their own minds
+that the Zuņi way is the right way to live.
+
+
+
+
+THE INDIAN GIRL AND HER MESSENGER-BIRD
+
+BY GEORGE W. RANCK
+
+
+ONCE upon a time, there was an Indian who lived in a big wood on the
+banks of a beautiful river, and he did nothing all day long but catch
+fish and hunt wild deer. Well, this Indian had two lovely little
+daughters, and he named one Sunbeam, because she was so bright and
+cheerful, and the other he called Starlight, because, he said, her sweet
+eyes twinkled like the stars.
+
+Sunbeam and Starlight were as gay as butterflies, and as busy as bees,
+from morning till night. They ran races under the shady trees, made
+bouquets of wild flowers, swung on grape-vine swings, turned berries and
+acorns into beads, and dressed their glossy black hair with bright
+feathers that beautiful birds had dropped. They loved each other so
+much, and were so happy together, that they never knew what trouble
+meant until, one day, Starlight got very sick, and before the big moon
+came over the tree-tops the sweet Indian child had closed her starry
+eyes in death, and rested for the last time upon her soft, little
+deerskin bed. And now, for the first time, Sunbeam's heart was full of
+grief. She could not play, for Starlight was gone, she knew not where;
+so she took the bright feathers out of her hair, and sat down by the
+river and cried and cried for Starlight to come back to her. But when
+her father told her that Starlight was gone to the Spirit-land of love
+and beauty, and would be happy for ever and ever, Sunbeam was comforted.
+
+"Now," said she, "I know where darling Starlight is, and I can kiss her
+and talk to her again."
+
+Sunbeam had heard her people say that the birds were messengers from the
+Spirit-land. So she hunted through the woods until she found a little
+song-bird, that was too young to fly, fast asleep in its nest. She
+carried it gently home, put it into a cage, and watched over it and fed
+it tenderly day after day until its wings grew strong and it filled the
+woods with its music. Then she carried it in her soft little hands to
+Starlight's grave; and after she had loaded it with kisses and messages
+of love for Starlight, she told it never to cease its sweetest song or
+fold its shining wings until it had flown to the Spirit-land. She let it
+go, and the glad bird, as it rose above the tall green trees, poured
+forth a song more joyful than any that Sunbeam had ever heard. Higher
+and higher it flew, and sweeter and sweeter grew its song, until at last
+both its form and its music were lost in the floating summer clouds.
+
+Then Sunbeam ran swiftly over the soft grass to her father, and told
+him, with a bright smile and a light heart, that she had talked with
+dear Starlight, and had kissed her sweet rosy mouth again; and Sunbeam
+was once more her father's bright and happy little Indian girl.
+
+
+
+
+HOW THE STONE-AGE CHILDREN PLAYED
+
+BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT
+
+
+NOT long since I wandered along a pretty brook that rippled through a
+narrow valley. I was on the lookout for whatever birds might be
+wandering that way, but saw nothing of special interest. So, to while
+away the time, I commenced geologizing; and, as I plodded along my
+lonely way, I saw everywhere traces of an older time, when the sparkling
+rivulet that now only harbors pretty salamanders was a deep creek,
+tenanted by many of our larger fishes.
+
+How fast the earth from the valley's slopes may have been loosened by
+frost and washed by freshet, and carried down to fill up the old bed of
+the stream, we will not stop to inquire; for other traces of this older
+time were also met with here. As I turned over the loose earth by the
+brook-side, and gathered here and there a pretty pebble, I chanced upon
+a little arrow-point.
+
+Whoever has made a collection, be it of postage stamps or birds' eggs,
+knows full well how securing one coveted specimen but increases
+eagerness for others; and so was it with me that pleasant afternoon.
+Just one pretty arrow-point cured me of my laziness, banished every
+trace of fatigue, and filled me with the interest of eager search; and I
+dug and sifted and washed the sandy soil for yards along the brook-side,
+until I had gathered at least a score of curious relics of the
+long-departed red men, or rather of the games and sports and pastimes of
+the red men's hardy and active children.
+
+[Illustration: THE HATCHET]
+
+For centuries before Columbus discovered San Salvador, the red men (or
+Indians, as they are usually called) roamed over all the great continent
+of North America, and having no knowledge of iron as a metal, they were
+forced to make of stone or bone all their weapons, hunting and
+household implements. From this fact they are called, when referring to
+those early times, a stone-age people, and so, of course, the boys and
+girls of that time were stone-age children.
+
+But it is not to be supposed that, because the children of savages, they
+were altogether unlike the youngsters of to-day. In one respect, at
+least, they were quite the same--they were very fond of play.
+
+Their play, however, was not like the games of to-day, as you may see by
+the pictures of their toys. We might, perhaps, call the principal game
+of the boys "Playing Man," for the little stone implements, here
+pictured, are only miniatures of the great stone axes and long
+spear-points of their fathers.
+
+In one particular these old-time children were really in advance of the
+youngsters of to-day; they not only did, in play, what their parents did
+in earnest, but they realized, in part, the results of their playful
+labor. A good old Moravian missionary says: "Little boys are frequently
+seen wading in shallow brooks, shooting small fishes with their bows and
+arrows." Going a-fishing, then, as now, was good fun; but to shoot
+fishes with a bow and arrow is not an easy thing to do, and this is one
+way these stone-age children played, and played to better advantage than
+most of my young readers can.
+
+Among the stone-age children's toys that I gathered that afternoon, were
+those of which we have pictures. The first is a very pretty stone
+hatchet, very carefully shaped, and still quite sharp. It has been
+worked out from a porphyry pebble, and in every way, except size, it is
+the same as hundreds that still are to be found lying about the fields.
+
+No red man would ever deign to use such an insignificant-looking ax, and
+so we must suppose it to have been a toy hatchet for some little fellow
+that chopped away at saplings, or, perhaps, knocked over some poor
+squirrel or rabbit; for our good old Moravian friend, the missionary,
+also tells us that "the boys learn to climb trees when very young, both
+to catch birds and to exercise their sight, which, by this method, is
+rendered so quick that in hunting they see objects at an amazing
+distance." Their play, then, became an excellent schooling for them; and
+if they did nothing but play it was not a loss of time.
+
+The five little arrow-points figured in the second picture are among
+those I found in the valley. The ax was not far away, and both it and
+they may have belonged to the same bold and active young hunter. All of
+these arrow-points are very neatly made.
+
+[Illustration: ARROW-HEADS]
+
+The same missionary tells us that these young red men of the forest
+"exercise themselves very early with bows and arrows, and in shooting at
+a mark. As they grow up, they acquire a remarkable dexterity in shooting
+birds, squirrels, and small game."
+
+Every boy remembers his first penknife, and, whether it had one or three
+blades, was proud enough of it; but how different the fortune of the
+stone-age children, in this matter of a pocket-knife! In the third
+picture is shown a piece of flint that was doubtless chipped into this
+shape that it might be used as a knife.
+
+I have found scores of such knives in the fields that extend along the
+little valley, and a few came to light in my search that afternoon in
+the brook-side sands and gravel. So, if this chipped flint is a knife,
+then, as in modern times, the children were whittlers.
+
+[Illustration: FLINT KNIFE]
+
+Of course, our boys nowadays would be puzzled to cut a willow whistle or
+mend the baby's go-cart with such a knife as this; but still, it will
+not do to despise stone cutlery. The big canoe at the Centennial, that
+took up so much room in the Government Building,--a boat sixty feet
+long,--was made in quite recent times, and only stone knives and
+hatchets were used in the process.
+
+I found too, in that afternoon walk, some curiously shaped splinters of
+jasper, which at first did not seem very well adapted to any purpose;
+and yet, although mere fragments, they had every appearance of having
+been purposely shaped, and not of accidental resemblances to a hook or
+sickle blade. When I got home, I read that perfect specimens, mine being
+certainly pieces of the same form, had been found away off in Norway;
+and Professor Nilsson, who has carefully studied the whole subject, says
+they are fish-hooks.
+
+Instead of my broken ones, we have in the fourth illustration some
+uninjured specimens of these fish-hooks from Norway. Two are made of
+flint, the largest one being bone; and hooks of exactly the same
+patterns really have been found within half a mile of the little valley
+I worked in that afternoon.
+
+The fish-hooks shown in our picture have been thought to be best adapted
+for, and really used in, capturing cod-fish in salt water, and perch and
+pike in inland lakes. The broken hooks I found were fully as large; and
+so the little brook that now ripples down the valley, when a large
+stream, must have had a good many big fishes in it, or the stone-age
+fishermen would not have brought their fishing-hooks, and have lost
+them, along this remnant of a larger stream.
+
+But it must not be supposed that only children in this bygone era did
+the fishing for their tribe. Just as the men captured the larger game,
+so they took the bigger fishes; but it is scarcely probable that the
+boys who waded the little brooks with bows and arrows would remain
+content with that, and, long before they were men, doubtless they were
+adepts in catching the more valuable fishes that abounded, in Indian
+times, in all our rivers.
+
+So, fishing, I think, was another way in which the stone-age children
+played.
+
+[Illustration: FISH-HOOKS]
+
+
+
+
+GAMES AND SPORTS OF THE INDIAN BOY
+
+BY DR. CHARLES ALEXANDER EASTMAN
+
+          [These are actual recollections of the wild life.
+          The Indian boy whose experiences are described
+          wrote them out himself many years afterward when,
+          having graduated at Dartmouth College and the
+          Boston University School of Medicine, he had
+          become an educated man, and a physician among his
+          own people.]
+
+
+THE Indian boy was a prince of the wilderness. He had but very little
+work to do during the period of his boyhood. His principal occupation
+was the practising of a few simple but rigid rules in the arts of
+warfare and the chase. Aside from this, he was master of his time.
+
+Whatever was required of us boys was quickly performed; then the field
+was clear for our games and plays. There was always keen competition
+between us. We felt very much as our fathers did in hunting and
+war--each one strove to excel all the others. It is true that our savage
+life was a precarious one, and full of dreadful catastrophes; however,
+this never prevented us from enjoying our sports to the fullest extent.
+As we left our tepees in the morning, we were never sure that our scalps
+would not dangle from a pole in the afternoon! It was an uncertain life,
+to be sure. Yet we observed that the fawns skipped and played happily
+while the gray wolves might be peeping forth from behind the hills,
+ready to tear them limb from limb.
+
+Our sports were molded by the life and customs of our people--indeed, we
+practised only what we expected to do when grown. Our games were feats
+with the bow and arrow, foot and pony races, wrestling, swimming, and
+imitations of the customs and habits of our fathers. We had sham fights
+with mud balls and willow wands, we played lacrosse, made war upon bees,
+shot winter arrows (which were used only in that season), and coasted
+upon ribs of animals and buffalo-robes.
+
+Our games with bow and arrow were usually combined with hunting; but as
+I shall take hunting for the subject of another letter, I will speak
+only of such as were purely plays.
+
+No sooner did the boys get together than they divided into squads, and
+chose sides; then a leading arrow was shot at random into the air.
+Before it fell to the ground, a volley from the bows of the
+participants followed. Each player was quick to see the direction and
+speed of the leading arrow, and he tried to send his own with the same
+speed and at an equal height, so that when it fell it would be closer
+than any of the others to the first.
+
+It was considered out of place to shoot an arrow by first sighting the
+object aimed at. This was usually impracticable, because the object was
+almost always in motion, while the hunter himself was often on the back
+of a pony in full gallop. Therefore, it was the offhand shot that the
+Indian boy sought to master. There was another game with arrows which
+was characterized by gambling, and was generally confined to the men.
+
+The races were an every-day occurrence. At noon the boys were usually
+gathered by some pleasant sheet of water, and as soon as the ponies were
+watered, they were allowed to graze for an hour or two, while the boys
+stripped for their noonday sports. A boy might say, "I can't run, but I
+challenge you for fifty paces," to some other whom he considered his
+equal. A former hero, when beaten, would often explain his defeat by
+saying, "I had drunk too much water!" Boys of all ages were paired for
+a "spin," and the little red men cheered on their favorites with spirit!
+As soon as this was ended, the pony races followed. All the speedy
+ponies were picked out, and riders chosen. If a boy said, "I cannot
+ride," what a shout went up! Such derision!
+
+Last of all came the swimming. A little urchin would hang to his pony's
+long tail, while the latter held only his head above water and glided
+sportively along. Finally the animals were driven into a fine field of
+grass, and we turned our attention to other games.
+
+Lacrosse was an older game, and was confined entirely to the Sisseton
+and Santee Sioux. Shinny, such as is enjoyed by white boys on ice, is
+now played by the western Sioux. The "moccasin-game," although sometimes
+played by the boys, was intended mainly for adults.
+
+The "mud-and-willow" fight was rather a severe and dangerous sport. A
+lump of soft clay was stuck on one end of a limber and springy willow
+wand, to be thrown with considerable force--as boys throw apples from
+sticks. When there were fifty or a hundred on each side, the battle
+became warm; but anything to arouse the bravery of Indian boys seemed to
+them a good and wholesome sport.
+
+Wrestling was largely indulged in by all of us. It may seem odd, but the
+wrestling was by a great number of boys at once--from ten to any number
+on a side. It was really a battle, but each one chose his own opponent.
+The rule was that if a boy sat down, he was let alone; but as long as he
+remained standing within the field he was open to an attack. No one
+struck with the hand, but all manner of tripping with legs and feet and
+hurting with the knees was allowed; altogether it was an exhausting
+pastime--fully equal to the American game of foot-ball. Only the boy who
+was an athlete could really enjoy it.
+
+One of our most curious sports was a war upon the nests of wild bees. We
+imagined ourselves about to make an attack upon the Chippewas or some
+other tribal foe. We all painted and stole cautiously upon the nest;
+then, with a rush and a war-whoop, sprang upon the object of our attack
+and endeavored to destroy it. But it seemed that the bees were always on
+the alert, and never entirely surprised; for they always raised quite as
+many scalps as did their bold assailants! After the onslaught upon the
+bees was ended, we usually followed it by a pretended scalp-dance.
+
+On the occasion of my first experience in this mode of warfare, there
+were two other little boys who also were novices. One of them,
+particularly, was too young to indulge in such an exploit. As it was the
+custom of the Indians, when they killed or wounded an enemy on the
+battle-field, to announce the act in a loud voice, we did the same. My
+friend Little Wound (as I will call him, for I do not remember his
+name), being quite small, was unable to reach the nest until it had been
+well trampled upon and broken, and the insects had made a counter charge
+with such vigor as to repulse and scatter our numbers in every
+direction. However, he evidently did not want to retreat without any
+honors; so he bravely jumped upon the nest and yelled:
+
+"I, brave Little Wound, to-day kill the only fierce enemy!"
+
+Scarcely was the last word uttered when he screamed as if stabbed to the
+heart. One of his older companions shouted:
+
+"Dive into the water! Run! Dive into the water!" for there was a lake
+near by. This advice he obeyed.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN BOYS PLAYING "FOLLOW MY LEADER"]
+
+When we had reassembled and were indulging in our mimic dance, Little
+Wound was not allowed to dance. He was considered not to be in
+existence--he had been "killed" by our enemies, the Bee tribe. Poor
+little fellow! His tear-stained face was sad and ashamed, as he sat on a
+fallen log and watched the dance. Although he might well have styled
+himself one of the noble dead who had died for their country, yet he was
+not unmindful that he had _screamed_, and that this weakness would be
+apt to recur to him many times in the future.
+
+We had some quiet plays which we alternated with the more severe and
+warlike ones. Among them were throwing wands and snow-arrows. In the
+winter we coasted much. We had no "double-rippers" nor toboggans, but
+six or seven of the long ribs of a buffalo, fastened together at the
+larger end, answered all practical purposes. Sometimes a strip of
+bass-wood bark, four feet long and half a foot wide, was used with much
+skill. We stood on one end and held the other, using the inside of the
+bark for the outside, and thus coasted down long hills with remarkable
+speed.
+
+Sometimes we played "Medicine Dance." This to us was almost what
+"playing church" is among white children. Our people seem to think it an
+act of irreverence to imitate these dances, but we children thought
+otherwise; therefore we quite frequently enjoyed in secret one of these
+performances. We used to observe all the important ceremonies and
+customs attending it, and it required something of an actor to reproduce
+the dramatic features of the dance. The real dances usually occupied a
+day and a night, and the program was long and varied, so that it was not
+easy to execute all the details perfectly; but the Indian children are
+born imitators.
+
+I was often selected as choirmaster on these occasions, for I had
+happened to learn many of the medicine songs, and was quite an apt
+mimic. My grandmother, who was a noted medicine woman, on hearing of
+these sacrilegious acts (as she called them), warned me that if any of
+the medicine men should learn of my conduct, they would punish me
+terribly by shriveling my limbs with slow disease.
+
+Occasionally we also played "white man." Our knowledge of the pale-face
+was limited, but we had learned that he brought goods whenever he came,
+and that our people exchanged furs for his merchandise. We also knew,
+somehow, that his complexion was white, that he wore short hair on his
+head and long hair on his face, and that he had coat, trousers, and
+hat, and did not patronize blankets in the daytime. This was the picture
+we had formed of the white man. So we painted two or three of our number
+with white clay, and put on them birchen hats, which we sewed up for the
+occasion, fastened a piece of fur to their chins for a beard, and
+altered their costume as much as lay within our power. The white of the
+birch-bark was made to answer for their white shirts. Their merchandise
+consisted of sand for sugar, wild beans for coffee, dried leaves for
+tea, pulverized earth for gunpowder, pebbles for bullets, and clear
+water for dangerous "fire-water." We traded for these goods with skins
+of squirrels, rabbits, and small birds.
+
+When we played "hunting buffalo" we would send a few good runners off on
+the open prairie with meat and other edibles; then start a few of our
+swiftest runners to chase them and capture the food. Once we were
+engaged in this sport when a real hunt by the men was going on near by;
+yet we did not realize that it was so close until, in the midst of our
+play, an immense buffalo appeared, coming at full speed directly toward
+us. Our mimic buffalo hunt turned into a very real "buffalo scare"! As
+it was near the edge of a forest, we soon disappeared among the leaves
+like a covey of young prairie-chickens, and some hid in the bushes while
+others took refuge in tall trees.
+
+In the water we always had fun. When we had no ponies, we often had
+swimming-matches of our own, and we sometimes made rafts with which we
+crossed lakes and rivers. It was a common thing to "duck" a young or
+timid boy, or to carry him into deep water to struggle as best he might.
+
+I remember a perilous ride with a companion on an unmanageable log, when
+we both were less than seven years old. The older boys had put us on
+this uncertain bark and pushed us out into the swift current of the
+river. I cannot speak for my comrade in distress, but I can say now that
+I would rather ride on a wild bronco any day than try to stay on and
+steady a short log in a river. I never knew how we managed to prevent a
+shipwreck on that voyage, and to reach the shore!
+
+We had many curious wild pets. There were young foxes, bears, wolves,
+fawns, raccoons, buffalo calves, and birds of all kinds, tamed by
+various boys. My pets were different at different times, but I
+particularly remember one. I once had a grizzly cub for a pet, and so
+far as he and I were concerned our relations were charming and very
+close. But I hardly know whether he made more enemies for me or I for
+him. It was his custom to treat unmercifully every boy who injured me.
+He was despised for his conduct in my interest, and I was hated on
+account of his interference.
+
+[Illustration: COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN
+BOY]
+
+
+
+
+AN OLD-TIME THANKSGIVING
+
+BY M. ELOISE TALBOT
+
+
+LITTLE PRUDENCE stood by the window, with her face pressed hard against
+it. She was not looking out; she could not do that, for the
+window-frame, instead of being filled with clear panes of glass, had
+oiled paper stretched tightly across it.
+
+It was a very curious window, indeed, and it transmitted a dull light
+into a very curious room. The floor was of uncovered boards; the walls
+were built of logs of wood with the bark still clinging to them in
+places, and overhead were great rafters from which hung suspended many
+things--swords and corselets, coats, bundles of dried herbs, pots and
+pans.
+
+The furniture was very simple. In the center of the room was a wooden
+table, scoured to whiteness, stiff-backed chairs were ranged against the
+wall, and a dresser, where pewter cups and platters stood in shining
+rows, adorned the farther corner. In a wide chimney-place a royal fire
+was blazing, and before it stood Prudence's mother, carefully stirring
+some mixture in an iron pot which hung upon a crane. Within the circle
+of the firelight, which played upon her yellow hair and turned it to
+ruddy gold, Mehitable, Prudence's sister, stepped rapidly to and fro,
+her spinning-wheel making a humming accompaniment to the crackling of
+the blaze.
+
+Prudence turned to watch her, pushing farther back a little white cap
+which pressed upon her short curls; for she was a little Puritan maiden,
+living in the town of Plymouth, and it was not the present year of our
+Lord, but about two hundred and eighty-four years ago. She was a very
+different Prudence from what she would have been if she had been living
+now, and it was a very different Plymouth from the pleasant town we know
+to-day, with its many houses climbing up the hill, and the busy people
+in its streets. There were only seven houses then, and they stood in one
+line leading to the water, and there was but one building besides--a
+square wooden affair with palisades, which served as a church on
+Sundays, a fort when enemies were feared, and a storehouse all the
+time. Beyond these nothing could be seen but woods--trackless, unknown
+forests--and, away to the east, the ocean, where the waves were booming
+with a lonesome sound.
+
+It was not quite a year before that Prudence's father had stood with the
+other brave colonists on the deck of the _Mayflower_, and had looked
+with eager eyes upon the shore of the New World. This first year in
+Massachusetts had on the whole been a happy one for Prudence. During the
+cold winter which followed their landing, she had indeed cast longing
+thoughts toward the home in Holland which they had left; and especially
+did she long for the Dutch home when she was hungry, and the provisions
+which had been brought on the ship were scanty; but she had forgotten
+all such longings in the bounty given by the summer, and now it seemed
+to her there was no more beautiful place in the world than this New
+England.
+
+It was Prudence's father who opened the door and came in, carrying on
+his shoulder an ax with which he had been felling trees for the winter's
+fuel. Prudence never could get over the queer feeling it gave her to see
+her father thus employed. When they lived in Holland, he was always
+writing and studying in books of many languages, but here he did little
+else than work in the fields, for it was only so that the early settlers
+obtained their daily bread. He leaned his ax in a corner, and came
+toward the fire, rubbing his hands to get out the cold.
+
+"I have news for you, dear heart, to-night," he said to his wife. "I
+have just come from the granary, and indeed there is goodly store laid
+up of corn and rye, and game that has been shot in the forest. The
+children's mouths will not hunger this winter."
+
+"Praised be the Lord!" replied his wife, fervently. "But what is your
+news?"
+
+"The governor hath decided to hold a thanksgiving for the bountiful
+harvest, and on the appointed day is a great feast to be spread; and he
+hath sent a messenger to bid Massasoit to break bread with us."
+
+"Massasoit the Indian?"
+
+"Ay; but a friendly Indian. He will come, and many of his braves with
+him. You will be kept busy, my heart, with the other housewives to bake
+sufficient food for this company."
+
+"Oh, mother, _may_ I go?" cried Prudence, her eyes dancing with
+excitement, clutching at her mother's skirts; but her father continued:
+
+"How now, Mehitable? The news of a coming feast does not seem to make
+you merry as it was wont to do in Holland."
+
+Mehitable was grave, and there was even a tear in her eye.
+
+"I know," cried Joel, who was two years older than Prudence; "she is
+thinking of John Andrews, who is across the sea."
+
+But the father frowned, and the mother said, "Peace, foolish children!"
+as she placed the porridge on the table.
+
+So Prudence and Joel drew up their benches, and said no more. Chairs and
+conversation did not belong to children in those days; they sat on
+little stools and kept silence. That did not keep them from thinking. A
+thanksgiving feast! What could it be? The only thanksgiving they knew
+about meant such long prayers in church that the little people grew very
+tired before the end--but a feast!--that would be something new and
+interesting.
+
+The feast was to be held on the following Thursday; so, during all the
+days between, the house was full of the stir of brewing and baking.
+Prudence polished the apples, and Joel pounded the corn, in eager
+anticipation; but when the day arrived a disappointment awaited them,
+for their father decreed that they should remain at home.
+
+"You are over-young, my little Prudence, and Joel is over-bold; besides
+which, he must stay and care for you."
+
+"And do neither of you leave the house while your father and I are
+away," added the mother. "I shall not have a moment's peace of mind, if
+I think you are wandering outside alone."
+
+"I will bring you back a Dutch cake, my little sister," whispered
+Mehitable, who looked sweeter than ever in her best attire of black silk
+and a lace kerchief, which with an unwilling heart she had put on in
+obedience to her mother's command.
+
+But when the elders were gone the disappointment and loneliness were too
+much for the children. Prudence, being a girl, sat down in a corner and
+cried; while Joel, being a boy, got angry, and strode up and down the
+room with his hands in his pockets.
+
+"It is too bad!" he burst out suddenly. "The greedy, grown-up people, I
+believe they want all the food themselves! It's a downright shame to
+keep us at home!"
+
+"Joel!" gasped Prudence, horrified--"father and mother!"
+
+"Well, I know," admitted Joel, more mildly; "but they need not have shut
+us up in the house as if we were babies. Prudence, let's go out in the
+yard and play, if we can't do anything else."
+
+"But mother forbade us," said Prudence.
+
+"I know. But then, of course, she only meant we must not go into the
+woods for fear of wild beasts. There is no danger here by the doorsteps,
+and father won't care; _he's_ not afraid!"
+
+"I--don't--know," faltered Prudence.
+
+"Well, _I'm_ going, anyway," said Joel, resolutely, taking his hat from
+the peg. "Ah, do come too, Prudence!" he added persuasively.
+
+So Prudence, though she knew in her heart it was a naughty thing to do,
+took off her cap, and tying her little Puritan bonnet under her chin,
+followed Joel through the door.
+
+Once outside, I am afraid their scruples were soon forgotten. All the
+sunshine of the summer and the sparkling air of the winter were fused
+together to make a wonderful November day. The children felt like colts
+just loosed, and ran and shouted together till, if there had not been a
+good deal of noise also at the stone house where the feast was being
+spread, their shrill little voices must surely have been heard there.
+
+All at once Joel caught Prudence by the arm.
+
+"Hush!" he exclaimed. "Look!"
+
+A beautiful gray squirrel ran across the grass in front of them. It
+stopped, poising its little head and intently listening.
+
+"I'm going to catch him," whispered Joel, excitedly. "Father said if I
+could catch one, he would make me a cage for it. Come along."
+
+He tiptoed softly forward, but the squirrel heard and was up and away in
+an instant. Joel pursued, and Prudence ran after him. Such a chase as
+the little creature gave them--up on the fence, under the stones, across
+the fields, and finally straight to the woods, with the children panting
+and stumbling after, still keeping him in sight. Breath and patience
+gave out at last; but when they stopped, where were they? In the very
+heart of the forest, where the dead leaves rustled, and the sunlight
+slanted down upon them, and the squirrel, safe in the top of a tree,
+chattered angrily.
+
+"Never saw--anything run--so fast," panted Joel in disgust.
+"I--give--him up. We had better go back, Prudence. Why--but--I don't
+think I know the way!"
+
+Prudence's lip quivered, and her eyes filled.
+
+"That's just like a girl!" said Joel, harshly, "to go and cry the first
+thing."
+
+"I don't care," cried Prudence, indignation burning away her tears; "you
+brought me into this, anyhow, Joel, and now you ought to get me out."
+
+This was so obviously true that Joel had no retort at hand. Besides, he
+did not like to see Prudence unhappy. So, after a moment, he put his arm
+around her.
+
+"Never mind, Prue," he said; "I think if we try together, we can find
+the way home."
+
+But though they walked until their feet were weary, they could find no
+familiar spot.
+
+When they came out of the woods at last, it was only to find themselves
+unexpectedly on the sandy beach of the ocean. They sat down on two
+stones, and looked at each other in silence. Joel began to feel even his
+bravery giving way. All at once they heard a sound of soft feet, and a
+low, sweet voice said:
+
+"How do, English!"
+
+A little Indian boy stood before them. He wore a garment of skins, and a
+tiny bow and quiver hung upon his back. His feet were bare, and he
+walked so lightly that the children could hardly hear his tread.
+Prudence, in fright, shrank close to her brother; but Joel had seen many
+Indians during their year in the New World, and the stranger's eyes were
+so bright and soft that the white boy returned the Indian's salutation.
+Then, plunging his hand into his pocket, Joel brought forth a handful of
+nut-meats, and held them out for an offering.
+
+[Illustration: "'HOW DO, ENGLISH!'"]
+
+The little Indian smiled delightedly, and politely took a few--not all.
+Having munched the kernels gravely, the new-comer began to dance.
+
+It was a most remarkable dance. It was first a stately measure,
+accompanied by many poisings on his toes, and liftings of his head, from
+which the wind blew back his straight black hair; but gradually his
+motions grew faster and more furious, his slow steps changed to running,
+he turned, he twisted his lithe body into all possible contorted shapes,
+he threw his arms high above his head, waving them wildly, he took great
+leaps into the air, and finally, when his dance had lasted about fifteen
+minutes, several amazing somersaults brought him breathless, but still
+smiling, to the children's feet.
+
+His spectators had been shouting with delight during the whole
+performance, and now asked him eager questions. What was his name? How
+did he learn to dance? Could he not speak any more English? But to all
+their inquiries he only shook his head, and at last sat down beside
+them, motionless now as any little bronze statue, and looked steadily
+out to sea.
+
+Prudence's head drooped upon her brother's shoulder.
+
+"I'm rather tired, Joel," she said wistfully; "don't you think we could
+get to Plymouth pretty soon?"
+
+"I don't know," said Joel, despondently.
+
+At the words the Indian boy sprang to his feet. He ran toward the woods,
+then stopped, and beckoned them to follow.
+
+"He is going in the wrong direction, I am sure," said Joel, shaking his
+head.
+
+The boy stamped on the ground with impatience, and, running back, seized
+Prudence's hand, and gently pulled her forward.
+
+"Plymout'!" he said, in his strange accent.
+
+The children looked at each other.
+
+"We might as well try him," said Joel.
+
+The boy clapped his hands together, and ran on before them into the
+forest. It was a weary journey, over bogs and fallen trees, and seemed
+three times as long as when they had come. A wasp once stung Prudence on
+the cheek, making her cry out with pain; but quick as thought the little
+Indian caught up a pellet of clay, and plastered it upon the wound, and,
+marvelous to relate, before many minutes the sharp pain had quite gone
+away.
+
+The woods seemed gradually to grow a little more open, and pretty soon
+they heard the distant tinkle of a cow-bell. At last (Prudence held her
+breath for fear it might not be true) they emerged suddenly into the
+clearing, and home lay before them.
+
+They found they had made a complete circle since they started.
+
+Their little guide stooped and picked up a gaudy-colored feather from
+the ground. He examined it closely, and then he shouted aloud, and began
+to run toward the storehouse as fast as his sturdy legs could carry him.
+
+"I want to see mother," said Prudence, half crying with fatigue; so they
+ran all together across the clearing.
+
+All this while the feast had been progressing. About noontime the great
+Massasoit, chief of the Indian tribe called the Wampanoags, had emerged
+from the forest with all his tallest braves in single file behind him.
+They wore their best beaver-skins, and their heads were gay with nodding
+feathers. They were received at the door of the storehouse by their
+English entertainers, who also wore the bravest attire that Puritan
+custom allowed. They gave the braves a hearty welcome.
+
+Within, the long table fairly groaned with abundance of good cheer; for
+the housewives had vied with one another to provide the fattest game and
+the daintiest dishes that Dutch or English housewifery had taught them.
+
+After asking a blessing, they all sat down, the stalwart colonists and
+their fair-haired women side by side with the taciturn Indians. The
+white men felt that the best way to thank God for the harvest was to
+share it with their dark-skinned brethren, who had first taught them to
+plant and raise the maize which now furnished the table.
+
+Governor Bradford sat at the head of the table. He hoped much from this
+feast; first, that it might cement the friendship between the colonists
+and their Indian neighbors, the Wampanoags; and, second, that the news
+of it might induce the neighboring tribes, which were still partly
+hostile, to live in peace with the settlers. But though food and talk
+passed blithely round among the other guests, the governor saw, with
+growing dismay, that the great Massasoit sat frowning and depressed. The
+governor was not long in learning the cause. The interpreter, observing
+the governor's uneasiness, whispered in his ear that in a recent war
+with the Narragansetts, Massasoit's only child, a boy, was missed and
+was thought to have been taken prisoner, and of course put to death,
+after the cruel savage custom.
+
+Toward the end of the feast, drink was served to every guest. For the
+first time Massasoit showed animation. He seized his cup, and lifted it
+in the air, and cried aloud in his native tongue, as he sprang to his
+feet:
+
+          "May plague and famine seize the Narragansetts!"
+
+At that very moment the house-door opened, and a pretty group appeared
+upon the threshold. Two English children stood there, as fair and rosy
+as the May-time, and between them a dark, lithe little Indian with
+sparkling eyes.
+
+Prudence ran straight to her mother.
+
+Massasoit paused and trembled; then, as his cup fell and shivered upon
+the ground, he crossed the room in one stride, and caught the Indian boy
+in his arms, looking at him as if he could never see enough.
+
+Governor Bradford knew in an instant that the lost child had been
+restored, even without the Indian warrior's shout of triumph, and
+Massasoit's passionate exclamation: "Light of my eyes--staff of my
+footsteps!--thou art come back to me--the warmth of my heart, the
+sunlight of my wigwam!"
+
+[Illustration: "'THOU ART COME BACK TO ME--THE WARMTH OF MY HEART, THE
+SUNLIGHT OF MY WIGWAM!' EXCLAIMED MASSASOIT"]
+
+The rejoicing was so great that no one thought of chiding Joel and
+Prudence for their disobedience. The governor himself gave Joel a
+large slice of pudding, and Prudence told all her adventures, throned
+upon her father's knee, wearing around her neck a string of wampum which
+the grateful Massasoit had hung there.
+
+"And, oh!" she exclaimed, "while the Indian boy was dancing for Joel and
+me, I looked out to sea, and I saw such a wonderful bird--a great white
+bird, flying along close to the water, and rising up and down. It was
+many times greater than the swans in Amsterdam!"
+
+"Was it, my little maid?" said the good governor, laying his hand on her
+head, and then he exchanged a keen look with Prudence's father, saying
+nothing more. But when the guests had departed, bearing home the Indian
+boy in triumph, none was so early as the governor to reach the seashore;
+and it was his call that brought the colonists to see the good ship
+_Fortune_ (Prudence's "great white bird") already rounding the point,
+and making ready to cast anchor in Plymouth harbor.
+
+Ah, then indeed the great guns rang out from the shore to hail the ship,
+and the ship's cannon boomed a quick reply, and the whole little town
+was full and running over with glad welcome for the second English
+vessel to land upon our Massachusetts coast.
+
+In the evening a happy circle gathered round the fire in the house of
+Prudence's father, and there was eager talk, for all had much to learn
+and to tell.
+
+"I know now," said Joel to Prudence, as they sat side by side--"I know
+now what Thanksgiving means. It means plenty to eat."
+
+Prudence looked at the dear faces around her, at Mehitable's sweet
+smile, and at the shining eyes of John Andrews, for he had been a
+passenger by the _Fortune_.
+
+"Perhaps," she replied; "but I think, Joel, that we have Thanksgiving
+because we are so glad to be all together once more."
+
+This first Thanksgiving happened long ago, but out of it all our later
+ones have grown; and when we think of the glad meetings of long-parted
+parents and sons and daughters, of the merry frolics with brothers and
+sisters and cousins, which come upon Thanksgiving Day, in spite of our
+bountiful dinner-tables we shall agree with Prudence that it is the
+happy family party which makes the pleasure, after all.
+
+
+
+
+SOME INDIAN DOLLS
+
+BY OLIVE THORNE MILLER
+
+
+AMONG the wild Indians of our country is surely the last place one would
+look for toys, and travelers have said they had none; but a closer look
+brings some to light. On the desk before me sit two dear creatures, just
+arrived from Dakota Territory. They were made by some loving mother of
+the Gros Ventre tribe of Indians. But the unfortunate little redskin
+girl for whom they were intended never received them after all, for they
+were bought by a white man, and sent to New York to sit for their
+picture for you.
+
+They are a queer-looking pair, dressed in the most elegant Gros Ventre
+style. They are eighteen inches tall, made of cloth, with their noses
+sewed on, and their faces well colored; not only made red, like the
+skin, but with painted features. The Indian doll has a gentle
+expression, with mild eyes, but the squaw has a wild look, as though
+she were very much scared to find herself in a white man's tepee. Both
+have long hair in a braid over each ear, but the brave has also a
+quantity hanging down his back, and a crest standing up on top--perhaps
+as "scalp-lock."
+
+[Illustration: DOLLS FROM DAKOTA TERRITORY]
+
+The dress of the lady resembles, in style and material, a bathing-suit.
+It is of blue flannel, trimmed with red braid, a long blouse and
+leggings of the same. She has also moccasins, and a string of blue beads
+around her neck, besides little dots of beads all over her waist. The
+suit of the warrior is similar in style, but the blouse is of unbleached
+muslin, daubed with streaks of red paint, and trimmed with braid, also
+red. Across his breast he wears an elaborate ornament of white beads,
+gorgeous to behold.
+
+Beside these Gros Ventre dolls stand another pair, from a Canada tribe;
+the squaw dragging a six-inch-long toboggan loaded with tent and poles,
+while the warrior carries his snow-shoes. She is dressed in red and
+black flannel, with calico blouse and cloth hood; tin bracelets are on
+her arms, and her breast bears an ornament like a dinner-plate, also of
+tin. Her lord and master wears a dandyish suit of white canton-flannel,
+fuzzy side out, a calico shirt, red necktie, and likewise a hood and tin
+dinner-plate. They are made of wood, with joints at hip and shoulder,
+and the faces are carved and painted. Wild dolls are curious and
+interesting. Let me tell you of a few others I have seen.
+
+The little Moquis girls have wooden dolls of different sizes and
+degrees. The best have arms and legs, are dressed in one garment of
+coarse cotton, and instead of hair have feathers sticking out of their
+heads, like the ends of a feather duster.
+
+A lower grade of Moquis doll has no limbs, but is gaily painted in
+stripes, and wears beads as big as its fist would be, if it had one.
+This looks as you would with a string of oranges around your neck. The
+poorest of all, which has evidently been loved by some poor little
+Indian girl, has in place of a head a sprig of evergreen. How did the
+white man get hold of a treasure like this? Is the little owner grown
+up? Is she laid to sleep under the daisies? Or was this doll left behind
+in a hurried flight of the Moquis village before an enemy?
+
+It isn't an Edison doll; it can't talk,--so we shall never know.
+
+
+
+
+THE WALKING PURCHASE
+
+BY GEORGE WHEELER
+
+
+IN the early twilight of a September morning, more than one hundred and
+sixty years ago, a remarkable company might have been seen gathering
+about a large chestnut-tree at the cross-roads near the Friends'
+meeting-house in Wrightstown, Pennsylvania. It is doubtful whether any
+one of us could have guessed what the meeting meant. Most of the party
+were Quakers in wide-brimmed hats and plain dress, and if it had been
+First-day instead of Third-day, we might have thought they were
+gathering under the well-known tree for a neighborly chat before
+"meeting." Nor was it a warlike rendezvous; for the war-cry of the
+Lenni-Lenape had never yet been raised against the "Children of Mignon"
+(Elder Brother), as the followers of William Penn were called; and in a
+little group somewhat apart were a few athletic Indians in peaceful
+garb and friendly attitude. But it evidently was an important meeting,
+for here were several prominent officials, including even so notable a
+person as Proprietor Thomas Penn.
+
+In 1686, fifty-one years before this, William Penn bought from the
+Lenni-Lenape, or Delaware Indians, a section bounded on the east by the
+Delaware, on the west by the Neshaminy, and extending to the north from
+his previous purchases "as far as a man can go in a day and a half." No
+effort was made to fix the northern boundary until the Indians, becoming
+uneasy at the encroachments of the settlers, asked to have the line
+definitely marked. On August 25, 1737, after several conferences between
+the Delawares and William Penn's sons, John and Thomas, who, after their
+father's death, became proprietors of Pennsylvania, the treaty of 1686
+was confirmed, and a day was appointed for beginning the walk. This
+explains why the crowd was gathering about the old chestnut-tree in the
+early dawn of that day, September 19, 1737.
+
+"Ready!" called out Sheriff Smith.
+
+[Illustration: "THE THREE MEN STEPPED FROM THE CROWD AND PLACED THEIR
+RIGHT HANDS UPON THE TREE"]
+
+At the word, James Yeates, a native of New England, "tall, slim, of much
+ability and speed of foot," Solomon Jennings, "a remarkably stout and
+strong man," and Edward Marshall, a well-known hunter, over six feet
+tall, and noted as a walker, stepped from the crowd and placed their
+right hands upon the tree.
+
+Thomas Penn had promised five pounds in money and five hundred acres of
+land to the walker who covered the greatest distance; and these three
+men were to contest for the prize. Just as the edge of the sun showed
+above the horizon, Sheriff Smith gave the word, and the race began.
+
+Yeates quickly took up the lead, stepping lightly. Then came Jennings,
+accompanied by two Indians, who were there to see that the walking was
+fairly done. Closely following them were men on horseback, including the
+sheriff and the surveyor-general. Thomas Penn himself followed the party
+for some distance. Far in the rear came Marshall, walking in a careless
+manner, swinging a hatchet in one hand, "to balance himself," and at
+intervals munching a dry biscuit, of which he carried a small supply. He
+seemed to have forgotten a resolution he had made to "win the prize of
+five hundred acres of land, or lose his life in the attempt."
+
+Thomas Penn had secretly sent out a preliminary party to blaze the
+trees along the line of the walk for as great a distance as it was
+thought possible for a man to walk in eighteen hours. So, when the
+wilderness was reached, the walkers still had the best and most direct
+course clearly marked out for them. The Indians soon protested against
+the speed, saying over and over: "That's not fair. You run. You were to
+walk." But the treaty said, "As far as a man can _go_," and the walkers
+were following it in letter, if not in spirit, as they hurried along.
+Their protests being disregarded, the Indians endeavored to delay the
+progress by stopping to rest; but the white men dismounted, and allowed
+the Indians to ride, and thus pushed on as rapidly as ever. At last the
+Indians refused to go any farther, and left the party.
+
+Before Lehigh River was reached Jennings was exhausted, gave up the
+race, and lagged behind in the company of followers. His health was
+shattered, and he lived only a few years.
+
+That night the party slept on the north side of the Lehigh Mountains,
+half a mile from the Indian village of Hokendauqua. Next morning, while
+some of the party searched for the horses which had strayed away during
+the night, others went to the village to request Lappawinzoe, the
+chief, to send other Indians to accompany the walkers. He angrily
+replied: "You have all the good land now, and you may as well take the
+bad, too." One old Indian, indignant at the stories of how the white men
+rushed along in their greed to get as much land as possible, remarked in
+a tone of deep disgust: "No sit down to smoke; no shoot squirrel; but
+lun, lun, lun, all day long."
+
+Scarcely had the last half-day's walk begun before Yeates, who was a
+drinking man, was overcome by the tremendous exertions and intemperance
+of the previous day. He stumbled at the edge of Big Creek, and rolled,
+helpless, down the bank into the water. When rescued he was entirely
+blind, and his death followed within three days.
+
+Marshall still pressed on. Passing the last of the blazed trees which
+had hitherto guided him, he seized a compass offered by Surveyor-General
+Eastburn, and by its aid still continued his onward course. At last,
+Sheriff Smith, who for some time had frequently looked at his watch,
+called, "Halt!" Marshall instantly threw himself at full length, and
+grasped a sapling. Here was the starting-point for the northern boundary
+of the purchase of 1686, sixty-eight miles from the old chestnut-tree
+at Wrightstown, and very close to where Mauch Chunk stands to-day. The
+walk was twice as long as the Indians expected it to be.
+
+Unfortunately for the Delawares, they knew too little of legal
+technicalities to notice that the deed did not state in what direction
+the northern boundary was to be drawn. They naturally expected it to be
+drawn to the nearest point on the Delaware. But the surveyor-general, to
+please Penn, decided that the line should run at right angles to the
+direction of the walk, which was almost exactly northwest. Draw a line
+from Mauch Chunk to the Delaware so that if extended it would pass
+through New York city, and another to the point where New York, New
+Jersey, and Pennsylvania meet. The first is the Indian's idea of the
+just way to lay out the northern boundary; the second is the line which
+Surveyor-General Eastburn actually finished marking out in four days
+after Marshall's walk ended.
+
+And so the three hundred thousand acres which the Indians would have
+given to the Penns as the result of Marshall's walk were increased to
+half a million by taking selfish advantage of a flaw in the deed.
+
+[Illustration: "THE INDIANS PROTESTED AGAINST THE SPEED"]
+
+The Lenni-Lenape had loved and trusted William Penn because he always
+dealt openly and fairly with them. "We will live in love with William
+Penn and his children," said they, "as long as the sun and moon shall
+shine." But the wrongs inflicted on them in the "walking purchase"
+aroused the deepest indignation. "Next May," said Lappawinzoe, "we will
+go to Philadelphia, each one with a buckskin to repay the presents and
+take back our land again." It was too late, however, for this to be
+done.
+
+At last, in 1741, the Indians determined to resort to arms to secure
+justice. But the Iroquois, to whom the Delawares had long been subject,
+came to the aid of the Penns, and the last hope of righting the wrong
+was gone forever.
+
+There seems a sort of poetic justice in the later experiences of the
+principal men in the affair. Marshall never got his five hundred acres
+of land, and his wife was killed in an attack by the Indians. Eastburn
+was repudiated by Thomas Penn, and his heirs were notified that they
+"need not expect the least favor." Penn himself was brought before the
+king and forced to disown many of his acts and agents in a most
+humiliating manner.
+
+But all this did not repair the injury to the Delawares, and they never
+again owned, as a tribe, a single inch along the river from which they
+took their name.
+
+A small monument, erected by the Bucks County Historical Society, marks
+the spot where the old chestnut-tree formerly stood. In order that this
+might not seem to condone an unworthy deed, the monument was dedicated,
+not to those who made or conducted the walk, but to the Lenni-Lenape
+Indians--"not to the wrong, but to the persons wronged."
+
+The inscription on the stone reads:
+
+          TO THE MEMORY OF THE LENNI-LENAPE INDIANS,
+               ANCIENT OWNERS OF THIS REGION,
+                 THESE STONES ARE PLACED AT
+                   THIS SPOT, THE STARTING-POINT
+                              OF THE
+
+                          "INDIAN WALK,"
+
+                        September 19, 1737.
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST AMERICANS
+
+BY F. S. DELLENBAUGH
+
+
+IN the middle of the sixteenth century, when the Spaniards who had
+followed Columbus and Cortes to the New World worked their way northward
+into the region that is now New Mexico and Arizona, they found to their
+surprise a people dwelling there in well-constructed, flat-roofed houses
+of stone. They gave to these people the name of _Pueblos_, or villagers,
+to distinguish them from the wild tribes; and by this name they have
+been known in general ever since, though each village and cluster of
+villages has its distinctive title.
+
+The Pueblos, instead of roaming about, subsisting on chance game,
+cultivated Indian corn so largely that they ordinarily were able to
+store a supply to provide against the possibility of future famine; and
+such is still their custom. Not only had they made this progress in
+agriculture and architecture, but they had also done something in the
+way of manufacturing, especially in the making of pottery and weaving of
+blankets. Their pottery was varied in shape and ornamentation and
+skilfully modeled without the aid of a wheel. Of the potter's wheel they
+are ignorant to this day, still following the practice of their
+forefathers in this matter as in many others. Their blankets of cotton
+were unique in their designs; and these designs are perpetuated to-day
+in woolen material, as well as in cotton, though the latter is now used
+principally in the sacred ceremonies.
+
+Those towns nearest to Santa Fé (which itself was originally a Pueblo
+village and is, probably, the oldest town inhabited by white people in
+the United States) came most directly under the influence of the
+Spaniards. They made Santa Fé their seat of government, and gradually
+many Spanish customs prevailed among the natives in this part of the
+country. The Spanish priests, following the army of invasion, soon made
+converts, and eventually the barbarous rites of the people in the towns
+near Santa Fé were abolished in favor of Christianity. Churches of
+adobe, or sun-dried brick, were erected, and the Christian religion was
+in time accepted by numerous communities.
+
+The towns at a distance were not so easy of access, and hence longer
+maintained their independence, supporting and favoring the smoldering
+discontent of those in other localities whose prejudices or patriotism
+resented the Spanish dominion. These native patriots believed the
+salvation of their country demanded the expulsion of these domineering
+foreigners from their land. We cannot blame them for thus regarding the
+Spaniards, for we should certainly resent any interference by foreign
+powers with our affairs, and the Pueblos were, in many respects, a
+civilized people and had governed themselves for centuries before the
+Spaniards appeared in their territories. Secretly, these patriots worked
+to arouse their fellow-countrymen against the intruders, hoping to
+succeed in a revolution which should annihilate the Spanish power and
+restore the ancient rites and customs. Several of these conspiracies
+were discovered by the Spanish Governor-General, and the conspirators
+paid for their patriotism with their lives; but, in a few years, others
+took their places, and while peace seemed to smile on all the land, a
+volcano was seething under the very feet of the invaders.
+
+There had been so much internal dissension among the Pueblos over
+religion and over water-privileges (often a matter of the utmost
+importance in those arid lands) before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+that concerted action must have been difficult to bring about; but at
+last, near the end of the seventeenth century, there was a mighty
+uprising, the foreigners were driven out of the country, and retreated
+into Mexico, and those villages which had been under the Spanish yoke
+revived their native ceremonies, which had been in disuse for a full
+century.
+
+Meanwhile the Spaniards were not content to let slip so easily this
+accession to their king's domain. Collecting a stronger army, General
+Vargas returned, and conquered village after village, until the
+rebellion was extinguished for all time. Never since that day have the
+Pueblos shown a warlike spirit, having accepted their subjugation as
+inevitable. They were made citizens by Spain, but since their territory
+became a portion of the United States they have ranked politically with
+the other Indians. The last locality to be brought under subjection was
+the Province of Tusayan, the home of the Mokis.
+
+[Illustration: A PUEBLO INDIAN BESIDE AN EAGLE-CAGE]
+
+At that time this province was so difficult to reach, that the horses
+of the Spanish general's troops were completely demoralized, and he was
+therefore obliged to omit a visit to Oraibi, the largest and furthest
+removed of the villages. He had, however, met with little resistance
+from the inhabitants, and, doubtless, did not deem the Mokis a warlike
+race. After the departure of Vargas, the Mokis continued their old ways
+and were seldom visited, so that even now, three and a half centuries
+after the first visit of the Spaniards, they remain nearly in their
+original condition.
+
+Next to the Moki towns, the Pueblo of Zuņi maintained its primitive
+customs to the greatest extent, and from similar causes.
+
+The illustration is from a photograph made in Zuņi by Mr. Hillers,
+photographer of the Bureau of Ethnology, and shows one of the natives,
+dressed in the costume of to-day, beside an eagle-cage. The costume is
+composed of simple materials, the trousers being of unbleached cotton,
+the shirt of calico, and the turban generally of some soft red cloth.
+The Mokis wear their hair cut straight across the eyebrows in a sort of
+"bang," then straight back even with the bottom of the ear, the rest
+being made up into a knob behind. All are particular about their
+ornaments, caring little for any common sorts of beads, but treasuring
+coral, turquoise, and silver.
+
+The eagle is sacred among Pueblos who have not abandoned their native
+religion, and the feathers are used in religious ceremonies. For this
+reason the eagle is protected and every feather preserved. His
+nesting-places are carefully watched, and often visited, so that a
+supply of feathers, from little downy ones no larger than a twenty-five
+cent piece to the stiff and long ones from the wing and tail, are
+preserved in every family,--the first, or downy ones, to breathe their
+prayers upon; the larger ones for other sacred uses. Sometimes several
+"prayers" are fastened to one little twig that all may proceed together
+to their destination. There is something very poetic in this breathing
+of a prayer upon a feather from the breast of an eagle--in flight the
+king of birds, familiar with regions which man can know only through
+sight.
+
+The Navajos have no reverence for the bird. They make raids upon the
+nesting-places where for centuries the Mokis have obtained feathers, and
+these raids are a common source of trouble between the two tribes.
+
+None of the present buildings of the Pueblos are equal in masonry to the
+ruins common throughout the region. These were ruins even when the
+Spaniards arrived, and, consequently, it is supposed that a superior
+people once occupied the country, who may, however, have been either
+ancestors or kindred to the Pueblos. In time the question may be solved
+through the numerous legends illustrated in pottery decoration, for all
+the decorations have a meaning, and the legends are handed down by word
+of mouth from father to son. Once when the legends were being discussed,
+Pow-it-iwa, an old Moki, poetically remarked to a friend of mine, "Many
+have passed by the house of my fathers, and none has stopped to ask
+where they have gone; but we of our family live to-day to teach our
+children concerning the past."
+
+
+
+
+ANIMAL STORIES
+
+RETOLD FROM
+
+ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE
+
+IN SIX VOLUMES. EDITED BY M. H. CARTER, DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE, NEW YORK
+TRAINING SCHOOL FOR TEACHERS
+
+  ABOUT ANIMALS
+    Interesting facts about animals in general.
+
+  BEAR STORIES
+    Information and adventure.
+
+  CAT STORIES
+    Dealing with the cat as a pet.
+
+  STORIES OF BRAVE DOGS
+    Showing the dog's love and devotion to man.
+
+  LION AND TIGER STORIES
+    Stories of adventure.
+
+  PANTHER STORIES
+    Stories of adventure.
+
+          EACH ABOUT 200 PAGES, FULL CLOTH, 12MO
+          THE CENTURY CO.
+
+
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL STORIES RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE IN SIX VOLUMES
+
+A Series of Books of Adventure, Travel and Description, chiefly in the
+Great Sections of the United States
+
+  WESTERN FRONTIER STORIES
+    Stories of the early West, full of adventure.
+
+  STORIES OF THE GREAT LAKES
+    Niagara and our great chain of Inland Seas.
+
+  ISLAND STORIES
+    Stories of our island dependencies and of many other islands.
+
+  STORIES OF STRANGE SIGHTS
+    Descriptions of natural wonders, curious places and unusual sights.
+
+  SEA STORIES
+    Tales of shipwreck and adventures at sea.
+
+  SOUTHERN STORIES
+    Pictures, scenes and stories of our Sunny South.
+
+          Each about 200 pages. 50 illustrations.
+          Full cloth, 12mo.
+          THE CENTURY CO.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+Page 134, "racoons" changed to "raccoons" (fawns, raccoons, buffalo)
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35021-8.txt or 35021-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/2/35021/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/35021-8.zip b/35021-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdf2d8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-8.zip
diff --git a/35021-h.zip b/35021-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..32869f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h.zip
diff --git a/35021-h/35021-h.htm b/35021-h/35021-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..759ead1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/35021-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,4788 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
+  <head>
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+    <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
+    <title>
+      The Project Gutenberg eBook of Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by AUTHOR.
+    </title>
+    <style type="text/css">
+
+    p {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       text-indent: 1.25em;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    img {border: 0;}
+    .tnote      {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+    ins {text-decoration:none;  border-bottom: thin dotted gray;}
+    h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+         text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+         clear: both;
+         }
+    hr {  margin-top: 2em;
+	 margin-bottom: 2em;
+         margin-left: auto;
+         margin-right: auto;
+         clear: both;
+       }
+
+    table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
+
+    body{margin-left: 10%;
+         margin-right: 10%;
+        }
+
+    .pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+            /*  visibility: hidden;  */
+                position: absolute;
+                left: 92%;
+                font-size: smaller;
+                text-align: right;
+              } /* page numbers */
+     .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;}
+    .blockquot{margin-left: 5%; margin-right: 10%; text-align: justify; font-size: 90%;}
+
+    .bbox     {border: solid 2px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+     .small   {font-size: 70%;}
+    .bbox2     {border: solid 1px; margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em;
+                  padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;}
+
+     .big   {font-size: 110%;}
+     .author   {font-size: 120%; text-align: center;}
+    .center   {text-align: center;}
+    .smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+     .chapterauthor {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-bottom: 2em;}
+     .chapterauthor2 {text-align: center; font-weight: bold; margin-bottom: .5em;}
+
+    .caption  {font-weight: bold; font-size: 90%;}
+
+    .figcenter   {margin: auto; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figleft     {float: left; clear: left; margin-left: 0; margin-bottom: 1em; margin-top:
+                 1em; margin-right: 1em; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .figright    {float: right; clear: right; margin-left: 1em; margin-bottom: 1em;
+                 margin-top: 1em; margin-right: 0; padding: 0; text-align: center;}
+
+    .unindent {margin-top: .75em;
+       text-align: justify;
+       margin-bottom: .75em;
+        }
+    .right    {text-align: right;}
+    .poem      {margin-left: 30%; text-align: left;}
+    .poem2   {margin-left: 15%; text-align: left;}
+    .sig    {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right;}
+    .hang1 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em;}
+   .cap:first-letter {float: left; clear: left; margin: -0.2em 0.1em  0; margin-top: 0%;
+        padding: 0;  line-height: .75em; font-size: 300%; text-align: justify;}
+   .cap {text-align: justify;}
+
+    </style>
+  </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: January 21, 2011 [EBook #35021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_i" id="Page_i">[i]</a></span></p>
+
+
+<h1>INDIAN STORIES</h1>
+
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<div class='bbox'>
+<div class='center'>HISTORICAL STORIES<br />
+<span class='small'>RETOLD FROM</span><br />
+<span class='big'>ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE</span><br />
+<span class='small'>IN FIVE VOLUMES</span></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 28px;">
+<img src="images/leaf.png" width="28" height="28" alt="leaf decoration" title="" />
+</div>
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Historical books">
+<tr><td align='left'>INDIAN STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;">A mirror of Indian ideas, customs, and adventures.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>COLONIAL STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Stirring tales of the rude frontier life of early times.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>REVOLUTIONARY STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Heroic deeds, and especially children's part in them.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>CIVIL WAR STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Thrilling stories of the great struggle, both on land and sea.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>OUR HOLIDAYS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 2em;">Something of their meaning and spirit.</span></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class='center'>&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;&mdash;<br />
+
+<span class='small'>Each about 200 pages. Full cloth, 12mo.</span><br />
+
+THE CENTURY CO.</div></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ii" id="Page_ii">[ii]</a></span></p>
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 368px;">
+<img src="images/frontis.jpg" width="368" height="500" alt="AN INDIAN HORSE-RACE&mdash;COMING OVER THE SCRATCH" title="" />
+<span class="caption">AN INDIAN HORSE-RACE&mdash;COMING OVER THE SCRATCH<br /><i>Drawing by Frederic Remington</i></span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_iv" id="Page_iv">[iv]</a></span></p>
+
+<h1>INDIAN STORIES</h1>
+
+<div class='big'><div class='center'>RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS<br /><br /><br /></div></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 199px;">
+<img src="images/titlepage.png" width="199" height="250" alt="Indian" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<div class='center'>
+PUBLISHED BY THE CENTURY CO.<br />
+NEW YORK   &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp; &nbsp;  MCMVII<br />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[v]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='copyright'>
+Copyright, 1877, 1878, 1879, by<br />
+<span class="smcap">Scribner &amp; Co.</span><br />
+<br />
+Copyright, 1884, 1888, 1889, 1893, 1894, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1904, by<br />
+<span class="smcap">The Century Co.</span><br />
+<br />
+THE DEVINNE PRESS<br /></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[vi]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>PUBLISHER'S NOTE</h2>
+
+
+<div class='unindent'><span class="smcap">This</span> collection of Indian stories is the first in a
+series of volumes of historic tales retold from "St.
+Nicholas."</div>
+
+<p>The books do not pretend to give anything like
+connected history, but by means of the story that
+thrills and interests they impart the real spirit of
+the times they depict in a way no youthful reader
+will be likely to forget.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the stories in this book a boy of eight or
+nine can read for himself, and these are the years
+of his school life when he is being taught something
+of our colonial history and of the myths and
+legends of primitive man. Thus these stories,
+while delighting many children and tempting
+them to read "out of hours," will serve a very useful
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[vii]</a></span>purpose.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents">
+<tr><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='left'>&nbsp;</td><td align='right'><span class='small'>PAGE</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Onatoga's Sacrifice</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>John Dimitry</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Waukewa's Eagle</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>James Buckham</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_10">10</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Fourth of July Among the Indians</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>W. P. Hooper</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">A Boy's Visit To Chief Joseph</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Erskine Wood</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Little Moccasin's Ride on The Thunder-Horse</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Colonel Guido Ilges</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_54">54</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Little First Man and the Little First Woman</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>William M. Cary</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_74">74</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Fun Among the Red Boys</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Julian Ralph</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_87">87</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Children of Zu&ntilde;i</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Maria Brace Kimball</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_100">100</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Indian Girl and Her Messenger-bird</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>George W. Ranck</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_112">112</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">How the Stone-age Children Played</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Charles C. Abbott</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_115">115</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Games and Sports of the Indian Boy</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Dr. Charles Alexander Eastman</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_123">123</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">An Old-time Thanksgiving</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>M. Eloise Talbot</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_136">136</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">Some Indian Dolls</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>Olive Thorne Miller</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_155">155</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The Walking Purchase</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>George Wheeler</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_159">159</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span class="smcap">The First Americans</span></td><td align='right'>&nbsp; &nbsp;<i>F. S. Dellenbaugh</i></td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_171">171</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_viii" id="Page_viii">[viii]</a></span></p>
+<h2>INDIAN STORIES</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_ix" id="Page_ix">[ix]</a></span></p>
+
+<h2>INDIAN LULLABY</h2>
+
+
+<div class='poem'>
+Sleep, sleep, my boy; the Chippewas<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Are far away&mdash;are far away.</span><br />
+Sleep, sleep, my boy; prepare to meet<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">The foe by day&mdash;the foe by day!</span><br />
+The cowards will not dare to fight<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Till morning break&mdash;till morning break.</span><br />
+Sleep, sleep, my child, while still 'tis night;<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 1em;">Then bravely wake&mdash;then bravely wake!</span><br />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p>
+<h2>INDIAN STORIES</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2>ONATOGA'S SACRIFICE</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY JOHN DIMITRY</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>ONCE, in the long ago, before the white man
+had heard of the continent on which we
+live, red men, who were brave and knew not what
+fear was in battle, trembled at the mention of a
+great man-eating bird that had lived before the
+time told of in the traditions known of their oldest
+chiefs.</div>
+
+<p>This bird, which, according to the Indian legends,
+ate men, was known as the <span class="smcap">Piasau</span>.</p>
+
+<p>The favorite haunt of this terrible bird was a
+bluff on the Mississippi River, a short distance
+above the site of the present city of Alton, Illinois.
+There it was said to lie in wait, and to keep watch
+over the broad, open prairies. Whenever some
+rash Indian ventured out alone to hunt upon this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span>
+fatal ground, he became the monster's prey. The
+legend says that the bird, swooping down with the
+fierce swiftness of a hawk, seized upon its victim
+and bore him to a gloomy cave wherein it
+made its horrid feasts. The monster must have
+had an insatiable appetite or a prolonged existence,
+for tradition declares that it depopulated
+whole villages. Then it was that the wise men
+began to see visions and to prophesy the speedy
+extinction of the tribe. Years of its ravages followed
+one upon another, until at length, according
+to the legend, was lost all reckoning of the
+time when first that strange, foul creature came to
+scourge their sunny plains. The aged men, whose
+youth was but a dim memory, could say only that
+the bird was as it had always been. None like it
+had ever been heard of save in vague traditions.</p>
+
+<p>There was one, Onatoga, who began to ponder.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 333px;">
+<img src="images/illus013.jpg" width="333" height="475" alt="ONATOGA IN THE FOREST" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ONATOGA IN THE FOREST</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Now, Onatoga was the great leader of the Illini;
+one whose name was spoken with awe even in
+the distant wigwams north of the Great Lake.
+Long had he grieved and wondered over the will
+of the Great Spirit; that he should look upon the
+men of the Western prairies, not as warriors, but
+as deer or bison, only fit to fill the maw of so pestilent
+a thing as this monstrous bird! Before the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span>
+new moon began to grow upon the face of the sky,
+Onatoga's resolve was taken. He would go to
+some spot deep in the forest where by fasting and
+prayer his spirit would become so pure that the
+Great Master of Life would hear him and once
+again be kind and turn His face back, in light,
+upon the Illini.</p>
+
+<p>Stealing away from his tribe in the night, he
+plunged far into the trackless forest. Then,
+blackening his face, for a whole moon he fasted.
+The moon waxed full and then waned; but no
+vision came to assure him that the Great Spirit
+had heard his prayers. Only one more night remained.
+Wearied and sorrow-worn, he closed his
+eyes. But, through the deep sleep that fell upon
+him, came the voice of the Great Spirit. And this
+is the message that came to Onatoga, as he lay
+sleeping in body but, in his soul, awake:</p>
+
+<p>"Arise, Chief of the Illini! Thou shalt save
+thy race. Choose thou twenty of thy warriors;
+noble-hearted, strong-armed, eagle-eyed. Put in
+each warrior's hand a bow. Give to each an
+arrow dipped in the venom of the snake. Seek
+then the man whose heart loveth the Great Spirit.
+Let him not fear to look the Piasau in the face;
+but see that the warriors, with ready bows, stand
+near in the shadow of the trees."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Onatoga awoke; strong, though he had fasted
+a month; happy, though he knew he was soon to
+die! Who, but he, the Great Chief of the Illini,
+should die for his people&mdash;for was it not death to
+look on the face of the Piasau?</p>
+
+<p>Binding his moccasins firmly upon his feet, he
+washed the marks of grief from his face, and
+painted it with the brightest vermilion and blue.
+Thus, in the splendid colors of a triumphant warrior,
+he returned homeward. All was silent in the
+village when, in the gray light of early day, he
+entered his lodge. Soon the joyful news was
+known. From lodge to lodge it spread until the
+last wigwam was reached. Onatoga's quest was
+successful!</p>
+
+<p>Then the warriors began to gather. Furtively,
+even in their gladness, they sought his lodge, for
+the fear of the Piasau was over all. A solemn
+awe fell upon them as they gathered around the
+chief, who, it was whispered, had heard the voice
+of the Great Spirit. Without, on that high bluff,
+they knew that the fiend-bird crouched, waiting
+for the morning light to reveal its prey. Within,
+in sorrowing silence, they heard how the people
+could be saved; but the hearts of the warriors
+were heavy. All knew the sacrifice demanded&mdash;their
+bravest and their best!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;">
+<img src="images/illus016.jpg" width="450" height="339" alt="&quot;ONATOGA, NEVER CEASING HIS CHANT, FACED THE PIASAU FEARLESSLY&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;ONATOGA, NEVER CEASING HIS CHANT, FACED THE PIASAU FEARLESSLY&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Onatoga chose his twenty warriors and appointed
+them their place, where the rolling prairie
+was broken by the edge of the forest. Then, when
+the sun shot its first long shafts of light across the
+level grasses, the chief walked slowly forth and
+stood alone upon the prairie. The world in the
+morning light was beautiful to Onatoga's eyes.
+The flowers beneath his feet seemed to smile, and
+poured forth richest perfumes; the sun was glorious
+in its golden breast-plate, to do him honor;
+while the lark and the mock-bird sang his praise
+in joyous songs.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He had not long to wait. Soon, afar off, the
+dreaded Piasau was seen moving heavily through
+the clear morning air. Onatoga, drawing himself
+to the full measure of his lofty height, raised his
+death-song. The dull flutter of huge wings came
+nearer, and a great shadow came rushing over the
+sunlit fields. Onatoga, never ceasing his chant,
+faced the Piasau fearlessly. A sudden fierce
+swoop downward! In that very moment, twenty
+poisoned arrows, loosed by twenty faithful hands,
+sped true to their aim. With a scream that the
+bluffs sent rolling back in sharp and deafening
+echoes, the foul monster dropped dead! The
+Great Spirit loved the man who had been willing
+to sacrifice his life for his people. In the very instant
+when death seemed sure, he covered the
+heart of Onatoga with a shield; and he suffered
+not the wind to blow aside a single arrow from its
+mark,&mdash;the body of the fated Piasau.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 347px;">
+<img src="images/illus018.jpg" width="347" height="475" alt="&quot;CUNNING CARVERS CUT DEEP INTO THE ROCK THE FORM OF THE PIASAU&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;CUNNING CARVERS CUT DEEP INTO THE ROCK THE FORM OF THE PIASAU&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Great were the rejoicings that followed and
+rich were the feasts that were held in honor of
+Onatoga. The Illini resolved that the story of the
+great deliverance and of the courageous love of
+Onatoga should not die, though they themselves
+should pass away. The cunning carvers of the
+tribe cut deep into the living rock of the bluff the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span>
+terrible form of the Piasau. And, in later years,
+when young children asked the meaning of this
+great figure, so unlike any of the birds that they
+knew upon their rivers and their prairies, then the
+fathers would tell them the story of the Piasau,
+and how the Great Spirit had found, in Onatoga,
+a warrior who loved his fellow-men better than he
+loved his own life.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a></span></p>
+<h2>WAUKEWA'S EAGLE</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY JAMES BUCKHAM</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>ONE day, when the Indian boy Waukewa was
+hunting along the mountain-side, he found
+a young eagle with a broken wing, lying at the
+base of a cliff. The bird had fallen from an aery
+on a ledge high above, and being too young to fly,
+had fluttered down the cliff and injured itself so
+severely that it was likely to die. When Waukewa
+saw it he was about to drive one of his sharp
+arrows through its body, for the passion of the
+hunter was strong in him, and the eagle plunders
+many a fine fish from the Indian's drying-frame.
+But a gentler impulse came to him as he saw the
+young bird quivering with pain and fright at his
+feet, and he slowly unbent his bow, put the arrow
+in his quiver, and stooped over the panting eaglet.
+For fully a minute the wild eyes of the wounded
+bird and the eyes of the Indian boy, growing gentler
+and softer as he gazed, looked into one another.
+Then the struggling and panting of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span>
+young eagle ceased; the wild, frightened look
+passed out of its eyes, and it suffered Waukewa to
+pass his hand gently over its ruffled and draggled
+feathers. The fierce instinct to fight, to defend its
+threatened life, yielded to the charm of the tenderness
+and pity expressed in the boy's eyes; and
+from that moment Waukewa and the eagle were
+friends.</div>
+
+<p>Waukewa went slowly home to his father's
+lodge, bearing the wounded eaglet in his arms.
+He carried it so gently that the broken wing gave
+no twinge of pain, and the bird lay perfectly still,
+never offering to strike with its sharp beak the
+hands that clasped it.</p>
+
+<p>Warming some water over the fire at the lodge,
+Waukewa bathed the broken wing of the eagle
+and bound it up with soft strips of skin. Then
+he made a nest of ferns and grass inside the lodge,
+and laid the bird in it. The boy's mother looked
+on with shining eyes. Her heart was very tender.
+From girlhood she had loved all the creatures of
+the woods, and it pleased her to see some of her
+own gentle spirit waking in the boy.</p>
+
+<p>When Waukewa's father returned from hunting,
+he would have caught up the young eagle and
+wrung its neck. But the boy pleaded with him so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span>
+eagerly, stooping over the captive and defending
+it with his small hands, that the stern warrior
+laughed and called him his "little squaw-heart."
+"Keep it, then," he said, "and nurse it until it is
+well. But then you must let it go, for we will not
+raise up a thief in the lodges." So Waukewa
+promised that when the eagle's wing was healed
+and grown so that it could fly, he would carry it
+forth and give it its freedom.</p>
+
+<p>It was a month&mdash;or, as the Indians say, a moon&mdash;before
+the young eagle's wing had fully mended
+and the bird was old enough and strong enough
+to fly. And in the meantime Waukewa cared for
+it and fed it daily, and the friendship between the
+boy and the bird grew very strong.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 276px;">
+<img src="images/ill-p13.jpg" width="276" height="500" alt="&quot;THE YOUNG EAGLE ROSE TOWARD THE SKY&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE YOUNG EAGLE ROSE TOWARD THE SKY&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But at last the time came when the willing captive
+must be freed. So Waukewa carried it far
+away from the Indian lodges, where none of the
+young braves might see it hovering over and be
+tempted to shoot their arrows at it, and there he
+let it go. The young eagle rose toward the sky in
+great circles, rejoicing in its freedom and its
+strange, new power of flight. But when Waukewa
+began to move away from the spot, it came
+swooping down again; and all day long it followed
+him through the woods as he hunted. At<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span>
+dusk, when Waukewa shaped his course for the
+Indian lodges, the eagle would have accompanied
+him. But the boy suddenly slipped into a hollow
+tree and hid, and after a long time the eagle
+stopped sweeping about in search of him and flew
+slowly and sadly away.</p>
+
+<p>Summer passed, and then winter; and spring
+came again, with its flowers and birds and swarming
+fish in the lakes and streams. Then it was
+that all the Indians, old and young, braves and
+squaws, pushed their light canoes out from shore
+and with spear and hook waged pleasant war
+against the salmon and the red-spotted trout.
+After winter's long imprisonment, it was such joy
+to toss in the sunshine and the warm wind and
+catch savory fish to take the place of dried meats
+and corn!</p>
+
+<p>Above the great falls of the Apahoqui the
+salmon sported in the cool, swinging current,
+darting under the lee of the rocks and leaping full
+length in the clear spring air. Nowhere else were
+such salmon to be speared as those which lay
+among the riffles at the head of the Apahoqui rapids.
+But only the most daring braves ventured to
+seek them there, for the current was strong, and
+should a light canoe once pass the danger-point<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span>
+and get caught in the rush of the rapids, nothing
+could save it from going over the roaring falls.</p>
+
+<p>Very early in the morning of a clear April day,
+just as the sun was rising splendidly over the
+mountains, Waukewa launched his canoe a half-mile
+above the rapids of the Apahoqui, and floated
+downward, spear in hand, among the salmon-riffles.
+He was the only one of the Indian lads
+who dared fish above the falls. But he had been
+there often, and never yet had his watchful eye
+and his strong paddle suffered the current to
+carry his canoe beyond the danger-point. This
+morning he was alone on the river, having risen
+long before daylight to be first at the sport.</p>
+
+<p>The riffles were full of salmon, big, lusty fellows,
+who glided about the canoe on every side
+in an endless silver stream. Waukewa plunged
+his spear right and left, and tossed one glittering
+victim after another into the bark canoe. So absorbed
+in the sport was he that for once he did not
+notice when the head of the rapids was reached
+and the canoe began to glide more swiftly among
+the rocks. But suddenly he looked up, caught his
+paddle, and dipped it wildly in the swirling water.
+The canoe swung sidewise, shivered, held its own
+against the torrent, and then slowly, inch by inch,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span>
+began to creep upstream toward the shore. But
+suddenly there was a loud, cruel snap, and the
+paddle parted in the boy's hands, broken just
+above the blade! Waukewa gave a cry of despairing
+agony. Then he bent to the gunwale of
+his canoe and with the shattered blade fought desperately
+against the current. But it was useless.
+The racing torrent swept him downward; the
+hungry falls roared tauntingly in his ears.</p>
+
+<p>Then the Indian boy knelt calmly upright in
+the canoe, facing the mist of the falls, and folded
+his arms. His young face was stern and lofty.
+He had lived like a brave hitherto&mdash;now he would
+die like one.</p>
+
+<p>Faster and faster sped the doomed canoe toward
+the great cataract. The black rocks glided
+away on either side like phantoms. The roar of
+the terrible waters became like thunder in the
+boy's ears. But still he gazed calmly and sternly
+ahead, facing his fate as a brave Indian should.
+At last he began to chant the death-song, which
+he had learned from the older braves. In a few
+moments all would be over. But he would come
+before the Great Spirit with a fearless hymn upon
+his lips.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly a shadow fell across the canoe.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span>
+Waukewa lifted his eyes and saw a great eagle
+hovering over, with dangling legs, and a spread
+of wings that blotted out the sun. Once more
+the eyes of the Indian boy and the eagle met; and
+now it was the eagle who was master!</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 370px;">
+<img src="images/ill-p19.jpg" width="370" height="600" alt="&quot;HE AND THE STRUGGLING EAGLE WERE FLOATING OUTWARD AND DOWNWARD&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;HE AND THE STRUGGLING EAGLE WERE FLOATING OUTWARD AND DOWNWARD&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>With a glad cry the Indian boy stood up in his
+canoe, and the eagle hovered lower. Now the
+canoe tossed up on that great swelling wave that
+climbs to the cataract's edge, and the boy lifted his
+hands and caught the legs of the eagle. The next
+moment he looked down into the awful gulf of
+waters from its very verge. The canoe was
+snatched from beneath him and plunged down the
+black wall of the cataract; but he and the struggling
+eagle were floating outward and downward
+through the cloud of mist. The cataract roared
+terribly, like a wild beast robbed of its prey. The
+spray beat and blinded, the air rushed upward as
+they fell. But the eagle struggled on with his
+burden. He fought his way out of the mist and
+the flying spray. His great wings threshed the
+air with a whistling sound. Down, down they
+sank, the boy and the eagle, but ever farther from
+the precipice of water and the boiling whirlpool
+below. At length, with a fluttering plunge, the
+eagle dropped on a sand-bar below the whirlpool,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span>
+and he and the Indian boy lay there a minute,
+breathless and exhausted. Then the eagle slowly
+lifted himself, took the air under his free wings,
+and soared away, while the Indian boy knelt on
+the sand, with shining eyes following the great
+bird till he faded into the gray of the cliffs.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p>
+<h2>A FOURTH OF JULY AMONG THE INDIANS</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY W. P. HOOPER</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>INDIANS&mdash;real Indians&mdash;real,
+live Indians&mdash;were
+what we, like all
+boys, wanted to
+see; and this was
+why, after leaving the railroad
+on which we had been traveling
+for several days and
+nights, we found ourselves at
+last in a big canvas-covered
+wagon lumbering across the
+monotonous prairie.</div>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 191px;">
+<img src="images/illus028.png" width="191" height="250" alt="Indian smoking pipe" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>We were on our way to see
+a celebration of the Fourth of
+July at a Dakota Indian agency.</p>
+
+<p>It was late in the afternoon of a hot summer's
+day. We had been riding since early morning,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span>
+and had not met a living creature&mdash;not even a
+bird or a snake. Only those who have experienced
+it know how wearying to the eyes it is to
+gaze all day long, and see nothing but the sky and
+the grass.</p>
+
+<p>However, an hour before sunset we <i>did</i> see
+something. At first, it looked like a mere speck
+against the sky; then it seemed like a bush or a
+shrub; but it rapidly increased in size as we approached.
+Then, with the aid of our field-glass,
+we saw it was a man on horseback. No, not exactly
+that, either; it was an Indian chief riding an
+Indian pony. Now, I have seen Indians in the
+East&mdash;"Dime Museum Indians." I have seen
+the Indians who travel with the circus&mdash;yes, and
+I have seen the untutored savages who sell bead-work
+at Niagara Falls; but this one was different&mdash;he
+was quite different. I felt sure that he was
+a genuine Indian. He was unlike the Indians I
+had seen in the East. The most striking difference
+was that this one presented a grand unwashed
+effect. It must have required years of
+patient industry in avoiding the wash-bowl, and
+great good luck in dodging the passing showers,
+for him to acquire the rich effect of color which he
+displayed. Though it was one of July's hottest<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span>
+days, he had on his head an arrangement made of
+fur, with head trimmings and four black-tipped
+feathers; a long braid of his hair, wound with
+strips of fur, hung down in front of each ear, and
+strings of beads ornamented his neck. He wore
+a calico shirt, with tin bands on his arms above
+the elbow; a blanket was wrapped around his
+waist; his leggings had strips of beautiful bright
+bead-work, and his moccasins were ornamented
+in the same style. But in his right hand he was
+holding a most murderous-looking instrument.
+It was a long wooden club, into one end of which
+three sharp, shining steel knife-blades were set.
+Though I had been complaining of the heat, still I
+now felt chilly as I looked at the weapon, and saw
+how well it matched the expression of his cruel
+mouth and piercing eyes.</p>
+
+<p>He passed on while we were trying to make a
+sketch of him. However, the next day, an interpreter
+brought him around, and, for a small piece
+of tobacco, he was glad to pose while the sketch
+was being finished. We learned his name was
+"Can-h-des-ka-wan-ji-dan" (One Hoop).</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 325px;">
+<img src="images/illus031.png" width="325" height="400" alt="&quot;ONE HOOP&quot; IN HIS SUMMER COSTUME" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;ONE HOOP&quot; IN HIS SUMMER COSTUME</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>A few moments later, we passed an iron post set
+firmly into the ground. It marked one of the
+boundaries of the Indian Reservation. We were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span>
+now on a tract of land set aside by the United
+States Government as the living-ground of sixteen
+hundred "Santee" Sioux Indians. We soon
+saw more Indians, who, like us, seemed to be moving
+toward the little village at the Indian agency.
+Each group had put their belongings into a big<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span>
+bundle, and strapped it upon long poles, which
+were fastened at one end to the back of a pony.
+In this bundle the little papooses rode in great
+comfort, looking like blackbirds peering from a
+nest. In some cases, an older child would be riding
+in great glee on the pony's back among the
+poles. The family baggage seemed about equally
+distributed between the pony and the squaw who
+led him. She was preceded by her lord and master,
+the noble red Indian, who carried no load except
+his long pipe.</p>
+
+<p>The next thing of interest was what is called a
+Red River wagon. It was simply a cart with two
+large wheels, the whole vehicle made of wood.
+As the axles are never oiled, the Red River carry-all
+keeps up a most terrible squeaking. This
+charming music-box was drawn by one ox, and
+contained an Indian, who was driving with a
+whip. His wife and children were seated on the
+bottom of this jolting and shrieking cart.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 352px;">
+<img src="images/illus033.png" width="352" height="500" alt="AN INDIAN ENCAMPMENT FOR THE NIGHT" title="" />
+<span class="caption">AN INDIAN ENCAMPMENT FOR THE NIGHT</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As we neared the agency buildings, we passed
+many Indians who had settled for the night.
+They chose the wooded ravines, near streams, by
+which to put up their tents, or "tepees," which
+consisted of long poles covered with patched and
+smoke-stained canvas, with two openings, one at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span>
+the top for a "smoke-hole" and the other for a
+door, through which any one must crawl in order
+to enter the domestic circle of the gentle savage.
+We entered several tepees, making ourselves welcome
+by gifts of tobacco to every member of the
+family. That night, after reaching the agency
+and retiring to our beds, we dreamed of smoking
+great big pipes, with stems a mile long, which
+were passed to us by horrible-looking black
+witches. But morning came at last,&mdash;and <i>such</i>
+a morning!</p>
+
+<p>That Fourth of July morning I shall never forget.
+We were awakened by the most blood-curdling
+yells that ever pierced the ears of three white
+boys. It was the Indian war-whoop. I found
+myself instinctively feeling for my back hair, and
+regretting the distance to the railroad. We lingered
+indoors in a rather terrified condition, until
+we found out that this was simply the beginning
+of the day's celebration. It was the "sham-fight,"
+but it looked real enough when the Indians
+came tearing by, their ponies seeming to enter
+into the excitement as thoroughly as their riders.
+There were some five hundred, in full frills and
+war-paint, and all giving those terrible yells.</p>
+
+<p>Their costumes were simple, but gay in color&mdash;paint,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span>
+feathers, and more paint, with an occasional
+shirt.</p>
+
+<p>For weapons they carried guns, rifles, and long
+spears. Bows and arrows seemed to be out of
+style. A few had round shields on their left arms.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the tepees had been collected together
+and pitched so as to form a large circle, and their
+wagons were placed outside this circle so as to
+make a sort of protection for the defending party.
+The attacking party, brandishing their weapons
+in the air with increased yells, rushed their excited
+and panting ponies up the slope toward the
+tepees, where they were met by a rapid discharge
+of blank cartridges and powder. Some of the ponies
+became frightened and unmanageable, several
+riders were unhorsed, and general confusion
+prevailed. The intrenched party, in the meantime,
+rushed out from behind their defenses,
+climbing on top of their wagons, yelling and
+dancing around like demons. Added to this, the
+sight of several riderless ponies flying wildly from
+the tumult made the sham-fight have a terribly
+realistic look.</p>
+
+<p>After the excitement was over, the regular
+games which had been arranged for the day
+began.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus036.png" width="600" height="303" alt="THE SHAM-FIGHT" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE SHAM-FIGHT</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In the foot-races, the costumes were so slight
+that there was nothing to describe&mdash;simply paint
+in fancy patterns, moccasins, and a girdle of red
+flannel. But how they could run! I did not suppose
+anything on two legs could go so fast. The
+lacrosse costumes were bright and attractive.
+The leader of one side wore a shirt of soft, tanned
+buck-skin, bead-work and embroidery on the
+front, long fringe on the shoulders, bands around
+the arms, and deep fringe on the bottom of the
+skirt. The legs were bare to the knee, and from
+there down to the toes was one mass of fine glittering
+bead-work. In the game, there were a
+hundred Indians engaged on each side. The
+game was long, but exciting, being skilfully
+played. The grounds extended about a mile in
+length. The ball was the size of a common baseball,
+and felt almost as solid as a rock, the center
+being of lead. The shape of the Indian lacrosse
+stick is shown in the sketch.</p>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 163px;">
+<img src="images/illus038.png" width="163" height="350" alt="SHA-KE-TO-PA, A YOUNG BRAVE" title="" />
+<span class="caption">SHA-KE-TO-PA, A YOUNG BRAVE</span>
+</div>
+<p>Then came games on horseback. But the most
+interesting performance of the whole day, and one
+in which they all manifested an absorbing interest,
+was the dinner.</p>
+
+
+<p>At 3 <span class="smcap">a.m.</span> several oxen had been butchered, and
+from that time till the dinner was served all the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span>
+old squaws had their hands
+full. Fires were made in long
+lines, poles placed over them,
+and high black pots, kettles,
+and zinc pails filled with a
+combination of things, including
+beef and water, were suspended
+there and carefully
+tended by ancient Indian ladies
+in picturesque, witch-like
+costumes, who gently stirred
+the boiling bouillion with
+pieces of wood, while other
+seemingly more ancient and
+worn-out-looking squaws
+brought great bundles of wood from the ravines,
+tied up in blankets and swung over their shoulders.
+Think of a dinner for sixteen hundred noble
+chiefs and braves, stalwart head-men, young
+bucks, old squaws, girls, and children! And such
+queer-looking children&mdash;some dressed in full war
+costume, some in the most approved dancing
+dresses.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 348px;">
+<img src="images/illus039.png" width="348" height="395" alt="&quot;TAKING A SPOONFUL OF THE SOUP, HE POURED IT UPON THE GROUND.&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;TAKING A SPOONFUL OF THE SOUP, HE POURED IT UPON THE GROUND.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>One little boy, whose name was Sha-ke-to-pa
+(Four Nails), had five feathers&mdash;big ones, too&mdash;in
+his hair. His face was painted; he wore great
+round ear-rings, and rows of beads and claws<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span>
+around his neck; bands of beads on his little bare
+brown arms; embroidered leggings and beautiful
+moccasins, and a long piece of red cloth hanging
+from his waist. In fact, he was as gaily dressed
+as a grown-up Indian man, and he had a cunning
+little war-club, all ornamented and painted.
+When the dinner was nearly ready, the men began<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span>
+to seat themselves in a long curved line.
+Behind them, the women and children were gathered.
+When everything was ready, a chief wearing
+a long arrangement of feathers hanging from
+his back hair and several bead pouches across his
+shoulders, with a long staff in his
+left hand, walked into the center
+of the circle. Taking a spoonful
+of the soup, he held it high
+in the air, and then, turning
+slowly around, chanting a song,
+he poured the contents of the
+spoon upon the ground. This,
+an interpreter explained to us,
+was done to appease the spirits
+of the air. After this, the old squaws limped
+nimbly around with the pails of soup and other
+food, serving the men. After they were all
+bountifully and repeatedly helped, the women and
+children, who had been patiently waiting, were
+allowed to gather about the fragments and half-empty
+pots and finish the repast, which they did
+with neatness and despatch.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 166px;">
+<img src="images/illus040.png" width="166" height="250" alt="A WAITRESS" title="" />
+<span class="caption">A WAITRESS</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Then the warriors lay around and smoked their
+long-stem pipes, while the young men prepared
+for the pony races.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The first of the races was "open to all," and
+more than a hundred ponies and their riders were
+arranged in a row. Some of the ponies were very
+spirited, and seemed fully to realize what was
+going to take place, and they would persist in
+pushing ahead of the line. Then the other riders
+would start their ponies; then the whole line
+would have to be reformed. But finally they
+were all started, and such shouting, and such
+waving of whips in the air!&mdash;and how the little
+ponies did jump! When the race was over, how
+we all crowded around the winner, and how proud
+the pony as well as the rider seemed to feel!
+Now we had a better chance to examine the ponies
+than ever before, and some were very handsome.
+And such prices! Think of buying a beautiful
+three-year-old cream-colored pony for twenty dollars!</p>
+
+<p>But as the hour of sunset approached, the interest
+in the races vanished, and so did most of
+the braves. They sought the seclusion of their
+bowers, to adorn themselves for the grand "grass
+dance," which was to begin at sunset.</p>
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 165px;">
+<img src="images/illus042.png" width="165" height="400" alt="HOLIDAY CLOTHES AND EVERY-DAY CLOTHES" title="" />
+<span class="caption">HOLIDAY CLOTHES AND EVERY-DAY CLOTHES</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>What a contrast between their every-day dress
+and their dancing costumes! The former consists
+of a blanket more or less tattered and torn, while<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span>
+the gorgeousness of the latter discourages a description
+in words; so I refer you to the pictures.
+Of course, we were eager to purchase some of the
+Indian finery, but it was
+a bad time to trade successfully
+with the Indians.
+They were too much taken
+up with the pleasures of the
+day to care to turn an honest
+penny by parting with
+any of their ornaments.
+However, we succeeded in
+buying a big war-club set
+with knives, some pipes
+with carved stems a yard
+long, a few knife-sheaths
+and pouches, glittering with
+beads, and several pairs of
+beautiful moccasins,&mdash;most
+of which now adorn a New
+York studio.</p>
+
+
+<p>Soon the highly decorated
+red men silently assembled
+inside a large space inclosed by bushes
+stuck into the ground. This was their dance-hall.
+The squaws were again shut out, as, according to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span>
+Santee Sioux custom, they are not allowed to join
+in the dances with the men. The Indians, as they
+came in, sat quietly down around the sides of the
+inclosure. The musicians were gathered around
+a big drum, on which they pounded with short
+sticks, while they sang a sort of wild, weird chant.
+The effect, to an uneducated white man's ear, was
+rather depressing, but it seemed very pleasing to
+the Indians.</p>
+
+<p>The ball was opened by an old chief, who, rising
+slowly, beckoned the others to follow him. In
+his right hand the leader carried a wooden gun,
+ornamented with eagles' feathers; in the left he
+held a short stick, with bells attached to it. He
+wore a cap of otter skin, from which hung a long
+train. His face was carefully painted in stripes
+of blue and yellow.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus043.png" width="600" height="416" alt="THE DANCE" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE DANCE</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At first, they all moved slowly, jumping twice
+on each foot; then, as the musicians struck up a
+more lively pounding and a more inspiring song,
+the dancers moved with more rapidity, giving an
+occasional shout and waving their arms in the air.
+As they grew warmer and more excited, the musicians
+redoubled their exertions on the drum and
+changed their singing into prolonged howls; then
+one of them, dropping his drumsticks, sprang to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span>
+his feet, and, waving his hands over his head, he
+yelled till he was breathless, urging on the dancers.
+This seemed to be the finishing touch. The
+orchestra and dancers seemed to vie with each
+other as to who should make the greater noise.
+Their yells were deafening, and, brandishing
+their knives and tomahawks, they sprang around
+with wonderful agility. Of course, this intense
+excitement could last but a short time; the voices
+of the musicians began to fail, and, finally, with
+one last grand effort, they all gave a terrible
+shout, and then all was silence. The dancers
+crawled back to their places around the inclosure,
+and sank exhausted on the grass. But soon some
+supple brave regained enough strength to rise.
+The musicians slowly recommenced, other dancers
+came forward, and the "mad dance" was
+again in full blast. And thus the revels went on,
+hour after hour, all night, and continued even
+through the following day. But there was a curious
+fascination about it, and, tired as we were
+after the long day, we stood there looking on hour
+after hour. Finally, after midnight had passed,
+we gathered our Indian purchases about us, including
+two beautiful ponies, and began our return
+trip toward the railroad and civilization.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span>
+But the monotonous sound of the Indian drum
+followed us mile after mile over the prairie; in
+fact, it followed us much better than my new
+spotted pony.</p>
+
+<p>My arm aches now, as I remember how that
+pony hung back.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 122px;">
+<img src="images/illus044.png" width="122" height="350" alt="" title="Indian with another pipe" />
+</div>
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 453px;">
+<img src="images/illus046.jpg" width="453" height="600" alt="CHIEF JOSEPH" title="" />
+<span class="caption">CHIEF JOSEPH</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p>
+<h2>A BOY'S VISIT TO CHIEF JOSEPH</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor2'>BY ERSKINE WOOD</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>[<span class="smcap">Note</span>: The author of the sketch "A Boy's Visit to Chief Joseph"
+was Erskine Wood, a boy thirteen years old. He was then
+an expert shot with the rifle, and had brought down not only
+small game, but bear, wolves, and deer. A true woodsman, he
+was also a skilled archer and angler, having camped alone in
+the woods, and lived upon the game secured by shooting and
+fishing.</p>
+
+<p>When Chief Joseph, of the Nez Perc&eacute; Indians, went to the
+national capital, he met Erskine, and invited the young hunter to
+visit his camp some summer. So in July, 1892, the boy started
+alone from Portland, Oregon, carrying his guns, bows, rods, and
+blanket, and made his own way to Chief Joseph's camp on the
+Nespilem River.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians received him hospitably, and he took part in their
+annual fall hunt. He was even adopted into the tribe by the chief,
+and, according to their custom, received an Indian name, <i>Ishem-tux-il-pilp</i>,&mdash;"Red Moon."</p>
+
+<p>Chief Joseph's band was the remnant of the tribe which, under his
+leadership, fought the United States army so gallantly in 1877;
+they carried on a running fight of about eleven hundred miles in
+one summer.</p>
+
+<p>When Erskine visited him, the chief was in every way most
+kind and hospitable to his young guest.</p>
+
+<div class='sig'>
+<span class="smcap">C. E. S. Wood.]</span><br />
+</div><br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>I &nbsp; LEFT Portland on the third of July, 1892,
+to visit Chief Joseph, who was chief of the
+Nez Perc&eacute; Indians. They lived on the Colville
+Agency, two or three hundred miles north of the
+city of Spokane, in the State of Washington.</div>
+
+<p>I arrived at Davenport, Washington, on the
+fourth of July. There was no stage, so I had to
+stay all night. I left for Fort Spokane next day,
+arriving at about seven in the evening. As we
+did not start for Nespilem until the seventh, I
+went and visited Colonel Cook, commanding officer
+at the fort. I stayed all night, and next morning<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span>
+I helped the soldiers load cartridges at the
+magazine. That afternoon I watched the soldiers
+shooting volleys at the target range. We started
+for Nespilem in a wagon at three o'clock in the
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>The next day I went fishing in the morning,
+and in the afternoon I went up the creek again,
+fishing with Doctor Latham. He was doctor at
+the Indian agency. The next day I went down to
+Joseph's camp, where I stayed the rest of the time&mdash;about
+five months&mdash;alone with the Indians.
+The doctor and the teamster returned to the
+agency. During my first day in the camp, I wrote<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span>
+a letter to my mother, and bought a beaded leather
+belt from one of the squaws. I stayed about camp
+most of the first day; but in the afternoon I went
+fishing, and caught a nice string of trout.</p>
+
+<p>The Indian camp is usually in two or more long
+rows of tepees. Sometimes two or three families
+occupy one lodge. When they are hunting and
+drying meat for their winter supply, several
+lodges are put together, making one big lodge
+about thirty feet long, in which are two or three
+fires instead of one. They say that it dries the
+meat better.</p>
+
+<p>When game gets scarce, camp is broken and
+moved to a different place. The men and boys
+catch the horses, and then the squaws have to put
+on the pack-saddles (made of bone and covered
+with untanned deer-hide) and pack them. The
+men sit around smoking and talking. When all
+is ready, the different families set out, driving
+their spare horses and pack-horses in front of
+them. The men generally hunt in the early morning;
+they get up at about two o'clock, take a vapor
+bath, get breakfast, and start to hunt at about
+three. Sometimes they hunt on horseback, and
+sometimes on foot. They come back at about ten
+or eleven o'clock, and if they have been on foot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span>
+and have been successful they take a horse and
+go and bring in the game. The meat is always
+divided. If Chief Joseph is there, he divides it;
+and if he is not there, somebody is chosen to fill
+his place. They believe that if the heads or horns
+of the slain deer are left on the ground, the other
+deer feel insulted and will go away, and that
+would spoil the hunting in that neighborhood. So
+the heads and horns are hung up in trees. They
+think, too, that when anybody dies, his spirit hovers
+around the spot for several days afterward,
+and so they always move the lodge. I was sitting
+with Joseph in the tepee once, when a lizard
+crawled in. I discovered it, and showed it to Joseph.
+He was very solemn, and I asked him what
+was the matter. "A medicine-man sent it here to
+do me harm. You have very good eyes to discover
+the tricks of the medicine-men." I was
+going to throw it into the fire, but he stopped me,
+saying: "If you burn it, it will make the medicine-men
+angry. You must kill it some other way."</p>
+
+<p>The Indians' calendars are little square sticks
+of wood about eight inches long. Every day they
+file a little notch, and on Sunday a little hole is
+made. When any one dies, the notch is painted
+red or black. When they are home at Nespilem,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span>
+they all meet out on the prairie on certain days,
+and have horse-racing. They run for about two
+miles. When they are on the home-stretch, about
+half a mile from the goal, a lot of men get behind
+them and fire pistols and whip the horses.</p>
+
+<p>I was out grouse-hunting with Niky Mowitz,
+my Indian companion, and we started a deer. We
+were near the camp, and he proposed to run
+around in front of the deer and head it for camp.
+So we started, and the way he got over those rocks
+was a wonder! If we had not had the dogs, we
+might have succeeded; but as soon as they caught
+sight of the deer, they went after it like mad, and
+we did not see it again. Niky Mowitz is a nephew
+and adopted son of Chief Joseph; his father was
+killed in the Nez Perc&eacute; war of 1877. In the fall
+hunt the boys are not allowed to go grouse- or
+pheasant-hunting without first getting permission
+of the chief in command. And it is never granted
+to them until the boys have driven the horses to
+water and counted them to see if any are missing.</p>
+
+<p>The game that the boys play most has to be
+played out in open country, where there are no
+sticks or underbrush. They get a little hoop, or
+some of them have a little iron ring, about two
+inches across. Then they range themselves in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span>
+rows, and one rolls the ring on the ground, and
+the others try to throw spears through it. The
+spears are straight sticks about three feet and a
+half long, with two or three little branches cut
+short at the end, to keep the spear from going
+clear through the ring.</p>
+
+<p>The Indians take "Turkish," or vapor, baths.
+They have a little house in the shape of a half
+globe, made of willow sticks, covered with sods
+and dirt until it is about a foot thick and perfectly
+tight. A hole is dug in the house and filled with
+hot rocks. The Indians (usually about four)
+crowd in, and then one pours hot water on the hot
+rocks, making a lot of steam. They keep this up
+until one's back commences to burn, and then he
+gives a little yell, and somebody outside tilts up
+the door (a blanket), and they all come out and
+jump at once into the cold mountain-stream.
+This bath is taken just before going hunting, as
+they think that the deer cannot scent them after it.</p>
+
+<p>Only the boys indulge in wrestling. They fold
+their hands behind each other's backs, and try to
+throw each other by force, or by bending the back
+backward. Tripping is unfair, in their opinion.</p>
+
+<p>The country is full of game, and we killed
+many deer and a cinnamon bear. In the evening,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span>
+when they come home, they talk about the day's
+hunt, and what they saw and did. The one that
+killed the bear said that when he first saw the bear
+it was about fifteen yards off, and coming for him
+with open jaws, and growling and roaring like
+everything. He fired and wounded it. It stopped
+and stood on its hind legs, roaring worse than
+ever. While this was going on, the Indian slipped
+around and shot it through the heart. I cut off
+the claws and made a necklace out of them. The
+next day they dug a hole nine feet in diameter and
+built a big fire in it, and piled rocks all over the fire
+to heat them. In the meantime the squaws had
+cut a lot of fir-boughs and brought the bear-meat.
+When the fire had burned down, and the rocks
+were red hot, all the coals and things that would
+smoke were raked out, and sticks laid across the
+hole (it was about three feet deep). Then the fir-boughs
+were dipped in water and laid over the
+sticks. And then meat was laid on, and then more
+fir-boughs, and then the fat (the fat between the
+hide and flesh of a bear is taken off whole) is laid
+on, and then more fir-boughs dipped and sprinkled
+with water. Then come two or three blankets,
+and, last of all, the whole thing is covered with
+earth until it is perfectly tight. After about two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span>
+hours everything is removed, and the water that
+has been put on the boughs has steamed the meat
+thoroughly. Then Chief Joseph comes and cuts
+it up, and every family gets a portion. I helped
+the squaws cook some wild carrots once (they
+cook them just as they do the bear, except that
+they let them cook all night), and Joseph said that
+I must not do squaws' work: that a brave must
+hunt, fish, fight, and take care of the horses; but
+a squaw must put up the tepees, cook, sew, make
+moccasins and clothes, tan the hides, and take care
+of the household goods.</p>
+
+<p>The boys take care of the horses. They catch
+them and drive them to and from their watering-places;
+and the rest of the time they hunt with
+bows and arrows (the boys don't have guns), and
+fish and play games. The Indian dogs are fine
+grouse- and pheasant-hunters, scenting the game
+from a long distance, and going and treeing them;
+and they will stay there and bark until the men
+come. The dogs are exactly like coyotes, except
+that they are smaller.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 308px;">
+<img src="images/illus055.jpg" width="308" height="525" alt="ERSKINE WOOD&mdash;NAMED BY CHIEF JOSEPH &quot;ISHEM-TUX-IL-PILP&quot; OR &quot;RED MOON&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ERSKINE WOOD&mdash;NAMED BY CHIEF JOSEPH &quot;ISHEM-TUX-IL-PILP&quot; OR &quot;RED MOON&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Many people have said that the Indian is lazy.
+In the summer he takes care of his horses, hunts
+enough to keep fresh meat, fishes, and plays games.
+But in the fall, when they are getting their winter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span>
+meat, they get up regularly every morning at two
+o'clock and start to hunt. And if the Indian has
+been successful, as he usually is, he seldom gets
+home before five o'clock. And the next morning
+it is the same thing, while hoar-frost is all over
+the ground. In the Fall Hunt, I was out in the
+mountains with them seventy-five miles from
+Nespilem (where Joseph's camp was, and about
+one hundred and fifty miles from the agency), and
+it was about the 15th of November; and if I had
+not gone home then, I would not have been able
+to go until spring. So Niky Mowitz brought me
+in to Nespilem, and we made the trip (seventy-six
+miles) in one day. We started at about eight
+o'clock in the morning, on our ponies. We had
+not been gone more than an hour when the dogs
+started a deer; we rode very fast, and tried to get
+a sight of it, but we couldn't.</p>
+
+<p>Chief Joseph did not go to the mountains with
+us on this hunt, and we reached his tent in Nespilem
+at about ten o'clock. When we got to the
+tent, one of Joseph's squaws cooked us some supper;
+and on the third day after that, I went to
+Wilbur, a little town on the railroad, and from
+there to Portland, where papa met me at the train.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span></p>
+<h2>LITTLE MOCCASIN'S RIDE ON THE THUNDER-HORSE</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY COLONEL GUIDO ILGES</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>"LITTLE MOCCASIN" was, at the time we
+speak of, fourteen years old, and about as
+mischievous a boy as could be found anywhere in
+the Big Horn mountains. Unlike his comrades
+of the same age, who had already killed buffaloes
+and stolen horses from the white men and the
+Crow Indians, with whom Moccasin's tribe, the
+Uncapapas, were at war, he preferred to lie under
+a shady tree in the summer, or around the campfire
+in winter, listening to the conversation of the
+old men and women, instead of going upon expeditions
+with the warriors and the hunters.</div>
+
+<p>The Uncapapas are a very powerful and numerous
+tribe of the great Sioux Nation, and before
+Uncle Sam's soldiers captured and removed
+them, and before the Northern Pacific Railroad<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span>
+entered the territory of Montana, they occupied
+the beautiful valleys of the Rosebud, Big and Little
+Horn, Powder and Redstone rivers, all of
+which empty into the grand Yellowstone Valley.
+In those days, before the white man had set foot
+upon these grounds, there was plenty of game,
+such as buffalo, elk, antelope, deer, and bear; and,
+as the Uncapapas were great hunters and good
+shots, the camp of Indians to which Little Moccasin
+belonged always had plenty of meat to eat
+and plenty of robes and hides to sell and trade for
+horses and guns, for powder and ball, for sugar
+and coffee, and for paint and flour. Little Moccasin
+showed more appetite than any other Indian
+in camp. In fact, he was always hungry, and used
+to eat at all hours, day and night. Buffalo meat
+he liked the best, particularly the part taken from
+the hump, which is so tender that it almost melts
+in the mouth.</p>
+
+<p>When Indian boys have had a hearty dinner of
+good meat, they generally feel very happy and
+very lively. When hungry, they are sad and dull.</p>
+
+<p>This was probably the reason why Little Moccasin
+was always so full of mischief, and always
+inventing tricks to play upon the other boys. He
+was a precocious and observing youngster, full of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span>
+quaint and original ideas&mdash;never at a loss for expedients.</p>
+
+<p>But he was once made to feel very sorry for
+having played a trick, and I must tell my young
+readers how it happened.</p>
+
+<p>"Running Antelope," one of the great warriors
+and the most noted orator of the tribe, had returned
+from a hunt, and Mrs. Antelope was frying
+for him a nice buffalo steak&mdash;about as large
+as two big fists&mdash;over the coals. Little Moccasin,
+who lived in the next street of tents, smelled the
+feast, and concluded that he would have some of
+it. In the darkness of the night he slowly and
+carefully crawled toward the spot where Mistress
+Antelope sat holding in one hand a long stick, at
+the end of which the steak was frying. Little
+Moccasin watched her closely, and, seeing that
+she frequently placed her other hand upon the
+ground beside her and leaned upon it for support,
+he soon formed a plan for making her drop the
+steak.</p>
+
+<p>He had once or twice in his life seen a pin, but
+he had never owned one, and he could not have
+known what use is sometimes made of them by
+bad white boys. He had noticed, however, that
+some of the leaves of the larger varieties of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span>
+prickly-pear cactus-plant are covered with many
+thorns, as long and as sharp as an ordinary pin.</p>
+
+<p>So when Mrs. Antelope again sat down and
+looked at the meat to see if it was done, he slyly
+placed half-a-dozen of the cactus leaves upon the
+very spot of ground upon which Mrs. Antelope
+had before rested her left hand.</p>
+
+<p>Then the young mischief crawled noiselessly
+into the shade and waited for his opportunity,
+which came immediately.</p>
+
+<p>When the unsuspecting Mrs. Antelope again
+leaned upon the ground, and felt the sharp points
+of the cactus leaves, she uttered a scream, and
+dropped from her other hand the stick and the
+steak, thinking only of relief from the sharp pain.</p>
+
+<p>Then, on the instant, the young rascal seized
+the stick and tried to run away with it. But Running
+Antelope caught him by his long hair, and
+gave him a severe whipping, declaring that he
+was a good-for-nothing boy, and calling him a
+"coffee-cooler" and a "squaw."</p>
+
+<p>The other boys, hearing the rumpus, came running
+up to see the fun, and they laughed and
+danced over poor Little Moccasin's distress.
+Often afterward they called him "coffee-cooler";
+which meant that he was cowardly and faint-hearted,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span>
+and that he preferred staying in camp
+around the fire, drinking coffee, to taking part in
+the manly sports of hunting and stealing expeditions.</p>
+
+<p>The night after the whipping, Little Moccasin
+could not sleep. The disgrace of the whipping
+and the name applied to him were too much for
+his vanity. He even lost his appetite, and refused
+some very nice prairie-dog stew which his mother
+offered him.</p>
+
+<p>He was thinking of something else. He must
+do something brave&mdash;perform some great deed
+which no other Indian had ever performed&mdash;in
+order to remove this stain upon his character.</p>
+
+<p>But what should it be? Should he go out alone
+and kill a bear? He had never fired a gun, and
+was afraid that the bear might eat him. Should
+he attack the Crow camp single-handed? No, no&mdash;not
+he; they would catch him and scalp him
+alive.</p>
+
+<p>All night long he was thinking and planning;
+but when daylight came, he had reached no conclusion.
+He must wait for the Great Spirit to
+give him some ideas.</p>
+
+<p>During the following day he refused all food
+and kept drawing his belt tighter and tighter<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span>
+around his waist every hour, till, by evening, he
+had reached the last notch. This method of appeasing
+the pangs of hunger, adopted by the Indians
+when they have nothing to eat, is said to be
+very effective.</p>
+
+<p>In a week's time Little Moccasin had grown
+almost as thin as a bean-pole, but no inspiration
+had yet revealed what he could do to redeem himself.</p>
+
+<p>About this time a roving band of Cheyennes,
+who had been down to the mouth of the Little
+Missouri, and beyond, entered the camp upon a
+friendly visit. Feasting and dancing were kept
+up day and night, in honor of the guests; but
+Little Moccasin lay hidden in the woods nearly all
+the time.</p>
+
+<p>During the night of the second day of their
+stay, he quietly stole to the rear of the great council-tepee,
+to listen to the pow-wow then going on.
+Perhaps he would there learn some words of wisdom
+which would give him an idea how to carry
+out his great undertaking.</p>
+
+<p>After "Black Catfish," the great Cheyenne
+warrior, had related in the flowery language of
+his tribe some reminiscences of his many fights
+and brave deeds, "Strong Heart" spoke. Then<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span>
+there was silence for many minutes, during which
+the pipe of peace made the rounds, each warrior
+taking two or three puffs, blowing the smoke
+through the nose, pointing toward heaven, and
+then handing the pipe to his left-hand neighbor.</p>
+
+<p>"Strong Heart," "Crazy Dog," "Bow-String,"
+"Dog-Fox," and "Smooth Elkhorn" spoke of the
+country they had just passed through.</p>
+
+<p>Then again the pipe of peace was handed
+round, amid profound silence.</p>
+
+<p>"Black Pipe," who was bent and withered with
+the wear and exposure of seventy-nine winters,
+and who trembled like some leafless tree shaken
+by the wind, but who was sound in mind and
+memory, then told the Uncapapas, for the first
+time, of the approach of a great number of white
+men, who were measuring the ground with long
+chains, and who were being followed by "Thundering
+Horses" and "Houses on Wheels." (He
+was referring to the surveying parties of the
+Northern Pacific Railway Company, who were
+just then at work on the crossing of the Little
+Missouri.)</p>
+
+<p>With heart beating wildly, Little Moccasin listened
+to this strange story and then retired to his
+own blankets in his father's tepee.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Now he had found the opportunity he so long
+had sought! He would go across the mountains,
+all by himself, look at the thundering horses and
+the houses on wheels. He then would know more
+than any one in the tribe, and return to the camp,&mdash;a
+hero!</p>
+
+<p>At early morn, having provided himself with a
+bow and a quiver full of arrows, without informing
+any one of his plan he stole out of camp, and,
+running at full speed, crossed the nearest mountain
+to the East.</p>
+
+<p>Allowing himself little time for rest, pushing
+forward by day and night, and after fording
+many of the smaller mountain-streams, on the
+evening of the third day of his travel he came
+upon what he believed to be a well-traveled road.
+But&mdash;how strange!&mdash;there were two endless iron
+rails lying side by side upon the ground. Such a
+curious sight he had never beheld. There were
+also large poles, with glass caps, and connected
+by wire, standing along the roadside. What
+could all this mean?</p>
+
+<p>Poor Little Moccasin's brain became so bewildered
+that he hardly noticed the approach of a
+freight-train drawn by the "Thundering Horse."</p>
+
+<p>There was a shrill, long-drawn whistle, and immense<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span>
+clouds of black smoke; and the Thundering
+Horse was sniffing and snorting at a great
+rate, emitting from its nostrils large streams of
+steaming vapor. Besides all this, the earth, in the
+neighborhood of where Little Moccasin stood,
+shook and trembled as if in great fear; and to him
+the terrible noises the horse made were perfectly
+appalling.</p>
+
+<p>Gradually the snorts, and the puffing, and the
+terrible noise lessened, until, all at once, they entirely
+ceased. The train had come to a stand-still
+at a watering tank, where the Thundering Horse
+was given its drink.</p>
+
+<p>The rear car, or "House on Wheels," as old
+Black Pipe had called it, stood in close proximity
+to Little Moccasin,&mdash;who, in his bewilderment
+and fright at the sight of these strange moving
+houses, had been unable to move a step.</p>
+
+<p>But as no harm had come to him from the terrible
+monster, Moccasin's heart, which had sunk
+down to the region of his toes, began to rise
+again; and the curiosity inherent in every Indian
+boy mastered fear.</p>
+
+<p>He moved up, and down, and around the great
+House on Wheels; then he touched it in many
+places, first with the tip-end of one finger, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span>
+finally with both hands. If he could only detach
+a small piece from the house to take back to camp
+with him as a trophy and as a proof of his daring
+achievement! But it was too solid, and all made
+of heavy wood and iron.</p>
+
+<p>At the rear end of the train there was a ladder,
+which the now brave Little Moccasin ascended
+with the quickness of a squirrel to see what there
+was on top.</p>
+
+<p>It was gradually growing dark, and suddenly
+he saw (as he really believed) the full moon approaching
+him. He did not know that it was
+the headlight of a locomotive coming from the
+opposite direction.</p>
+
+<p>Absorbed in this new and glorious sight, he did
+not notice the starting of his own car, until it was
+too late, for, while the car moved, he dared not let
+go his hold upon the brake-wheel.</p>
+
+<p>There he was, being carried with lightning
+speed into a far-off, unknown country, over
+bridges, by the sides of deep ravines, and along
+the slopes of steep mountains.</p>
+
+<p>But the Thundering Horse never tired nor
+grew thirsty again during the entire night.</p>
+
+<p>At last, soon after the break of day, there came
+the same shrill whistle which had frightened him<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span>
+so much on the previous day; and, soon after, the
+train stopped at Miles City.</p>
+
+<p>But, unfortunately for our little hero, there
+were a great many white people in sight; and he
+was compelled to lie flat upon the roof of his car,
+in order to escape notice. He had heard so much
+of the cruelty of the white men that he dared not
+trust himself among them.</p>
+
+<p>Soon they started again, and Little Moccasin
+was compelled to proceed on his involuntary journey,
+which took him away from home and into
+unknown dangers.</p>
+
+<p>At noon, the cars stopped on the open prairie to
+let Thundering Horse drink again. Quickly, and
+without being detected by any of the trainmen, he
+dropped to the ground from his high and perilous
+position. Then the train left him&mdash;all alone in
+an unknown country.</p>
+
+<p>Alone? Not exactly; for, within a few minutes,
+half a dozen Crow Indians, mounted on
+swift ponies, are by his side, and are lashing him
+with whips and lassoes.</p>
+
+<p>He has fallen into the hands of the deadliest
+enemies of his tribe, and has been recognized by
+the cut of his hair and the shape of his moccasins.</p>
+
+<p>When they tired of their sport in beating poor<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span>
+Little Moccasin so cruelly, they dismounted and
+tied his hands behind his back.</p>
+
+<p>Then they sat down upon the ground to have a
+smoke and to deliberate about the treatment of
+the captive.</p>
+
+<p>During the very severe whipping, and while
+they were tying his hands, though it gave him
+great pain, Little Moccasin never uttered a groan.
+Indian-like, he had made up his mind to "die
+game," and not to give his enemies the satisfaction
+of gloating over his sufferings. This, as will
+be seen, saved his life.</p>
+
+<p>The leader of the Crows, "Iron Bull," was in
+favor of burning the hated Uncapapa at a stake,
+then and there; but "Spotted Eagle," "Blind
+Owl," and "Hungry Wolf" called attention to
+the youth and bravery of the captive, who had
+endured the lashing without any sign of fear.
+Then the two other Crows took the same view.
+This decided poor Moccasin's fate; and he understood
+it all, although he did not speak the Crow
+language, for he was a great sign-talker, and had
+watched them very closely during their council.</p>
+
+<p>Blind Owl, who seemed the most kind-hearted
+of the party, lifted the boy upon his pony, Blind
+Owl himself getting up in front, and they rode at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span>
+full speed westward to their large encampment,
+where they arrived after sunset.</p>
+
+<p>Little Moccasin was then relieved of his bonds,
+which had benumbed his hands during the long
+ride, and a large dish of boiled meat was given
+to him. This, in his famished condition, he relished
+very much. An old squaw, one of the wives
+of Blind Owl, and a Sioux captive, took pity on
+him, and gave him a warm place with plenty of
+blankets in her own tepee, where he enjoyed a
+good rest.</p>
+
+<p>During his stay with the Crows, Little Moccasin
+was made to do the work, which usually falls
+to the lot of the squaws; and which was imposed
+upon him as a punishment upon a brave enemy,
+designed to break his proud spirit. He was
+treated as a slave, made to haul wood and draw
+water, do the cooking, and clean game. Many of
+the Crow boys wanted to kill him, but his foster-mother,
+"Old Looking-Glass," protected him;
+and, besides, they feared that the soldiers of Fort
+Custer might hear of it, if he was killed, and punish
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Many weeks thus passed, and the poor little
+captive grew more despondent and weaker in
+body every day. Often his foster-mother would<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span>
+talk to him in his own language, and tell him to
+be of good cheer; but he was terribly homesick
+and longed to get back to the mountains on the
+Rosebud, to tell the story of his daring and become
+the hero which he had started out to be.</p>
+
+<p>One night, after everybody had gone to sleep
+in camp, and the fires had gone out, Old Looking-Glass,
+who had seemed to be soundly sleeping, approached
+his bed and gently touched his face.
+Looking up, he saw that she held a forefinger
+pressed against her lips, intimating that he must
+keep silence, and that she was beckoning him to
+go outside.</p>
+
+<p>There she soon joined him; then, putting her
+arm around his neck, she hastened out of the camp
+and across the nearest hills.</p>
+
+<p>When they had gone about five miles away
+from camp, they came upon a pretty little mouse-colored
+pony, which Old Looking-Glass had hidden
+there for Little Moccasin on the previous day.</p>
+
+<p>She made him mount the pony, which she called
+"Blue Wing," and bade him fly toward the rising
+sun, where he would find white people who would
+protect and take care of him.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 359px;">
+<img src="images/illus072.png" width="359" height="450" alt="&quot;THEY CAME UPON A PRETTY LITTLE MOUSE-COLORED PONY&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THEY CAME UPON A PRETTY LITTLE MOUSE-COLORED PONY&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Old Looking-Glass then kissed Little Moccasin
+upon both cheeks and the forehead, while the tears<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span>
+ran down her wrinkled face; she also folded her
+hands upon her breast and, looking up to the
+heavens, said a prayer, in which she asked the
+Great Spirit to protect and save the poor boy in
+his flight.</p>
+
+<p>After she had whispered some indistinct words
+into the ear of Blue Wing (who seemed to understand
+her, for he nodded his head approvingly),
+she bade Little Moccasin be off, and advised him
+not to rest this side of the white man's settlement,
+as the Crows would soon discover his absence,
+and would follow him on their fleetest ponies.</p>
+
+<p>"But Blue Wing will save you! He can outrun
+them all!"</p>
+
+<p>These were her parting words, as he galloped
+away.</p>
+
+<p>In a short time the sun rose over the nearest
+hill, and Little Moccasin then knew that he was
+going in the right direction. He felt very happy
+to be free again, although sorry to leave behind
+his kind-hearted foster-mother, Looking-Glass.
+He made up his mind that after a few years, when
+he had grown big and become a warrior, he would
+go and capture her from the hated Crows and
+take her to his own tepee.</p>
+
+<p>He was so happy in this thought that he had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span>
+not noticed how swiftly time passed, and that already
+the sun stood over his head; neither had he
+urged Blue Wing to run his swiftest; but that
+good little animal kept up a steady dog-trot, without,
+as yet, showing the least sign of being tired.</p>
+
+<p>But what was the sudden noise which was
+heard behind him? Quickly he turned his head,
+and, to his horror, he beheld about fifty mounted
+Crows coming toward him at a run, and swinging
+in their hands guns, pistols, clubs, and knives!</p>
+
+<p>His old enemy, Iron Bull, was in advance, and
+under his right arm he carried a long lance, with
+which he intended to spear Little Moccasin.</p>
+
+<p>Moccasin's heart stood still for a moment with
+fear; he knew that this time they would surely
+kill him if caught. He seemed to have lost all
+power of action.</p>
+
+<p>Nearer and nearer came Iron Bull, shouting at
+the top of his voice.</p>
+
+<p>But Blue Wing now seemed to understand the
+danger of Moccasin's situation; he pricked up his
+ears, snorted a few times, made several short
+jumps, fully to arouse Moccasin, who remained
+paralyzed with fear, and then, like a bird, fairly
+flew over the prairie, as if his little hoofs were not
+touching the ground.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Little Moccasin, too, was now awakened to his
+peril, and he patted and encouraged Blue Wing;
+while, from time to time, he looked back over his
+shoulder to watch the approach of Iron Bull.</p>
+
+<p>Thus they went, on and on; over ditches and
+streams, rocks and hills, through gulches and
+valleys. Blue Wing was doing nobly, but the
+pace could not last forever.</p>
+
+<p>Iron Bull was now only about five hundred
+yards behind and gaining on him.</p>
+
+<p>Little Moccasin felt the cold sweat pouring
+down his face. He had no firearm, or he would
+have stopped to shoot at Iron Bull.</p>
+
+<p>Blue Wing's whole body seemed to tremble beneath
+his young rider, as if the pony was making
+a last desperate effort, before giving up from exhaustion.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, Little Moccasin did not know
+how to pray, or he might have found some comfort
+and help thereby; but in those moments, when
+a terrible death was so near to him, he did the
+next best thing: he thought of his mother and his
+father, of his little sisters and brothers, and also
+of Looking-Glass, his kind old foster-mother.</p>
+
+<p>Then he felt better and was imbued with fresh
+courage. He again looked back, gave one loud,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span>
+defiant yell at Iron Bull, and then went out of
+sight over some high ground.</p>
+
+<p>Ki-yi-yi-yi! There is the railroad station just
+in front, only about three hundred yards away.
+He sees white men around the buildings, who will
+protect him.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Blue Wing utters one deep
+groan, stumbles, and falls to the ground. Fortunately,
+though, Little Moccasin has received no
+hurt. He jumps up, and runs toward the station
+as fast as his weary legs can carry him.</p>
+
+<p>At this very moment Iron Bull with several of
+his braves came in sight again, and, realizing the
+helpless condition of the boy, they all gave a shout
+of joy, thinking that in a few minutes they would
+capture and kill him.</p>
+
+<p>But their shouting had been heard by some of
+the white men, who at once concluded to protect
+the boy, if he deserved aid.</p>
+
+<p>Little Moccasin and Iron Bull reached the door
+of the station-building at nearly the same moment;
+but the former had time enough to dart inside
+and hide under the table of the telegraph
+operator.</p>
+
+<p>When Iron Bull and several other Crows
+rushed in to pull the boy from underneath the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span>
+table, the operator quickly took from the table
+drawer a revolver, and with it drove the murderous
+Crows from the premises.</p>
+
+<p>Then the boy had to tell his story, and he was
+believed. All took pity upon his forlorn condition,
+and his brave flight made them his friends.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening Blue Wing came up to where
+Little Moccasin was resting and awaiting the arrival
+of the next train, which was to take him back
+to his own home.</p>
+
+<p>Then they both were put aboard a lightning-express
+train, which took them to within a short
+distance of the old camp on the Rosebud.</p>
+
+<p>When Little Moccasin arrived at his father's
+tepee, riding beautiful Blue Wing, now rested and
+frisky, the whole camp flocked around him; and
+when he told them of his great daring, of his capture
+and his escape, Running Antelope, the big
+warrior of the Uncapapas and the most noted
+orator of the tribe, proclaimed him a true hero,
+and then and there begged his pardon for having
+called him a "coffee-cooler." In the evening Little
+Moccasin was honored by a great feast, and
+the name of "Rushing Lightning," <i>Wakee-wata-keepee</i>,
+was bestowed upon him&mdash;and by that
+name he is known to this day.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>AN INDIAN LEGEND<br />
+<br />
+BY WILLIAM M. CARY</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>[This story has been told to the children of the Dacotah Indians
+for very many years, having been handed down from generation
+to generation; and it is now listened to by Indian children with as
+much interest as it excited in the red-skinned boys and girls of a
+thousand years ago.]</p></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>ON the bank of one of the many branches of
+the Missouri River&mdash;or "Big Muddy," as
+it is called by the Indians on account of the color
+of its waters&mdash;there lived a little boy and a little
+girl. These children were very small indeed,
+being no bigger than a man's finger, but very
+handsome, well formed, and also quite strong,
+considering their size. There were no men and
+women in the world at that time, and none of the
+people who told the story knew how these two
+small folk came to be living on the banks of the
+river. Some persons thought that they might
+have been little beavers, or little turtles, who were<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span>
+so smart that they turned into a boy and a girl;
+but nothing about this is known for certain.
+These small people lived in a tiny lodge near the
+river, feeding upon the berries that grew along
+the shore. These were of great variety and many
+delicious flavors. There were wild currants,
+raspberries, gooseberries, service-berries, wild
+plums and grapes; and of most of these, one was
+sufficient to make a meal for both of the children.</div>
+
+<p>The little girl was very fond of the boy, and
+watched over and tended him with great care.
+She made him a tiny bow from a blade of grass,
+with arrows to match, and he hunted grasshoppers,
+crickets, butterflies, and many other small
+creatures. She then made him a hunting-shirt, or
+coat, from the skin of a humming-bird, ornamented
+with brilliant little stones and tiny shells
+found in the sand. She loved him so dearly that
+no work was too much when done for him.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 388px;">
+<img src="images/illus080.png" width="388" height="600" alt="TELLING THE STORY OF THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN" title="" />
+<span class="caption">TELLING THE STORY OF THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN</span>
+</div>
+<div class="figright" style="width: 252px;">
+<img src="images/illus083.png" width="252" height="350" alt="&quot;HE HUNTED GRASSHOPPERS&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;HE HUNTED GRASSHOPPERS&quot;</span>
+</div>
+<p>One day he was out hunting on the prairie; and,
+feeling tired from an unusually long tramp, he lay
+down to rest and soon fell fast asleep. The wind
+began to rise, after the heat of the day; but this
+made him sleep the sounder, and he knew nothing
+of the storm that was threatening. The clouds
+rolled over from the northwestern horizon, like an<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span>
+army of blankets torn and
+ragged. With flashing lightning,
+the thunder-god let
+loose his powers, and peal
+after peal went echoing
+loudly through the ca&ntilde;ons,
+up over the hills, and down
+into prairies where the quaking-asp
+shivered, the willows
+waved, and the tall
+blue-grass rolled, as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span>
+the wind passed over, like a tempest-tossed sea.
+Only the stubborn aloes, the Spanish-bayonet, and
+the prickly-pears kept their position. But the
+storm was as brief as it was violent; and, gradually
+subsiding, it passed to the southeast, leaving
+nothing but a bank of clouds behind the horizon.
+Everything was drenched by the heavy rain. The
+flowers hung their heads, or lay crushed from the
+weight of water on their tender petals, vainly
+struggling to rise and rejoice that the storm had
+passed away. The sage-brush looked more silvery
+than ever, clothed with myriads of rain-drops,
+which beaded its tiny leaves. Through all
+the storm our little hero slept, the feathers of his
+hunting-coat wet and flattened by the rain. When
+the sun came out again and shone upon him, it
+dried and shriveled this little coat until it cracked
+and fell off him like the shell of an egg from a
+newly hatched chicken. He soon began to feel
+uncomfortable, and woke up. Evening was fast
+approaching; the blue-jay chattered, the prairie-chicken
+was calling its young brood to rest under
+its wings for the night, the cricket had at last
+sung himself to sleep, and all nature seemed to be
+getting ready for a long rest. Our boy, however,
+had no thought of further sleep. His active mind<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span>
+was thinking how he could revenge himself upon
+the sun for his treatment of him, in thus ruining
+his coat. The shadows on the plains deepened
+into gloom and darkness, but still he thought and
+planned out his revenge. Early in the morning
+he started for home. The little girl had been anxiously
+watching for him all night, and came out
+to meet him, much rejoiced at his safe return; but
+when she saw the condition of his coat, on which
+she had labored with so much care and love, she
+was very much grieved. Her tears only made
+him more angry with the sun, and he set himself
+to planning with greater determination by what
+means he could annoy this enemy. At last
+a bright idea struck him, and he at once told it to
+the girl. She was delighted, and admired him the
+more for his shrewdness. They soon put their
+plans into practice, and began plaiting a rope of
+grasses.</p>
+
+<p>This was a great undertaking, as the rope had
+to be very long. Many moons came and went
+before this rope was finished, and, when the task
+was completed, the next thing to be considered
+was, how they should carry or transport it to the
+place where the sun rises in the morning. This
+question puzzled them greatly, for the rope was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span>
+very large and heavy, and the distance was very
+great.</p>
+
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 259px;">
+<img src="images/illus085.png" width="259" height="400" alt="&quot;AT HOME, UNDER AN IMMENSE FERN&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;AT HOME, UNDER AN IMMENSE FERN&quot;</span>
+</div>
+<p>All the animals at that time were very small
+tween compared to the field-mouse, which was
+then the largest quadruped in the whole world,
+twice the size of any buffalo. The horse, or, as
+the Indians call it, "shungatonga," meaning elk-dog,
+did not then exist. It was a long time before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span>
+the children could find a field-mouse to whom they
+could appeal for aid. At last they found one at
+home, sitting comfortably under an immense fern.</p>
+
+
+
+<p>The little boy then went up to him, and, after
+relating his troubles, asked if he would assist in
+carrying the rope. Mountains had to be crossed,
+rivers swum or forded, according to their depth,
+wide expanses of prairie to be passed over, forests
+skirted, swamps waded, and lakes circled before
+the rope and its makers could reach the place
+where the sun rises. The field-mouse, after much
+consideration, agreed to help the pair, and they
+began their preparations by winding the rope into
+a great coil, which they packed on the back of the
+field-mouse. On the top of this the boy and girl
+seated themselves, and the journey began. When
+they came to a river which must be crossed by
+swimming, the rope was taken off the mouse
+and unwound; then he would take one end in
+his mouth, and swim to the other side, letting it
+trail out after him as he swam. This performance
+had to be repeated many times before
+the whole rope was landed on the opposite bank.
+When this was done, he had to swim across again
+and fetch the little pair, seating them on his
+forehead.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/illus086.png" width="400" height="282" alt="ON THE JOURNEY" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ON THE JOURNEY</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was hard work for the mouse, but the little
+boy encouraged him to his work by promises of
+reward and compliments on his extraordinary
+strength. The high mountains were crossed with
+great toil, and while they were on the dry plains<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span>
+the travelers suffered for want of water. The sun
+had dried up everything, and it almost seemed as
+if he understood their object, for he poured down
+upon them his hottest rays. Several changes of
+the seasons, and many moons, had come and gone
+before they reached the dense forest from behind
+which the sun was accustomed to rise. They
+managed to arrive at this big forest at night, so
+that the sun should not see them, and then they
+screened themselves in the woods, resting there
+for several days. When, at last, they felt rested
+and refreshed, they began their work at nightfall,
+and the first thing they did was to uncoil the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span>
+rope. The little boy then took one end of it in his
+teeth, and climbed up one of the trees at the extreme
+edge of the woods, where he spread it out
+in the branches, making loops and slip-knots here
+and there all over, from one tree to another, until
+the rope looked like an immense net. Then the
+mouse, finding his services no longer needed, left
+them and wandered far away.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/illus087.png" width="400" height="195" alt="THE FIELD-MOUSE CARRYING THE LITTLE PAIR ACROSS A RIVER" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE FIELD-MOUSE CARRYING THE LITTLE PAIR ACROSS A RIVER</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>As morning approached, the two children
+quitted the wood, everything being in readiness,
+and retired to a distance to watch the result of
+their work. Soon they espied a pale light gleaming
+behind the forest and gradually becoming
+brighter and brighter. On came the sun, rolling
+up in all his grandeur and fast approaching the
+rope, while the two little hearts were beating<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span>
+quickly down below. In a moment he had reached
+the network of rope, and then, before he knew it,
+he was entangled in its meshes, and found himself
+thoroughly entrapped! What a proud moment
+for our hero! He compared his own size with
+that of the sun, and his delight seemed beyond
+bounds as he and the little girl watched the sun
+struggling to free himself, getting red with fury
+and rage, and pouring out his burning heat on all
+surrounding things. The leaves shriveled and
+dropped from the trees, the branches could be
+seen to smoke, the grass curled up and withered,
+and at last the forest began to burn as the
+heat became more intense. It seemed as if all nature
+was on fire. The joy of the children now
+turned into fear. The elk, deer, and buffalo came
+rushing out of the woods. The birds circled,
+shrieking and crying, and all living things seemed
+wild with fear.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus089.png" width="600" height="414" alt="THE CONSULTATION" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE CONSULTATION</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At last the field-mouse called the animals together
+for a consultation as to what was best to
+be done. They held a brief council, for no time
+could be lost. The elk spoke up and said that as
+the mouse had gone to so much trouble to carry
+the rope to entrap the sun, he was the one who
+ought to set him free from his entanglement.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span>
+This was generally agreed to, and, besides, the
+field-mouse was the largest animal, and had such
+sharp and strong teeth that it would be easy for
+him to gnaw through any rope.</p>
+
+<p>It was getting hotter and hotter: something
+must be done quickly. The sun was blazing with
+rage! The field-mouse finally yielded to the
+wishes of his fellow-animals; and, rushing into
+the wood, through the terrible heat and smoke, he
+gnawed the rope, but in doing so was melted down
+to his present size. The sun then rapidly arose,
+and everything soon became all right again.</p>
+
+<p>The fact of the little man trapping the sun and
+causing so much mischief proved his superiority
+over the other animals, and they have feared him
+ever since. And, according to the Indian belief,
+this little man and little woman were the father
+and mother of all the tribes of men.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p>
+<h2>FUN AMONG THE RED BOYS</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY JULIAN RALPH</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>VARIOUS as are the customs of the Indians,
+it is their savage, warlike natures that we
+are most apt to remember. Few of us, in fact,
+ever think of Indian children at all, except at the
+sight of a picture of them. Little has been told or
+written about the boy and girl red folk, and it
+would puzzle most of my readers to say what they
+suppose these children of nature look like, or do
+to amuse themselves, or how they are brought up.
+It will astonish most city people to hear that red
+children are very like white children, just as a
+lady who was out on the plains a few years ago
+was astonished to find that they had skins as
+smooth and soft as any lady's&mdash;no, smoother and
+softer than that: as delicate and lovely as any dear
+little baby's here in New York. This lady was
+visiting the Blackfeet in my company, and she was
+so surprised, when she happened to touch one little<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span>
+red boy's bare arm, that she went about pinching
+a dozen chubby-faced boys and girls to make
+herself sure that all their skins were like the coats
+of ripe peaches to the touch.</div>
+
+<p>Whether the Indians really love their children,
+or know what genuine love or affection is, I cannot
+say; but they are so proud and careful of their
+little ones that it amounts to the same thing so far
+as the youngsters are concerned. Boy babies are
+always most highly prized, because they will
+grow up into warriors.</p>
+
+<p>The little that is taught to Indian boys must
+seem to them much more like fun than instruction.
+They must hear the fairy stories and the gabble
+of the medicine-men or conjurers, and the tales
+of bloody fights and brave and cunning deeds
+which make the histories of their tribes. They
+learn not to take what does not belong to them
+unless it belongs to an enemy. They learn not to
+be impudent to any one stronger and bigger than
+themselves; they learn how to track animals and
+men, how to go without food when there is not
+any, how to eat up all there is <i>at once</i> when any
+food is to be had, how to ride and shoot and run
+and paddle, and smoke very mild tobacco. As for
+the rest, they "just grow," like Topsy, and are as<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span>
+emotional and fanciful and wilful as any very
+little white child ever was. They never get over
+being so. The older they grow to be, the older
+children they become, for they are all very much
+like spoiled children as long as they live.</p>
+
+<p>The first Indians I ever saw, outside of a show,
+were boys at play. They were Onondagas, on
+their reservation near Syracuse, New York.
+They were big boys of from sixteen to twenty
+years old, and the game they were playing was
+"snow-snakes." The earth was covered with
+snow, and by dragging a stout log through this
+covering they had made a narrow gutter or
+trough about 500 or 700 feet long. Each youth
+had his snow-snake, which is a stick about eight
+feet long, and shaped something like a spear. All
+the snow-snakes were alike, less than an inch
+wide, half an inch thick, flat on the under side,
+rounded on top, and with a very slight turn upward
+at the point to suggest a serpent's head.
+The "snakes" were all smoothed and of heavy
+hard wood. The game was to see who could send
+his the farthest along the gutter in the snow. The
+young men grasped their snakes at the very end,
+ran a few steps, and shot the sticks along the
+trough. As one after another sped along the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span>
+snow, the serpent-like heads kept bobbing up and
+down over the rough surface of the gutter precisely
+like so many snakes. I bought a snow-snake,
+but, though I have tried again and again,
+I cannot get the knack of throwing it.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 371px;">
+<img src="images/illus096.jpg" width="371" height="600" alt="ONONDAGA INDIAN BOYS PLAYING AT &quot;SNOW-SNAKES&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ONONDAGA INDIAN BOYS PLAYING AT &quot;SNOW-SNAKES&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>But I have since seen Indian boys of many
+tribes at play, and one time I saw more than a
+hundred and fifty "let loose," as our own children
+are in a country school-yard at recess. To be
+sure, theirs is a perpetual recess, and they were at
+home among the tents of their people, the Canada
+Blackfeet, on the plains, within sight of the Rocky
+Mountains. The smoke-browned tepees, crowned
+with projecting pole-ends, and painted with figures
+of animals and with gaudy patterns, were set
+around in a great circle, and the children were
+playing in the open, grassy space in the center.
+Their fathers and mothers were as wild as any
+Indians, except one or two tribes, on the continent,
+but nothing of their savage natures showed
+in these merry, lively, laughing, bright-faced little
+ragamuffins. At their play they laughed and
+screamed and hallooed. Some were running foot-races,
+some were wrestling, some were on the
+backs of scampering ponies; for they are sometimes
+put on horseback when they are no more<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span>
+than three years old. Such were their sports, for
+Indian boys play games to make them sure of aim,
+certain of foot, quick in motion, and supple in
+body, so that they can shoot and fight and ride
+and hunt and run well. To be able to run fast is
+a necessary accomplishment for an Indian. What
+they call "runners" are important men in every
+tribe. They are the messenger men, and many a
+one among them has run a hundred miles in a day.
+They cultivate running by means of foot-races.
+In war they agree with the poet who sang:</p>
+
+<div class='poem'>
+"For he who fights and runs away<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">May live to fight another day";</span><br />
+</div>
+
+<div class='unindent'>and afterward, if they were taken prisoners, they
+had a chance for life, in the old days, if they could
+run fast enough to escape their captors and the
+spears and bullets of their pursuers.</div>
+
+<p>A very popular game that attracted most of the
+Blackfeet boys was the throwing of darts, or little
+white hand-arrows, along the grass. The game
+was to see who could throw his arrow farthest in
+a straight line. At times the air was full of the
+white missiles where the boys were playing, and
+they fell like rain upon the grass.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In another part of the field were some larger
+boys with rude bows with which to shoot these
+same darts. These boys were playing a favorite
+Blackfeet game. Each one had a disk or solid
+wheel of sheet-iron or lead, and the game was to
+see who could roll his disk the farthest, while all
+the others shot at it to tip it over and bring it to a
+stop. The boys made splendid shots at the swift-moving
+little wheels, and from greater distances
+than you would imagine.</p>
+
+<p>They play with arrows so frequently that it is
+no wonder they are good marksmen; yet you
+would be surprised to see how frequently they
+bring down the birds, rabbits, and gophers which
+abound on the plains. The houses of these plump
+little drab-colored creatures are holes in the turf,
+and as you ride along the plains you will see them
+everywhere around, sitting up on their haunches
+with their tiny fore paws held idle and limp before
+them, and their bead-like, bright eyes looking
+at you most trustingly&mdash;until you come just so
+near, when pop! suddenly down goes little Mr.
+Gopher in his hole. You may be sure the Indian
+boys find great sport in shooting at these comical
+little creatures. But the boys take a mean advantage
+of the fact that the restless gophers cannot<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span>
+stay still in one place any great length of time.
+When one pops into a hole it is only for a minute,
+and during that minute the Indian boy softly and
+deftly arranges a snare around the hole, so that
+when the gopher pops up again the snare can be
+jerked and the animal captured.</p>
+
+<p>We gave the boys in the Blackfeet camp great
+sport by standing at a distance of a hundred yards
+from all of them and offering a silver quarter to
+whichever boy got to us first. You should have
+seen the stampede that followed the signal, "Go!"
+Blankets were dropped, moccasins fell off, boys
+stumbled and others fell atop of them, their black
+locks flew in the breeze, and the air was noisy with
+yelling and laughter.</p>
+
+<p>These boys spin tops, but their "top-time" is
+the winter, when snow is on the ground and is
+crusted hard. Their tops are made of lead or
+some other metal, and are mere little circular
+plates which they cover with red flannel and ornament
+with tiny knots or wisps of cord all around
+the edges. These are spun with whips and look
+very pretty on the icy white playgrounds. Nearly
+all Indian boys play ball, but not as we do, for
+their only idea of the game is the girlish one of
+pitching and catching. All their games are the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span>
+simplest, and lack the rules which we lay down to
+make our sports difficult and exciting.</p>
+
+<p>The boys of the Papago tribe in the Southwest
+have a game which the fellows in Harvard and
+Yale would form rules about, if they played it,
+until it became very lively indeed. These Indian
+boys make dumb-bells of woven buckskin or rawhide.
+They weave them tight and stiff, and then
+soak them in a sort of red mud which sticks like
+paint. They dry them, and then the queer toys
+are ready for use. To play the game they mark
+off goals, one for each band or "side" of players.
+The object of each side is to send its dumb-bells
+over to the goal of the enemy. The dumb-bells
+are tossed with sticks that are thrust under them
+as they lie on the ground. The perverse things
+will not go straight or far, and a rod is a pretty
+good throw for one. The sport quickly grows exciting,
+and the players are soon battling in a heap,
+almost as if they were playing at foot-ball.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 428px;">
+<img src="images/illus101.jpg" width="428" height="600" alt="&quot;YOU SHOULD HAVE SEEN THE STAMPEDE THAT FOLLOWED THE SIGNAL, &#39;GO!&#39;&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;YOU SHOULD HAVE SEEN THE STAMPEDE THAT FOLLOWED THE SIGNAL, &#39;GO!&#39;&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>These are games that will not wear out while
+there are Indian boys to play them. On the oldest
+reservations, where even the grandfathers of the
+Indians now alive were shut up and fed by their
+government, the boys still play the old games.
+But wherever one travels to-day, even among the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span>
+wildest tribes, a new era is seen to have begun as
+the result of the Indian schools, and Indian boys
+are being taught things more useful than any they
+ever knew before. The brightest boys in the various
+tribes are selected to be sent to these schools,
+and it is hoped that what they learn will make all
+the others anxious to imitate white men's ways.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/illus103.png" width="400" height="279" alt="COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN BOY" title="" />
+<span class="caption">COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN BOY</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE CHILDREN OF ZU&Ntilde;I</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor2'>BY MARIA BRACE KIMBALL</div>
+
+<div class='poem'>
+"Little Indian, Sioux or Crow,<br />
+<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Little frosty Eskimo,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Little Turk or Japanee,</span><br />
+<span style="margin-left: 0.5em;">Oh, don't you wish that you were me?"</span><br />
+<br /><br /></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>SO says the well-fed, well-dressed, well-housed
+little Scotchman in Robert Louis Stevenson's
+rhyme. But I don't believe that the small
+Indians of Zu&ntilde;i would care at all to change
+places with the little "me" of Edinburgh or New
+York. In their village of mud and stone, on the
+sunny plains of New Mexico, they have lived for
+centuries in perfect contentment. Fine houses,
+green parks, and merry streets would be nothing
+to them; hats and parasols, candies and ice-cream
+would make them stare; and mere cleanliness
+would only astonish them. Indeed, if they saw us
+washing our faces and brushing our hair every<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span>
+day, they would probably one and all cry out in
+Zu&ntilde;i words:</div>
+
+<div class='center'><br />
+"Oh, don't you wish that you were <i>me?</i>"<br />
+</div>
+
+<p>The little half-civilized children of Zu&ntilde;i so
+aroused our curiosity that we drove through forty
+miles of sand and sage-brush, from the railroad
+at Fort Wingate, to pay them a visit. As the Indians
+do not provide for travelers, we took our
+hotel with us&mdash;tents, beds, and food&mdash;and camped
+just outside their village. The village looks like
+a huge beehive made of clay and stuck fast to the
+top of a sandy knoll. The hive is filled with a
+mass of cells&mdash;three hundred single rooms, placed
+side by side and piled in rows one on top of another.
+In each of these rooms lives a Zu&ntilde;i family.
+There are no inside stairways leading from story
+to story, but if the boys and girls living in one
+row wish to pay a visit to a house above them,
+they must go outdoors and climb a ladder. On
+the slope between the village and the Zu&ntilde;i River
+are a number of small vegetable-gardens, each
+one inclosed by a mud wall. Zu&ntilde;i has no inns, no
+shops, no saloons, not even proper streets, but
+only narrow alleys that thread their way through
+the strange town. As we walked through the village,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[102]</a></span>
+all the world came out to see us. Girls and
+boys clustered on the roofs or sat on the ovens,&mdash;queer
+little cones of mud which seem to grow up
+out of the house-tops,&mdash;while fathers, mothers,
+and babies peered out from dark doorways, to
+stare at the visitors. When we had finished our
+tour of the roofs and alleys, we were hospitably
+invited indoors; even there the children followed
+us, and as we glanced up to a hole in the ceiling
+which served as a window, a girl's laughing face
+filled the opening. We must have looked strange
+enough in our hats and gloves and long skirts.</p>
+
+<p>The Zu&ntilde;i child spends his early days in a cradle.
+But a cradle in Zu&ntilde;i-land does not mean down pillows,
+silken coverlets, and fluffy laces; it is only
+a flat board, just the length of the baby, with a
+hood like a doll's buggy-top over the head. Upon
+this hard bed the baby is bound like a mummy&mdash;the
+coverings wound round and round him until
+the little fellow cannot move except to open his
+mouth and eyes. Sometimes he is unrolled, and
+looks out into the bare whitewashed room, blinks
+at the fire burning on the hearth, and fixes his
+eyes earnestly on the wolf and cougar skins that
+serve as chairs and beds and carpets in the Zu&ntilde;i
+home.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[104]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 425px;">
+<img src="images/illus108.jpg" width="425" height="600" alt="A ZU&Ntilde;I FAMILY ON THE MARCH" title="" />
+<span class="caption">A ZU&Ntilde;I FAMILY ON THE MARCH</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>By the time he is two or three years old, he has
+grown into a plump little bronze creature, with
+the straightest of coarse black hair and the biggest
+and roundest of black eyes. He is now out
+of the cradle, and trots about the house and the
+village. When the weather is bad he wears a
+small coarse shirt, and always a necklace of beads
+or turquoise.</p>
+
+<p>As he grows older, he adds a pair of loose cotton
+trousers to his costume, and, if anything more
+is needed to keep him warm, he girds on his
+blanket, just as his forefathers have done in all
+the three hundred years since white men first
+knew the Zu&ntilde;is. His long hair, either flying
+loosely in the wind or tied back with a band of
+some red stuff, serves him both as hair and as hat.</p>
+
+<p>His little sister, however, has a more elaborate
+dress. Her mama weaves it for her, as she does
+her own, in a rude loom. She makes two square
+blankets of black cotton, finishes them neatly
+across top and bottom, sews them together at the
+sides with red yarn, and the dress is ready to try
+on. It always fits perfectly, as the part which
+forms the skirt is simply held in place by a sash,
+and the waist is made by drawing two corners of
+the blankets up over the left shoulder. The sash,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[106]</a></span>
+woven in gay colors, is also the work of Mama
+Zu&ntilde;i. A long, narrow piece of cotton cloth is
+draped from the other shoulder, and swings easily
+about, serving as pocket, shawl, or pinafore. In
+cold weather, moccasins, leggings, and blankets
+are also worn. These articles, too, are made at
+home. While the mother is the dressmaker and
+tailor, the father is the family shoemaker. A few
+of the Zu&ntilde;i girls have dresses like those of American
+girls. These clothes have come to them
+through the mission-school which adjoins the village.</p>
+
+<p>The Zu&ntilde;is have a language of their own&mdash;no
+very easy one for boys and girls to learn, judging
+from its many-syllabled, harsh-sounding words.
+They also speak a little Spanish, as does nearly
+everybody in New Mexico.</p>
+
+<p>The little Zu&ntilde;is amuse themselves with running,
+wrestling, jumping, and playing at grown
+folks, just as civilized children do. They have
+their bows and arrows, their rag-dolls,&mdash;strapped
+like real babies to cradles,&mdash;and their shinny
+sticks and balls. The children also make themselves
+useful at home. The older girls take care
+of their younger brothers and sisters, and the
+boys tend the goats. There are large herds of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[107]</a></span>
+goats belonging to the village, and they must be
+taken every morning to graze on the plain, and
+brought home at night to be shut up in the corrals,
+or folds, safe from prowling wolves.</p>
+
+<p>The little children often go with their mothers
+to draw water from the village well, about a hundred
+yards from the houses. At the top of a
+flight of stone steps they wait, playing about in
+the sand, while their mothers go down to the
+spring. There the women fill the jars, then, poising
+them on their heads, climb the hill and mount
+the ladders to their homes. As all the water used
+by the village has to be brought to it in these <i>ollas</i>
+(water-jars), carried on the women's heads, it is
+not surprising that the boys' clothes are grimy
+and the girls have apparently never known what
+it is to wash their faces.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>ollas</i>, which answer the purpose of family
+china and of kitchen-ware, are made by the Zu&ntilde;i
+women from the clay of the river-bank. The wet
+earth is shaped by hand into jars of all sorts and
+sizes; the jars are then painted with gay colors,
+in queer patterns, and burned. It is a pretty
+sight, of an evening, to see the fires of the kilns
+dotted all over the terraces of the village. Each
+piece of pottery is shut up inside a little wall of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[108]</a></span>
+chips, which are set on fire; when the chips are
+burned up, the article is baked and ready for use.
+The Zu&ntilde;i mamas make not only the jars for family
+use, but also clay toys for the children, curious
+rattles, dolls' moccasins, owls, eagles, horses, and
+other childish treasures.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus113.jpg" width="600" height="437" alt="ON THE WAY TO FORT WINGATE" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ON THE WAY TO FORT WINGATE</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The Zu&ntilde;i has learned that American coffee and
+tobacco are better than Indian herb tea and willow
+bark. As he must have ready money in order
+to buy such articles, he has contrived various
+ways of earning a few <i>reales</i> (Spanish for shillings).
+When spring comes and the snows have
+melted, he collects the jars and bowls and trinkets
+that have been made during the winter, ties them
+up in the several corners of his blanket, and
+trudges off to market at Fort Wingate, forty
+miles away. Bows and arrows, and canes made
+from a singular cactus which grows near Zu&ntilde;i,
+are also added to the stock in trade. If the Indian
+is lucky enough to own a burro, he and one of the
+boys mount the patient creature, while the family,
+big and little, with some of the neighbors, complete
+the party. Once in the garrison, the Zu&ntilde;i
+family need only walk up and down to advertise
+their wares; the boys and girls help to carry the
+jars, while the babies follow. The group, with its<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[111]</a></span>
+bright blankets and gay pottery, soon attracts attention
+and sales begin on the sidewalks and verandas.
+Little is said by the Zu&ntilde;i merchants, but
+when the bargaining is finished, they stand silent,
+waiting with a hungry look for the usual invitation
+to the kitchen. There, seated in a circle on
+the floor, they gratefully eat and drink whatever
+is set before them. Their store of words does not
+include "Thank you," but their faces brighten,
+and the older people politely shake hands with a
+"Bueno, bueno, se&ntilde;ora" ("Good, good, madame"),
+while the babies munch and crumble
+their cake and cry for more, just as our own white
+babies do. The thoughtful mamas do not forget
+the miles of "home stretch" before the family,
+and wisely tuck away in their blankets the last
+bits of cheese and crackers.</p>
+
+<p>When they have looked over the fort, tasted its
+bread and coffee, and sold their cargo, they cheerfully
+go home to their mud village and Indian
+habits. Old and young, they all are children, easily
+pleased, contented with things as they are, and
+quite certain in their own minds that the Zu&ntilde;i way
+is the right way to live.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[112]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE INDIAN GIRL AND HER MESSENGER-BIRD</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY GEORGE W. RANCK</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>ONCE upon a time, there was an Indian who
+lived in a big wood on the banks of a beautiful
+river, and he did nothing all day long but
+catch fish and hunt wild deer. Well, this Indian
+had two lovely little daughters, and he named one
+Sunbeam, because she was so bright and cheerful,
+and the other he called Starlight, because, he said,
+her sweet eyes twinkled like the stars.</div>
+
+<p>Sunbeam and Starlight were as gay as butterflies,
+and as busy as bees, from morning till night.
+They ran races under the shady trees, made bouquets
+of wild flowers, swung on grape-vine
+swings, turned berries and acorns into beads, and
+dressed their glossy black hair with bright feathers
+that beautiful birds had dropped. They
+loved each other so much, and were so happy together,
+that they never knew what trouble meant<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[113]</a></span>
+until, one day, Starlight got very sick, and before
+the big moon came over the tree-tops the sweet
+Indian child had closed her starry eyes in death,
+and rested for the last time upon her soft, little
+deerskin bed. And now, for the first time, Sunbeam's
+heart was full of grief. She could not
+play, for Starlight was gone, she knew not where;
+so she took the bright feathers out of her hair, and
+sat down by the river and cried and cried for
+Starlight to come back to her. But when her father
+told her that Starlight was gone to the Spirit-land
+of love and beauty, and would be happy for
+ever and ever, Sunbeam was comforted.</p>
+
+<p>"Now," said she, "I know where darling Starlight
+is, and I can kiss her and talk to her again."</p>
+
+<p>Sunbeam had heard her people say that the
+birds were messengers from the Spirit-land. So
+she hunted through the woods until she found a
+little song-bird, that was too young to fly, fast
+asleep in its nest. She carried it gently home, put
+it into a cage, and watched over it and fed it tenderly
+day after day until its wings grew strong
+and it filled the woods with its music. Then she
+carried it in her soft little hands to Starlight's
+grave; and after she had loaded it with kisses and
+messages of love for Starlight, she told it never to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[114]</a></span>
+cease its sweetest song or fold its shining wings
+until it had flown to the Spirit-land. She let it go,
+and the glad bird, as it rose above the tall green
+trees, poured forth a song more joyful than any
+that Sunbeam had ever heard. Higher and
+higher it flew, and sweeter and sweeter grew its
+song, until at last both its form and its music were
+lost in the floating summer clouds.</p>
+
+<p>Then Sunbeam ran swiftly over the soft grass
+to her father, and told him, with a bright smile
+and a light heart, that she had talked with dear
+Starlight, and had kissed her sweet rosy mouth
+again; and Sunbeam was once more her father's
+bright and happy little Indian girl.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[115]</a></span></p>
+<h2>HOW THE STONE-AGE CHILDREN PLAYED</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>NOT long since I wandered along a pretty
+brook that rippled through a narrow valley.
+I was on the lookout for whatever birds might be
+wandering that way, but saw nothing of special
+interest. So, to while away the time, I commenced
+geologizing; and, as I plodded along my
+lonely way, I saw everywhere traces of an older
+time, when the sparkling rivulet that now only
+harbors pretty salamanders was a deep creek, tenanted
+by many of our larger fishes.</div>
+
+<p>How fast the earth from the valley's slopes may
+have been loosened by frost and washed by
+freshet, and carried down to fill up the old bed of
+the stream, we will not stop to inquire; for other
+traces of this older time were also met with here.
+As I turned over the loose earth by the brook-side,
+and gathered here and there a pretty pebble, I
+chanced upon a little arrow-point.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[116]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Whoever has made a collection, be it of postage
+stamps or birds' eggs, knows full well how securing
+one coveted specimen but increases eagerness
+for others; and so was it with me that pleasant
+afternoon. Just one pretty arrow-point cured me
+of my laziness, banished every trace of fatigue,
+and filled me with the interest of eager search;
+and I dug and sifted and washed the sandy soil for
+yards along the brook-side, until I had gathered
+at least a score of curious relics of the long-departed
+red men, or rather of the games and sports
+and pastimes of the red men's hardy and active
+children.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/illus120.png" width="300" height="146" alt="THE HATCHET" title="" />
+<span class="caption">THE HATCHET</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>For centuries before Columbus discovered San
+Salvador, the red men (or Indians, as they are
+usually called) roamed over all the great continent
+of North America, and having no knowledge
+of iron as a metal, they were forced to make of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[117]</a></span>
+stone or bone all their weapons, hunting and
+household implements. From this fact they are
+called, when referring to those early times, a
+stone-age people, and so, of course, the boys and
+girls of that time were stone-age children.</p>
+
+<p>But it is not to be supposed that, because the
+children of savages, they were altogether unlike
+the youngsters of to-day. In one respect, at least,
+they were quite the same&mdash;they were very fond of
+play.</p>
+
+<p>Their play, however, was not like the games of
+to-day, as you may see by the pictures of their
+toys. We might, perhaps, call the principal game
+of the boys "Playing Man," for the little stone
+implements, here pictured, are only miniatures of
+the great stone axes and long spear-points of their
+fathers.</p>
+
+<p>In one particular these old-time children were
+really in advance of the youngsters of to-day; they
+not only did, in play, what their parents did in earnest,
+but they realized, in part, the results of their
+playful labor. A good old Moravian missionary
+says: "Little boys are frequently seen wading in
+shallow brooks, shooting small fishes with their
+bows and arrows." Going a-fishing, then, as now,
+was good fun; but to shoot fishes with a bow and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[118]</a></span>
+arrow is not an easy thing to do, and this is one
+way these stone-age children played, and played
+to better advantage than most of my young readers
+can.</p>
+
+<p>Among the stone-age children's toys that I
+gathered that afternoon, were those of which we
+have pictures. The first is a very pretty stone
+hatchet, very carefully shaped, and still quite
+sharp. It has been worked out from a porphyry
+pebble, and in every way, except size, it is the
+same as hundreds that still are to be found lying
+about the fields.</p>
+
+<p>No red man would ever deign to use such an
+insignificant-looking ax, and so we must suppose
+it to have been a toy hatchet for some little fellow
+that chopped away at saplings, or, perhaps,
+knocked over some poor squirrel or rabbit; for
+our good old Moravian friend, the missionary,
+also tells us that "the boys learn to climb trees
+when very young, both to catch birds and to exercise
+their sight, which, by this method, is rendered
+so quick that in hunting they see objects at an
+amazing distance." Their play, then, became an
+excellent schooling for them; and if they did nothing
+but play it was not a loss of time.</p>
+
+<p>The five little arrow-points figured in the second<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[119]</a></span>
+picture are among those I found in the valley.
+The ax was not far away, and both it and they
+may have belonged to the same bold and active
+young hunter. All of these arrow-points are very
+neatly made.</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 300px;">
+<img src="images/illus123.png" width="300" height="278" alt="ARROW-HEADS" title="" />
+<span class="caption">ARROW-HEADS</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The same missionary tells us that these young
+red men of the forest "exercise themselves very
+early with bows and arrows, and in shooting at a
+mark. As they grow up, they acquire a remarkable
+dexterity in shooting birds, squirrels, and
+small game."</p>
+
+<p>Every boy remembers his first penknife, and,
+whether it had one or three blades, was proud
+enough of it; but how different the fortune of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[120]</a></span>
+stone-age children, in this matter of a pocket-knife!
+In the third picture is shown a piece of
+flint that was doubtless chipped into this shape
+that it might be used as a knife.</p>
+
+<p>I have found scores of such knives in the fields
+that extend along the little valley, and a few came
+to light in my search that afternoon in the brook-side
+sands and gravel. So, if this chipped flint is
+a knife, then, as in modern times, the children
+were whittlers.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 320px;">
+<img src="images/illus124.png" width="320" height="97" alt="FLINT KNIFE" title="" />
+<span class="caption">FLINT KNIFE</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Of course, our boys nowadays would be puzzled
+to cut a willow whistle or mend the baby's go-cart
+with such a knife as this; but still, it will not do to
+despise stone cutlery. The big canoe at the Centennial,
+that took up so much room in the Government
+Building,&mdash;a boat sixty feet long,&mdash;was
+made in quite recent times, and only stone knives
+and hatchets were used in the process.</p>
+
+<p>I found too, in that afternoon walk, some curiously
+shaped splinters of jasper, which at first did<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[121]</a></span>
+not seem very well adapted to any purpose; and
+yet, although mere fragments, they had every appearance
+of having been purposely shaped, and
+not of accidental resemblances to a hook or sickle
+blade. When I got home, I read that perfect
+specimens, mine being certainly pieces of the same
+form, had been found away off in Norway; and
+Professor Nilsson, who has carefully studied the
+whole subject, says they are fish-hooks.</p>
+
+<p>Instead of my broken ones, we have in the
+fourth illustration some uninjured specimens of
+these fish-hooks from Norway. Two are made of
+flint, the largest one being bone; and hooks of exactly
+the same patterns really have been found
+within half a mile of the little valley I worked in
+that afternoon.</p>
+
+<p>The fish-hooks shown in our picture have been
+thought to be best adapted for, and really used in,
+capturing cod-fish in salt water, and perch and
+pike in inland lakes. The broken hooks I found
+were fully as large; and so the little brook that
+now ripples down the valley, when a large stream,
+must have had a good many big fishes in it, or the
+stone-age fishermen would not have brought their
+fishing-hooks, and have lost them, along this remnant
+of a larger stream.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But it must not be supposed that only children
+in this bygone era did the fishing for their tribe.
+Just as the men captured the larger game, so they
+took the bigger fishes; but it is scarcely probable
+that the boys who waded the little brooks with
+bows and arrows would remain content with that,
+and, long before they were men, doubtless they
+were adepts in catching the more valuable fishes
+that abounded, in Indian times, in all our rivers.</p>
+
+<p>So, fishing, I think, was another way in which
+the stone-age children played.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 273px;">
+<img src="images/illus126.png" width="273" height="300" alt="FISH-HOOKS" title="" />
+<span class="caption">FISH-HOOKS</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[123]</a></span></p>
+<h2>GAMES AND SPORTS OF THE INDIAN BOY</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY DR. CHARLES ALEXANDER EASTMAN</div>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>[These are actual recollections of the wild life. The Indian boy
+whose experiences are described wrote them out himself many
+years afterward when, having graduated at Dartmouth College
+and the Boston University School of Medicine, he had become
+an educated man, and a physician among his own people.]</p></div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>THE Indian boy was a prince of the wilderness.
+He had but very little work to do
+during the period of his boyhood. His principal
+occupation was the practising of a few simple but
+rigid rules in the arts of warfare and the chase.
+Aside from this, he was master of his time.</div>
+
+<p>Whatever was required of us boys was quickly
+performed; then the field was clear for our games
+and plays. There was always keen competition
+between us. We felt very much as our fathers did
+in hunting and war&mdash;each one strove to excel all
+the others. It is true that our savage life was a
+precarious one, and full of dreadful catastrophes;
+however, this never prevented us from enjoying<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[124]</a></span>
+our sports to the fullest extent. As we left our
+tepees in the morning, we were never sure that
+our scalps would not dangle from a pole in the
+afternoon! It was an uncertain life, to be sure.
+Yet we observed that the fawns skipped and
+played happily while the gray wolves might be
+peeping forth from behind the hills, ready to tear
+them limb from limb.</p>
+
+<p>Our sports were molded by the life and customs
+of our people&mdash;indeed, we practised only
+what we expected to do when grown. Our games
+were feats with the bow and arrow, foot and pony
+races, wrestling, swimming, and imitations of the
+customs and habits of our fathers. We had sham
+fights with mud balls and willow wands, we
+played lacrosse, made war upon bees, shot winter
+arrows (which were used only in that season),
+and coasted upon ribs of animals and buffalo-robes.</p>
+
+<p>Our games with bow and arrow were usually
+combined with hunting; but as I shall take hunting
+for the subject of another letter, I will speak
+only of such as were purely plays.</p>
+
+<p>No sooner did the boys get together than they
+divided into squads, and chose sides; then a leading
+arrow was shot at random into the air. Before<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[125]</a></span>
+it fell to the ground, a volley from the bows
+of the participants followed. Each player was
+quick to see the direction and speed of the leading
+arrow, and he tried to send his own with the same
+speed and at an equal height, so that when it fell
+it would be closer than any of the others to the
+first.</p>
+
+<p>It was considered out of place to shoot an arrow
+by first sighting the object aimed at. This was
+usually impracticable, because the object was almost
+always in motion, while the hunter himself
+was often on the back of a pony in full gallop.
+Therefore, it was the offhand shot that the Indian
+boy sought to master. There was another game
+with arrows which was characterized by gambling,
+and was generally confined to the men.</p>
+
+<p>The races were an every-day occurrence. At
+noon the boys were usually gathered by some
+pleasant sheet of water, and as soon as the ponies
+were watered, they were allowed to graze for an
+hour or two, while the boys stripped for their
+noonday sports. A boy might say, "I can't run,
+but I challenge you for fifty paces," to some other
+whom he considered his equal. A former hero,
+when beaten, would often explain his defeat by
+saying, "I had drunk too much water!" Boys of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[126]</a></span>
+all ages were paired for a "spin," and the little
+red men cheered on their favorites with spirit!
+As soon as this was ended, the pony races followed.
+All the speedy ponies were picked out, and
+riders chosen. If a boy said, "I cannot ride,"
+what a shout went up! Such derision!</p>
+
+<p>Last of all came the swimming. A little urchin
+would hang to his pony's long tail, while the latter
+held only his head above water and glided sportively
+along. Finally the animals were driven
+into a fine field of grass, and we turned our attention
+to other games.</p>
+
+<p>Lacrosse was an older game, and was confined
+entirely to the Sisseton and Santee Sioux.
+Shinny, such as is enjoyed by white boys on ice,
+is now played by the western Sioux. The "moccasin-game,"
+although sometimes played by the
+boys, was intended mainly for adults.</p>
+
+<p>The "mud-and-willow" fight was rather a
+severe and dangerous sport. A lump of soft clay
+was stuck on one end of a limber and springy willow
+wand, to be thrown with considerable force&mdash;as
+boys throw apples from sticks. When there
+were fifty or a hundred on each side, the battle
+became warm; but anything to arouse the bravery
+of Indian boys seemed to them a good and wholesome
+sport.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[127]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Wrestling was largely indulged in by all of us.
+It may seem odd, but the wrestling was by a great
+number of boys at once&mdash;from ten to any number
+on a side. It was really a battle, but each one
+chose his own opponent. The rule was that if a
+boy sat down, he was let alone; but as long as he
+remained standing within the field he was open
+to an attack. No one struck with the hand, but
+all manner of tripping with legs and feet and
+hurting with the knees was allowed; altogether it
+was an exhausting pastime&mdash;fully equal to the
+American game of foot-ball. Only the boy who
+was an athlete could really enjoy it.</p>
+
+<p>One of our most curious sports was a war upon
+the nests of wild bees. We imagined ourselves
+about to make an attack upon the Chippewas or
+some other tribal foe. We all painted and stole
+cautiously upon the nest; then, with a rush and a
+war-whoop, sprang upon the object of our attack
+and endeavored to destroy it. But it seemed that
+the bees were always on the alert, and never entirely
+surprised; for they always raised quite as
+many scalps as did their bold assailants! After
+the onslaught upon the bees was ended, we usually
+followed it by a pretended scalp-dance.</p>
+
+<p>On the occasion of my first experience in this<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[128]</a></span>
+mode of warfare, there were two other little boys
+who also were novices. One of them, particularly,
+was too young to indulge in such an exploit. As
+it was the custom of the Indians, when they killed
+or wounded an enemy on the battle-field, to announce
+the act in a loud voice, we did the same.
+My friend Little Wound (as I will call him, for I
+do not remember his name), being quite small,
+was unable to reach the nest until it had been well
+trampled upon and broken, and the insects had
+made a counter charge with such vigor as to repulse
+and scatter our numbers in every direction.
+However, he evidently did not want to retreat
+without any honors; so he bravely jumped upon
+the nest and yelled:</p>
+
+<p>"I, brave Little Wound, to-day kill the only
+fierce enemy!"</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely was the last word uttered when he
+screamed as if stabbed to the heart. One of his
+older companions shouted:</p>
+
+<p>"Dive into the water! Run! Dive into the
+water!" for there was a lake near by. This advice
+he obeyed.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/ill-p129.jpg" width="600" height="442" alt="INDIAN BOYS PLAYING &quot;FOLLOW MY LEADER&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">INDIAN BOYS PLAYING &quot;FOLLOW MY LEADER&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>When we had reassembled and were indulging
+in our mimic dance, Little Wound was not allowed
+to dance. He was considered not to be in existence&mdash;he<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[131]</a></span>
+had been "killed" by our enemies, the
+Bee tribe. Poor little fellow! His tear-stained
+face was sad and ashamed, as he sat on a fallen log
+and watched the dance. Although he might well
+have styled himself one of the noble dead who had
+died for their country, yet he was not unmindful
+that he had <i>screamed</i>, and that this weakness
+would be apt to recur to him many times in the
+future.</p>
+
+<p>We had some quiet plays which we alternated
+with the more severe and warlike ones. Among
+them were throwing wands and snow-arrows.
+In the winter we coasted much. We had no
+"double-rippers" nor toboggans, but six or seven
+of the long ribs of a buffalo, fastened together at
+the larger end, answered all practical purposes.
+Sometimes a strip of bass-wood bark, four feet
+long and half a foot wide, was used with much
+skill. We stood on one end and held the other,
+using the inside of the bark for the outside, and
+thus coasted down long hills with remarkable
+speed.</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes we played "Medicine Dance." This
+to us was almost what "playing church" is among
+white children. Our people seem to think it an act
+of irreverence to imitate these dances, but we<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[132]</a></span>
+children thought otherwise; therefore we quite
+frequently enjoyed in secret one of these performances.
+We used to observe all the important
+ceremonies and customs attending it, and it required
+something of an actor to reproduce the
+dramatic features of the dance. The real dances
+usually occupied a day and a night, and the program
+was long and varied, so that it was not easy
+to execute all the details perfectly; but the Indian
+children are born imitators.</p>
+
+<p>I was often selected as choirmaster on these occasions,
+for I had happened to learn many of the
+medicine songs, and was quite an apt mimic. My
+grandmother, who was a noted medicine woman,
+on hearing of these sacrilegious acts (as she called
+them), warned me that if any of the medicine men
+should learn of my conduct, they would punish
+me terribly by shriveling my limbs with slow
+disease.</p>
+
+<p>Occasionally we also played "white man." Our
+knowledge of the pale-face was limited, but we
+had learned that he brought goods whenever he
+came, and that our people exchanged furs for his
+merchandise. We also knew, somehow, that his
+complexion was white, that he wore short hair
+on his head and long hair on his face, and that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[133]</a></span>
+he had coat, trousers, and hat, and did not patronize
+blankets in the daytime. This was the
+picture we had formed of the white man. So we
+painted two or three of our number with white
+clay, and put on them birchen hats, which we
+sewed up for the occasion, fastened a piece of fur
+to their chins for a beard, and altered their costume
+as much as lay within our power. The
+white of the birch-bark was made to answer for
+their white shirts. Their merchandise consisted
+of sand for sugar, wild beans for coffee, dried
+leaves for tea, pulverized earth for gunpowder,
+pebbles for bullets, and clear water for dangerous
+"fire-water." We traded for these goods with
+skins of squirrels, rabbits, and small birds.</p>
+
+<p>When we played "hunting buffalo" we would
+send a few good runners off on the open prairie
+with meat and other edibles; then start a few of
+our swiftest runners to chase them and capture
+the food. Once we were engaged in this sport when
+a real hunt by the men was going on near by;
+yet we did not realize that it was so close until,
+in the midst of our play, an immense buffalo appeared,
+coming at full speed directly toward us.
+Our mimic buffalo hunt turned into a very real
+"buffalo scare"! As it was near the edge of a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[134]</a></span>
+forest, we soon disappeared among the leaves like
+a covey of young prairie-chickens, and some hid in
+the bushes while others took refuge in tall trees.</p>
+
+<p>In the water we always had fun. When we had
+no ponies, we often had swimming-matches of
+our own, and we sometimes made rafts with
+which we crossed lakes and rivers. It was a common
+thing to "duck" a young or timid boy, or to
+carry him into deep water to struggle as best he
+might.</p>
+
+<p>I remember a perilous ride with a companion
+on an unmanageable log, when we both were less
+than seven years old. The older boys had put
+us on this uncertain bark and pushed us out into
+the swift current of the river. I cannot speak
+for my comrade in distress, but I can say now
+that I would rather ride on a wild bronco any day
+than try to stay on and steady a short log in a
+river. I never knew how we managed to prevent
+a shipwreck on that voyage, and to reach the
+shore!</p>
+
+<p>We had many curious wild pets. There were
+young foxes, bears, wolves, fawns, raccoons, buffalo
+calves, and birds of all kinds, tamed by various
+boys. My pets were different at different
+times, but I particularly remember one. I once<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[135]</a></span>
+had a grizzly cub for a pet, and so far as he and
+I were concerned our relations were charming
+and very close. But I hardly know whether he
+made more enemies for me or I for him. It was
+his custom to treat unmercifully every boy who
+injured me. He was despised for his conduct in
+my interest, and I was hated on account of his
+interference.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;">
+<img src="images/illus137.png" width="450" height="291" alt="COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN BOY" title="" />
+<span class="caption">COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN BOY</span>
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[136]</a></span></p>
+<h2>AN OLD-TIME THANKSGIVING</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY M. ELOISE TALBOT</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>LITTLE PRUDENCE stood by the window,
+with her face pressed hard against it. She
+was not looking out; she could not do that, for the
+window-frame, instead of being filled with clear
+panes of glass, had oiled paper stretched tightly
+across it.</div>
+
+<p>It was a very curious window, indeed, and it
+transmitted a dull light into a very curious room.
+The floor was of uncovered boards; the walls
+were built of logs of wood with the bark still
+clinging to them in places, and overhead were
+great rafters from which hung suspended many
+things&mdash;swords and corselets, coats, bundles of
+dried herbs, pots and pans.</p>
+
+<p>The furniture was very simple. In the center
+of the room was a wooden table, scoured to whiteness,
+stiff-backed chairs were ranged against the
+wall, and a dresser, where pewter cups and platters<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[137]</a></span>
+stood in shining rows, adorned the farther
+corner. In a wide chimney-place a royal fire was
+blazing, and before it stood Prudence's mother,
+carefully stirring some mixture in an iron pot
+which hung upon a crane. Within the circle of
+the firelight, which played upon her yellow hair
+and turned it to ruddy gold, Mehitable, Prudence's
+sister, stepped rapidly to and fro, her spinning-wheel
+making a humming accompaniment to
+the crackling of the blaze.</p>
+
+<p>Prudence turned to watch her, pushing farther
+back a little white cap which pressed upon her
+short curls; for she was a little Puritan maiden,
+living in the town of Plymouth, and it was not the
+present year of our Lord, but about two hundred
+and eighty-four years ago. She was a very different
+Prudence from what she would have been
+if she had been living now, and it was a very different
+Plymouth from the pleasant town we know
+to-day, with its many houses climbing up the hill,
+and the busy people in its streets. There were
+only seven houses then, and they stood in one line
+leading to the water, and there was but one building
+besides&mdash;a square wooden affair with palisades,
+which served as a church on Sundays, a
+fort when enemies were feared, and a storehouse<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[138]</a></span>
+all the time. Beyond these nothing could be seen
+but woods&mdash;trackless, unknown forests&mdash;and,
+away to the east, the ocean, where the waves were
+booming with a lonesome sound.</p>
+
+<p>It was not quite a year before that Prudence's
+father had stood with the other brave colonists
+on the deck of the <i>Mayflower</i>, and had looked with
+eager eyes upon the shore of the New World. This
+first year in Massachusetts had on the whole been
+a happy one for Prudence. During the cold winter
+which followed their landing, she had indeed
+cast longing thoughts toward the home in Holland
+which they had left; and especially did she
+long for the Dutch home when she was hungry,
+and the provisions which had been brought on
+the ship were scanty; but she had forgotten all
+such longings in the bounty given by the summer,
+and now it seemed to her there was no more beautiful
+place in the world than this New England.</p>
+
+<p>It was Prudence's father who opened the door
+and came in, carrying on his shoulder an ax with
+which he had been felling trees for the winter's
+fuel. Prudence never could get over the queer
+feeling it gave her to see her father thus employed.
+When they lived in Holland, he was always
+writing and studying in books of many<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[139]</a></span>
+languages, but here he did little else than work in
+the fields, for it was only so that the early settlers
+obtained their daily bread. He leaned his ax in a
+corner, and came toward the fire, rubbing his
+hands to get out the cold.</p>
+
+<p>"I have news for you, dear heart, to-night," he
+said to his wife. "I have just come from the
+granary, and indeed there is goodly store laid up
+of corn and rye, and game that has been shot in
+the forest. The children's mouths will not hunger
+this winter."</p>
+
+<p>"Praised be the Lord!" replied his wife, fervently.
+"But what is your news?"</p>
+
+<p>"The governor hath decided to hold a thanksgiving
+for the bountiful harvest, and on the appointed
+day is a great feast to be spread; and he
+hath sent a messenger to bid Massasoit to break
+bread with us."</p>
+
+<p>"Massasoit the Indian?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ay; but a friendly Indian. He will come, and
+many of his braves with him. You will be kept
+busy, my heart, with the other housewives to bake
+sufficient food for this company."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, mother, <i>may</i> I go?" cried Prudence,
+her eyes dancing with excitement, clutching at
+her mother's skirts; but her father continued:<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[140]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"How now, Mehitable? The news of a coming
+feast does not seem to make you merry as it was
+wont to do in Holland."</p>
+
+<p>Mehitable was grave, and there was even a tear
+in her eye.</p>
+
+<p>"I know," cried Joel, who was two years older
+than Prudence; "she is thinking of John Andrews,
+who is across the sea."</p>
+
+<p>But the father frowned, and the mother said,
+"Peace, foolish children!" as she placed the porridge
+on the table.</p>
+
+<p>So Prudence and Joel drew up their benches,
+and said no more. Chairs and conversation did
+not belong to children in those days; they sat on
+little stools and kept silence. That did not keep
+them from thinking. A thanksgiving feast!
+What could it be? The only thanksgiving they
+knew about meant such long prayers in church
+that the little people grew very tired before the
+end&mdash;but a feast!&mdash;that would be something new
+and interesting.</p>
+
+<p>The feast was to be held on the following
+Thursday; so, during all the days between, the
+house was full of the stir of brewing and baking.
+Prudence polished the apples, and Joel pounded
+the corn, in eager anticipation; but when the day<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[141]</a></span>
+arrived a disappointment awaited them, for their
+father decreed that they should remain at home.</p>
+
+<p>"You are over-young, my little Prudence, and
+Joel is over-bold; besides which, he must stay and
+care for you."</p>
+
+<p>"And do neither of you leave the house while
+your father and I are away," added the mother.
+"I shall not have a moment's peace of mind, if I
+think you are wandering outside alone."</p>
+
+<p>"I will bring you back a Dutch cake, my little
+sister," whispered Mehitable, who looked sweeter
+than ever in her best attire of black silk and a lace
+kerchief, which with an unwilling heart she had
+put on in obedience to her mother's command.</p>
+
+<p>But when the elders were gone the disappointment
+and loneliness were too much for the children.
+Prudence, being a girl, sat down in a
+corner and cried; while Joel, being a boy, got angry,
+and strode up and down the room with his
+hands in his pockets.</p>
+
+<p>"It is too bad!" he burst out suddenly. "The
+greedy, grown-up people, I believe they want all
+the food themselves! It's a downright shame to
+keep us at home!"</p>
+
+<p>"Joel!" gasped Prudence, horrified&mdash;"father
+and mother!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[142]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Well, I know," admitted Joel, more mildly;
+"but they need not have shut us up in the house
+as if we were babies. Prudence, let's go out in
+the yard and play, if we can't do anything else."</p>
+
+<p>"But mother forbade us," said Prudence.</p>
+
+<p>"I know. But then, of course, she only meant
+we must not go into the woods for fear of wild
+beasts. There is no danger here by the doorsteps,
+and father won't care; <i>he's</i> not afraid!"</p>
+
+<p>"I&mdash;don't&mdash;know," faltered Prudence.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, <i>I'm</i> going, anyway," said Joel, resolutely,
+taking his hat from the peg. "Ah, do
+come too, Prudence!" he added persuasively.</p>
+
+<p>So Prudence, though she knew in her heart it
+was a naughty thing to do, took off her cap, and
+tying her little Puritan bonnet under her chin, followed
+Joel through the door.</p>
+
+<p>Once outside, I am afraid their scruples were
+soon forgotten. All the sunshine of the summer
+and the sparkling air of the winter were fused together
+to make a wonderful November day. The
+children felt like colts just loosed, and ran and
+shouted together till, if there had not been a good
+deal of noise also at the stone house where the
+feast was being spread, their shrill little voices
+must surely have been heard there.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[143]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>All at once Joel caught Prudence by the arm.</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" he exclaimed. "Look!"</p>
+
+<p>A beautiful gray squirrel ran across the grass
+in front of them. It stopped, poising its little head
+and intently listening.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to catch him," whispered Joel, excitedly.
+"Father said if I could catch one, he
+would make me a cage for it. Come along."</p>
+
+<p>He tiptoed softly forward, but the squirrel
+heard and was up and away in an instant. Joel
+pursued, and Prudence ran after him. Such a
+chase as the little creature gave them&mdash;up on the
+fence, under the stones, across the fields, and
+finally straight to the woods, with the children
+panting and stumbling after, still keeping him in
+sight. Breath and patience gave out at last; but
+when they stopped, where were they? In the very
+heart of the forest, where the dead leaves rustled,
+and the sunlight slanted down upon them, and the
+squirrel, safe in the top of a tree, chattered angrily.</p>
+
+<p>"Never saw&mdash;anything run&mdash;so fast," panted
+Joel in disgust. "I&mdash;give&mdash;him up. We had better
+go back, Prudence. Why&mdash;but&mdash;I don't think
+I know the way!"</p>
+
+<p>Prudence's lip quivered, and her eyes filled.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[144]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"That's just like a girl!" said Joel, harshly,
+"to go and cry the first thing."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't care," cried Prudence, indignation
+burning away her tears; "you brought me into
+this, anyhow, Joel, and now you ought to get me
+out."</p>
+
+<p>This was so obviously true that Joel had no
+retort at hand. Besides, he did not like to see
+Prudence unhappy. So, after a moment, he put
+his arm around her.</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind, Prue," he said; "I think if we
+try together, we can find the way home."</p>
+
+<p>But though they walked until their feet were
+weary, they could find no familiar spot.</p>
+
+<p>When they came out of the woods at last, it was
+only to find themselves unexpectedly on the sandy
+beach of the ocean. They sat down on two stones,
+and looked at each other in silence. Joel began
+to feel even his bravery giving way. All at once
+they heard a sound of soft feet, and a low, sweet
+voice said:</p>
+
+<p>"How do, English!"</p>
+
+<p>A little Indian boy stood before them. He wore
+a garment of skins, and a tiny bow and quiver
+hung upon his back. His feet were bare, and he
+walked so lightly that the children could hardly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[145]</a></span>
+hear his tread. Prudence, in fright, shrank close
+to her brother; but Joel had seen many Indians
+during their year in the New World, and the
+stranger's eyes were so bright and soft that the
+white boy returned the Indian's salutation. Then,
+plunging his hand into his pocket, Joel brought
+forth a handful of nut-meats, and held them out
+for an offering.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;">
+<img src="images/illus147.png" width="450" height="346" alt="&quot;&#39;HOW DO, ENGLISH!&#39;&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;HOW DO, ENGLISH!&#39;&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The little Indian smiled delightedly, and politely
+took a few&mdash;not all. Having munched the
+kernels gravely, the new-comer began to dance.</p>
+
+<p>It was a most remarkable dance. It was first<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[146]</a></span>
+a stately measure, accompanied by many poisings
+on his toes, and liftings of his head, from which
+the wind blew back his straight black hair; but
+gradually his motions grew faster and more furious,
+his slow steps changed to running, he
+turned, he twisted his lithe body into all possible
+contorted shapes, he threw his arms high above
+his head, waving them wildly, he took great leaps
+into the air, and finally, when his dance had lasted
+about fifteen minutes, several amazing somersaults
+brought him breathless, but still smiling, to
+the children's feet.</p>
+
+<p>His spectators had been shouting with delight
+during the whole performance, and now asked
+him eager questions. What was his name? How
+did he learn to dance? Could he not speak any
+more English? But to all their inquiries he only
+shook his head, and at last sat down beside them,
+motionless now as any little bronze statue, and
+looked steadily out to sea.</p>
+
+<p>Prudence's head drooped upon her brother's
+shoulder.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm rather tired, Joel," she said wistfully;
+"don't you think we could get to Plymouth pretty
+soon?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know," said Joel, despondently.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[147]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>At the words the Indian boy sprang to his feet.
+He ran toward the woods, then stopped, and beckoned
+them to follow.</p>
+
+<p>"He is going in the wrong direction, I am
+sure," said Joel, shaking his head.</p>
+
+<p>The boy stamped on the ground with impatience,
+and, running back, seized Prudence's hand,
+and gently pulled her forward.</p>
+
+<p>"Plymout'!" he said, in his strange accent.</p>
+
+<p>The children looked at each other.</p>
+
+<p>"We might as well try him," said Joel.</p>
+
+<p>The boy clapped his hands together, and ran on
+before them into the forest. It was a weary journey,
+over bogs and fallen trees, and seemed three
+times as long as when they had come. A wasp
+once stung Prudence on the cheek, making her cry
+out with pain; but quick as thought the little Indian
+caught up a pellet of clay, and plastered it
+upon the wound, and, marvelous to relate, before
+many minutes the sharp pain had quite gone away.</p>
+
+<p>The woods seemed gradually to grow a little
+more open, and pretty soon they heard the distant
+tinkle of a cow-bell. At last (Prudence held
+her breath for fear it might not be true) they
+emerged suddenly into the clearing, and home lay
+before them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[148]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They found they had made a complete circle
+since they started.</p>
+
+<p>Their little guide stooped and picked up a
+gaudy-colored feather from the ground. He examined
+it closely, and then he shouted aloud, and
+began to run toward the storehouse as fast as his
+sturdy legs could carry him.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to see mother," said Prudence, half
+crying with fatigue; so they ran all together
+across the clearing.</p>
+
+<p>All this while the feast had been progressing.
+About noontime the great Massasoit, chief of the
+Indian tribe called the Wampanoags, had emerged
+from the forest with all his tallest braves in single
+file behind him. They wore their best beaver-skins,
+and their heads were gay with nodding
+feathers. They were received at the door of the
+storehouse by their English entertainers, who also
+wore the bravest attire that Puritan custom allowed.
+They gave the braves a hearty welcome.</p>
+
+<p>Within, the long table fairly groaned with
+abundance of good cheer; for the housewives had
+vied with one another to provide the fattest game
+and the daintiest dishes that Dutch or English
+housewifery had taught them.</p>
+
+<p>After asking a blessing, they all sat down, the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[149]</a></span>
+stalwart colonists and their fair-haired women
+side by side with the taciturn Indians. The white
+men felt that the best way to thank God for the
+harvest was to share it with their dark-skinned
+brethren, who had first taught them to plant
+and raise the maize which now furnished the
+table.</p>
+
+<p>Governor Bradford sat at the head of the table.
+He hoped much from this feast; first, that it
+might cement the friendship between the colonists
+and their Indian neighbors, the Wampanoags;
+and, second, that the news of it might induce the
+neighboring tribes, which were still partly hostile,
+to live in peace with the settlers. But though
+food and talk passed blithely round among the
+other guests, the governor saw, with growing dismay,
+that the great Massasoit sat frowning and
+depressed. The governor was not long in learning
+the cause. The interpreter, observing the
+governor's uneasiness, whispered in his ear that
+in a recent war with the Narragansetts, Massasoit's
+only child, a boy, was missed and was
+thought to have been taken prisoner, and of
+course put to death, after the cruel savage custom.</p>
+
+<p>Toward the end of the feast, drink was served
+to every guest. For the first time Massasoit<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[150]</a></span>
+showed animation. He seized his cup, and lifted
+it in the air, and cried aloud in his native tongue,
+as he sprang to his feet:</p>
+
+<div class='center'>
+"May plague and famine seize the Narragansetts!"<br />
+</div>
+
+<p>At that very moment the house-door opened,
+and a pretty group appeared upon the threshold.
+Two English children stood there, as fair and
+rosy as the May-time, and between them a dark,
+lithe little Indian with sparkling eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Prudence ran straight to her mother.</p>
+
+<p>Massasoit paused and trembled; then, as his
+cup fell and shivered upon the ground, he crossed
+the room in one stride, and caught the Indian boy
+in his arms, looking at him as if he could never see
+enough.</p>
+
+<p>Governor Bradford knew in an instant that the
+lost child had been restored, even without the Indian
+warrior's shout of triumph, and Massasoit's
+passionate exclamation: "Light of my eyes&mdash;staff
+of my footsteps!&mdash;thou art come back to me&mdash;the
+warmth of my heart, the sunlight of my
+wigwam!"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 475px;">
+<img src="images/illus153.jpg" width="475" height="404" alt="&quot;&#39;THOU ART COME BACK TO ME&mdash;THE WARMTH OF MY HEART, THE SUNLIGHT OF MY WIGWAM!&#39; EXCLAIMED MASSASOIT&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;THOU ART COME BACK TO ME&mdash;THE WARMTH OF MY HEART, THE SUNLIGHT OF MY WIGWAM!&#39; EXCLAIMED MASSASOIT&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The rejoicing was so great that no one thought
+of chiding Joel and Prudence for their disobedience.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[153]</a></span>
+The governor himself gave Joel a large
+slice of pudding, and Prudence told all her adventures,
+throned upon her father's knee, wearing
+around her neck a string of wampum which the
+grateful Massasoit had hung there.</p>
+
+<p>"And, oh!" she exclaimed, "while the Indian
+boy was dancing for Joel and me, I looked out to
+sea, and I saw such a wonderful bird&mdash;a great
+white bird, flying along close to the water, and
+rising up and down. It was many times greater
+than the swans in Amsterdam!"</p>
+
+<p>"Was it, my little maid?" said the good governor,
+laying his hand on her head, and then he
+exchanged a keen look with Prudence's father,
+saying nothing more. But when the guests had
+departed, bearing home the Indian boy in triumph,
+none was so early as the governor to reach
+the seashore; and it was his call that brought the
+colonists to see the good ship <i>Fortune</i> (Prudence's
+"great white bird") already rounding the
+point, and making ready to cast anchor in Plymouth
+harbor.</p>
+
+<p>Ah, then indeed the great guns rang out from
+the shore to hail the ship, and the ship's cannon
+boomed a quick reply, and the whole little town
+was full and running over with glad welcome for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[154]</a></span>
+the second English vessel to land upon our Massachusetts
+coast.</p>
+
+<p>In the evening a happy circle gathered round
+the fire in the house of Prudence's father, and
+there was eager talk, for all had much to learn
+and to tell.</p>
+
+<p>"I know now," said Joel to Prudence, as they
+sat side by side&mdash;"I know now what Thanksgiving
+means. It means plenty to eat."</p>
+
+<p>Prudence looked at the dear faces around her,
+at Mehitable's sweet smile, and at the shining
+eyes of John Andrews, for he had been a passenger
+by the <i>Fortune</i>.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps," she replied; "but I think, Joel, that
+we have Thanksgiving because we are so glad to
+be all together once more."</p>
+
+<p>This first Thanksgiving happened long ago, but
+out of it all our later ones have grown; and when
+we think of the glad meetings of long-parted parents
+and sons and daughters, of the merry frolics
+with brothers and sisters and cousins, which come
+upon Thanksgiving Day, in spite of our bountiful
+dinner-tables we shall agree with Prudence that
+it is the happy family party which makes the pleasure,
+after all.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[155]</a></span></p>
+<h2>SOME INDIAN DOLLS</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY OLIVE THORNE MILLER</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>AMONG the wild Indians of our country is
+surely the last place one would look for toys,
+and travelers have said they had none; but a
+closer look brings some to light. On the desk before
+me sit two dear creatures, just arrived from
+Dakota Territory. They were made by some loving
+mother of the Gros Ventre tribe of Indians.
+But the unfortunate little redskin girl for whom
+they were intended never received them after all,
+for they were bought by a white man, and sent to
+New York to sit for their picture for you.</div>
+
+<p>They are a queer-looking pair, dressed in the
+most elegant Gros Ventre style. They are eighteen
+inches tall, made of cloth, with their noses
+sewed on, and their faces well colored; not only
+made red, like the skin, but with painted features.
+The Indian doll has a gentle expression, with mild
+eyes, but the squaw has a wild look, as though she<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[156]</a></span>
+were very much scared to find herself in a white
+man's tepee. Both have long hair in a braid
+over each ear, but the brave has also a quantity
+hanging down his back, and a crest standing up
+on top&mdash;perhaps as "scalp-lock."</p>
+
+<div class="figright" style="width: 368px;">
+<img src="images/illus158.jpg" width="368" height="475" alt="DOLLS FROM DAKOTA TERRITORY" title="" />
+<span class="caption">DOLLS FROM DAKOTA TERRITORY</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>The dress of the lady resembles, in style and
+material, a bathing-suit. It is of blue flannel,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[157]</a></span>
+trimmed with red braid, a long blouse and leggings
+of the same. She has also moccasins, and a
+string of blue beads around her neck, besides little
+dots of beads all over her waist. The suit of the
+warrior is similar in style, but the blouse is of unbleached
+muslin, daubed with streaks of red paint,
+and trimmed with braid, also red. Across his
+breast he wears an elaborate ornament of white
+beads, gorgeous to behold.</p>
+
+<p>Beside these Gros Ventre dolls stand another
+pair, from a Canada tribe; the squaw dragging a
+six-inch-long toboggan loaded with tent and
+poles, while the warrior carries his snow-shoes.
+She is dressed in red and black flannel, with calico
+blouse and cloth hood; tin bracelets are on her
+arms, and her breast bears an ornament like a dinner-plate,
+also of tin. Her lord and master wears
+a dandyish suit of white canton-flannel, fuzzy side
+out, a calico shirt, red necktie, and likewise a hood
+and tin dinner-plate. They are made of wood,
+with joints at hip and shoulder, and the faces are
+carved and painted. Wild dolls are curious and
+interesting. Let me tell you of a few others I
+have seen.</p>
+
+<p>The little Moquis girls have wooden dolls of
+different sizes and degrees. The best have arms<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[158]</a></span>
+and legs, are dressed in one garment of coarse
+cotton, and instead of hair have feathers sticking
+out of their heads, like the ends of a feather
+duster.</p>
+
+<p>A lower grade of Moquis doll has no limbs, but
+is gaily painted in stripes, and wears beads as big
+as its fist would be, if it had one. This looks as
+you would with a string of oranges around your
+neck. The poorest of all, which has evidently
+been loved by some poor little Indian girl, has in
+place of a head a sprig of evergreen. How did
+the white man get hold of a treasure like this? Is
+the little owner grown up? Is she laid to sleep
+under the daisies? Or was this doll left behind
+in a hurried flight of the Moquis village before
+an enemy?</p>
+
+<p>It isn't an Edison doll; it can't talk,&mdash;so we
+shall never know.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[159]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE WALKING PURCHASE</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY GEORGE WHEELER</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>IN the early twilight of a September morning,
+more than one hundred and sixty years ago,
+a remarkable company might have been seen
+gathering about a large chestnut-tree at the
+cross-roads near the Friends' meeting-house in
+Wrightstown, Pennsylvania. It is doubtful whether
+any one of us could have guessed what the
+meeting meant. Most of the party were Quakers
+in wide-brimmed hats and plain dress, and if it
+had been First-day instead of Third-day, we
+might have thought they were gathering under
+the well-known tree for a neighborly chat before
+"meeting." Nor was it a warlike rendezvous; for
+the war-cry of the Lenni-Lenape had never yet
+been raised against the "Children of Mignon"
+(Elder Brother), as the followers of William
+Penn were called; and in a little group somewhat
+apart were a few athletic Indians in peaceful garb<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[160]</a></span>
+and friendly attitude. But it evidently was an important
+meeting, for here were several prominent
+officials, including even so notable a person as
+Proprietor Thomas Penn.</div>
+
+<p>In 1686, fifty-one years before this, William
+Penn bought from the Lenni-Lenape, or Delaware
+Indians, a section bounded on the east by
+the Delaware, on the west by the Neshaminy, and
+extending to the north from his previous purchases
+"as far as a man can go in a day and a
+half." No effort was made to fix the northern
+boundary until the Indians, becoming uneasy at
+the encroachments of the settlers, asked to have
+the line definitely marked. On August 25, 1737,
+after several conferences between the Delawares
+and William Penn's sons, John and Thomas, who,
+after their father's death, became proprietors of
+Pennsylvania, the treaty of 1686 was confirmed,
+and a day was appointed for beginning the walk.
+This explains why the crowd was gathering about
+the old chestnut-tree in the early dawn of that
+day, September 19, 1737.</p>
+
+<p>"Ready!" called out Sheriff Smith.</p>
+
+<div class="figleft" style="width: 382px;">
+<img src="images/illus164.jpg" width="382" height="550" alt="&quot;THE THREE MEN STEPPED FROM THE CROWD AND PLACED THEIR RIGHT HANDS UPON THE TREE&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE THREE MEN STEPPED FROM THE CROWD AND PLACED THEIR RIGHT HANDS UPON THE TREE&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At the word, James Yeates, a native of New
+England, "tall, slim, of much ability and speed of
+foot," Solomon Jennings, "a remarkably stout<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[163]</a></span>
+and strong man," and Edward Marshall, a well-known
+hunter, over six feet tall, and noted as a
+walker, stepped from the crowd and placed their
+right hands upon the tree.</p>
+
+<p>Thomas Penn had promised five pounds in
+money and five hundred acres of land to the
+walker who covered the greatest distance; and
+these three men were to contest for the prize.
+Just as the edge of the sun showed above the horizon,
+Sheriff Smith gave the word, and the race
+began.</p>
+
+<p>Yeates quickly took up the lead, stepping
+lightly. Then came Jennings, accompanied by
+two Indians, who were there to see that the walking
+was fairly done. Closely following them were
+men on horseback, including the sheriff and the
+surveyor-general. Thomas Penn himself followed
+the party for some distance. Far in the
+rear came Marshall, walking in a careless manner,
+swinging a hatchet in one hand, "to balance
+himself," and at intervals munching a dry biscuit,
+of which he carried a small supply. He seemed
+to have forgotten a resolution he had made to
+"win the prize of five hundred acres of land, or
+lose his life in the attempt."</p>
+
+<p>Thomas Penn had secretly sent out a preliminary<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[164]</a></span>
+party to blaze the trees along the line of the
+walk for as great a distance as it was thought possible
+for a man to walk in eighteen hours. So,
+when the wilderness was reached, the walkers still
+had the best and most direct course clearly
+marked out for them. The Indians soon protested
+against the speed, saying over and over: "That's
+not fair. You run. You were to walk." But the
+treaty said, "As far as a man can <i>go</i>," and the
+walkers were following it in letter, if not in spirit,
+as they hurried along. Their protests being disregarded,
+the Indians endeavored to delay the progress
+by stopping to rest; but the white men dismounted,
+and allowed the Indians to ride, and
+thus pushed on as rapidly as ever. At last the
+Indians refused to go any farther, and left the
+party.</p>
+
+<p>Before Lehigh River was reached Jennings
+was exhausted, gave up the race, and lagged behind
+in the company of followers. His health was
+shattered, and he lived only a few years.</p>
+
+<p>That night the party slept on the north side of
+the Lehigh Mountains, half a mile from the Indian
+village of Hokendauqua. Next morning,
+while some of the party searched for the horses
+which had strayed away during the night, others<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[165]</a></span>
+went to the village to request Lappawinzoe, the
+chief, to send other Indians to accompany the
+walkers. He angrily replied: "You have all the
+good land now, and you may as well take the bad,
+too." One old Indian, indignant at the stories of
+how the white men rushed along in their greed to
+get as much land as possible, remarked in a tone
+of deep disgust: "No sit down to smoke; no shoot
+squirrel; but lun, lun, lun, all day long."</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely had the last half-day's walk begun before
+Yeates, who was a drinking man, was overcome
+by the tremendous exertions and intemperance
+of the previous day. He stumbled at the
+edge of Big Creek, and rolled, helpless, down the
+bank into the water. When rescued he was entirely
+blind, and his death followed within three
+days.</p>
+
+<p>Marshall still pressed on. Passing the last of
+the blazed trees which had hitherto guided him,
+he seized a compass offered by Surveyor-General
+Eastburn, and by its aid still continued his onward
+course. At last, Sheriff Smith, who for some time
+had frequently looked at his watch, called,
+"Halt!" Marshall instantly threw himself at
+full length, and grasped a sapling. Here was the
+starting-point for the northern boundary of the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[166]</a></span>
+purchase of 1686, sixty-eight miles from the old
+chestnut-tree at Wrightstown, and very close to
+where Mauch Chunk stands to-day. The walk
+was twice as long as the Indians expected it to be.</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately for the Delawares, they knew
+too little of legal technicalities to notice that the
+deed did not state in what direction the northern
+boundary was to be drawn. They naturally expected
+it to be drawn to the nearest point on the
+Delaware. But the surveyor-general, to please
+Penn, decided that the line should run at right
+angles to the direction of the walk, which was
+almost exactly northwest. Draw a line from
+Mauch Chunk to the Delaware so that if extended
+it would pass through New York city, and another
+to the point where New York, New Jersey,
+and Pennsylvania meet. The first is the Indian's
+idea of the just way to lay out the northern boundary;
+the second is the line which Surveyor-General
+Eastburn actually finished marking out in
+four days after Marshall's walk ended.</p>
+
+<p>And so the three hundred thousand acres which
+the Indians would have given to the Penns as the
+result of Marshall's walk were increased to half
+a million by taking selfish advantage of a flaw in
+the deed.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[167]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;">
+<img src="images/illus169.jpg" width="600" height="408" alt="&quot;THE INDIANS PROTESTED AGAINST THE SPEED&quot;" title="" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE INDIANS PROTESTED AGAINST THE SPEED&quot;</span>
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[169]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The Lenni-Lenape had loved and trusted William
+Penn because he always dealt openly and
+fairly with them. "We will live in love with
+William Penn and his children," said they, "as
+long as the sun and moon shall shine." But the
+wrongs inflicted on them in the "walking purchase"
+aroused the deepest indignation. "Next
+May," said Lappawinzoe, "we will go to Philadelphia,
+each one with a buckskin to repay the
+presents and take back our land again." It was
+too late, however, for this to be done.</p>
+
+<p>At last, in 1741, the Indians determined to resort
+to arms to secure justice. But the Iroquois,
+to whom the Delawares had long been subject,
+came to the aid of the Penns, and the last hope of
+righting the wrong was gone forever.</p>
+
+<p>There seems a sort of poetic justice in the later
+experiences of the principal men in the affair.
+Marshall never got his five hundred acres of land,
+and his wife was killed in an attack by the Indians.
+Eastburn was repudiated by Thomas
+Penn, and his heirs were notified that they "need
+not expect the least favor." Penn himself was
+brought before the king and forced to disown
+many of his acts and agents in a most humiliating
+manner.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[170]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>But all this did not repair the injury to the
+Delawares, and they never again owned, as a
+tribe, a single inch along the river from which
+they took their name.</p>
+
+<p>A small monument, erected by the Bucks
+County Historical Society, marks the spot
+where the old chestnut-tree formerly stood. In
+order that this might not seem to condone an
+unworthy deed, the monument was dedicated,
+not to those who made or conducted the walk, but
+to the Lenni-Lenape Indians&mdash;"not to the wrong,
+but to the persons wronged."</p>
+
+<p>The inscription on the stone reads:</p>
+
+<div class='bbox2'><div class='center'>
+<span class='small'>TO THE MEMORY OF THE LENNI-LENAPE INDIANS,</span><br />
+<span class='small'>ANCIENT OWNERS OF THIS REGION,</span><br />
+<span class='small'>THESE STONES ARE PLACED AT</span><br />
+<span class='small'>THIS SPOT, THE STARTING-POINT</span><br />
+<span class='small'>OF THE</span><br />
+
+"INDIAN WALK,"<br />
+
+<span class='small'>September 19, 1737.</span><br />
+</div></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[171]</a></span></p>
+<h2>THE FIRST AMERICANS</h2>
+
+<div class='chapterauthor'>BY F. S. DELLENBAUGH</div>
+
+
+<div class='cap'>IN the middle of the sixteenth century, when
+the Spaniards who had followed Columbus
+and Cortes to the New World worked their way
+northward into the region that is now New Mexico
+and Arizona, they found to their surprise a
+people dwelling there in well-constructed, flat-roofed
+houses of stone. They gave to these people
+the name of <i>Pueblos</i>, or villagers, to distinguish
+them from the wild tribes; and by this name they
+have been known in general ever since, though
+each village and cluster of villages has its distinctive
+title.</div>
+
+<p>The Pueblos, instead of roaming about, subsisting
+on chance game, cultivated Indian corn so
+largely that they ordinarily were able to store a
+supply to provide against the possibility of future
+famine; and such is still their custom. Not only
+had they made this progress in agriculture and architecture,
+but they had also done something in<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[172]</a></span>
+the way of manufacturing, especially in the
+making of pottery and weaving of blankets.
+Their pottery was varied in shape and ornamentation
+and skilfully modeled without the aid of
+a wheel. Of the potter's wheel they are ignorant
+to this day, still following the practice of their
+forefathers in this matter as in many others.
+Their blankets of cotton were unique in their designs;
+and these designs are perpetuated to-day
+in woolen material, as well as in cotton, though
+the latter is now used principally in the sacred
+ceremonies.</p>
+
+<p>Those towns nearest to Santa F&eacute; (which itself
+was originally a Pueblo village and is, probably,
+the oldest town inhabited by white people in the
+United States) came most directly under the influence
+of the Spaniards. They made Santa F&eacute;
+their seat of government, and gradually many
+Spanish customs prevailed among the natives in
+this part of the country. The Spanish priests, following
+the army of invasion, soon made converts,
+and eventually the barbarous rites of the people in
+the towns near Santa F&eacute; were abolished in favor
+of Christianity. Churches of adobe, or sun-dried
+brick, were erected, and the Christian religion
+was in time accepted by numerous communities.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[173]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The towns at a distance were not so easy of access,
+and hence longer maintained their independence,
+supporting and favoring the smoldering
+discontent of those in other localities whose
+prejudices or patriotism resented the Spanish dominion.
+These native patriots believed the salvation
+of their country demanded the expulsion of
+these domineering foreigners from their land.
+We cannot blame them for thus regarding the
+Spaniards, for we should certainly resent any
+interference by foreign powers with our affairs,
+and the Pueblos were, in many respects, a civilized
+people and had governed themselves for centuries
+before the Spaniards appeared in their territories.
+Secretly, these patriots worked to arouse their
+fellow-countrymen against the intruders, hoping
+to succeed in a revolution which should annihilate
+the Spanish power and restore the ancient rites
+and customs. Several of these conspiracies were
+discovered by the Spanish Governor-General, and
+the conspirators paid for their patriotism with
+their lives; but, in a few years, others took their
+places, and while peace seemed to smile on all the
+land, a volcano was seething under the very feet
+of the invaders.</p>
+
+<p>There had been so much internal dissension<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[174]</a></span>
+among the Pueblos over religion and over water-privileges
+(often a matter of the utmost importance
+in those arid lands) before the arrival of the
+Spaniards, that concerted action must have been
+difficult to bring about; but at last, near the end
+of the seventeenth century, there was a mighty
+uprising, the foreigners were driven out of the
+country, and retreated into Mexico, and those villages
+which had been under the Spanish yoke revived
+their native ceremonies, which had been in
+disuse for a full century.</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile the Spaniards were not content to
+let slip so easily this accession to their king's
+domain. Collecting a stronger army, General
+Vargas returned, and conquered village after village,
+until the rebellion was extinguished for all
+time. Never since that day have the Pueblos
+shown a warlike spirit, having accepted their
+subjugation as inevitable. They were made
+citizens by Spain, but since their territory became
+a portion of the United States they have
+ranked politically with the other Indians. The
+last locality to be brought under subjection
+was the Province of Tusayan, the home of the
+Mokis.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 450px;">
+<img src="images/ill-p176.jpg" width="450" height="463" alt="A PUEBLO INDIAN BESIDE AN EAGLE-CAGE" title="" />
+<span class="caption">A PUEBLO INDIAN BESIDE AN EAGLE-CAGE</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>At that time this province was so difficult to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[177]</a></span>
+reach, that the horses of the Spanish general's
+troops were completely demoralized, and he was
+therefore obliged to omit a visit to Oraibi, the
+largest and furthest removed of the villages. He
+had, however, met with little resistance from
+the inhabitants, and, doubtless, did not deem the
+Mokis a warlike race. After the departure of
+Vargas, the Mokis continued their old ways and
+were seldom visited, so that even now, three and
+a half centuries after the first visit of the Spaniards,
+they remain nearly in their original condition.</p>
+
+<p>Next to the Moki towns, the Pueblo of Zu&ntilde;i
+maintained its primitive customs to the greatest
+extent, and from similar causes.</p>
+
+<p>The illustration is from a photograph made in
+Zu&ntilde;i by Mr. Hillers, photographer of the Bureau
+of Ethnology, and shows one of the natives,
+dressed in the costume of to-day, beside an eagle-cage.
+The costume is composed of simple materials,
+the trousers being of unbleached cotton, the
+shirt of calico, and the turban generally of some
+soft red cloth. The Mokis wear their hair cut
+straight across the eyebrows in a sort of "bang,"
+then straight back even with the bottom of the
+ear, the rest being made up into a knob behind.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[178]</a></span>
+All are particular about their ornaments, caring
+little for any common sorts of beads, but treasuring
+coral, turquoise, and silver.</p>
+
+<p>The eagle is sacred among Pueblos who have
+not abandoned their native religion, and the feathers
+are used in religious ceremonies. For this
+reason the eagle is protected and every feather
+preserved. His nesting-places are carefully
+watched, and often visited, so that a supply of feathers,
+from little downy ones no larger than a
+twenty-five cent piece to the stiff and long ones
+from the wing and tail, are preserved in every
+family,&mdash;the first, or downy ones, to breathe their
+prayers upon; the larger ones for other sacred
+uses. Sometimes several "prayers" are fastened
+to one little twig that all may proceed together to
+their destination. There is something very poetic
+in this breathing of a prayer upon a feather from
+the breast of an eagle&mdash;in flight the king of birds,
+familiar with regions which man can know only
+through sight.</p>
+
+<p>The Navajos have no reverence for the bird.
+They make raids upon the nesting-places where
+for centuries the Mokis have obtained feathers,
+and these raids are a common source of trouble
+between the two tribes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[179]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>None of the present buildings of the Pueblos
+are equal in masonry to the ruins common
+throughout the region. These were ruins even
+when the Spaniards arrived, and, consequently, it
+is supposed that a superior people once occupied
+the country, who may, however, have been either
+ancestors or kindred to the Pueblos. In time the
+question may be solved through the numerous
+legends illustrated in pottery decoration, for all
+the decorations have a meaning, and the legends
+are handed down by word of mouth from father
+to son. Once when the legends were being discussed,
+Pow-it-iwa, an old Moki, poetically remarked
+to a friend of mine, "Many have passed
+by the house of my fathers, and none has stopped
+to ask where they have gone; but we of our family
+live to-day to teach our children concerning the
+past."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[180]</a></span></p>
+<div class='bbox'><div class='center'><span class='big'>ANIMAL STORIES</span><br />
+
+RETOLD FROM<br />
+
+<span class='big'>ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE</span><br />
+<br />
+<span class='small'>IN SIX VOLUMES. EDITED BY M. H. CARTER,</span><br />
+<span class='small'>DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE, NEW YORK</span><br />
+<span class='small'>TRAINING SCHOOL FOR TEACHERS</span><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 28px;">
+<img src="images/leaf.png" width="28" height="28" alt="leaf decoration" title="" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Animal stories">
+<tr><td align='left'>ABOUT ANIMALS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Interesting facts about animals in general.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>BEAR STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Information and adventure.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>CAT STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Dealing with the cat as a pet.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>STORIES OF BRAVE DOGS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Showing the dog's love and devotion to man.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>LION AND TIGER STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Stories of adventure.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>PANTHER STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Stories of adventure.</span></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class='center'><br />
+<span class='small'>EACH ABOUT 200 PAGES, FULL CLOTH, 12MO</span><br /><br />
+<span class='big'>THE CENTURY CO.</span><br />
+</div></div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" /><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[181]</a></span></p>
+<div class='bbox'><div class='center'><span class='big'>GEOGRAPHICAL STORIES</span><br />
+RETOLD FROM<br />
+<span class='big'>ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE</span><br />
+IN SIX VOLUMES<br />
+<br />
+<span class='small'>A Series of Books of Adventure, Travel and Description,</span><br />
+<span class='small'>chiefly in the Great Sections</span><br />
+<span class='small'>of the United States</span><br /><br /></div>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 28px;">
+<img src="images/leaf.png" width="28" height="28" alt="leaf decoration" title="" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Geographical stories">
+<tr><td align='left'>WESTERN FRONTIER STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Stories of the early West, full of adventure.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>STORIES OF THE GREAT LAKES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Niagara and our great chain of Inland Seas.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>ISLAND STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Stories of our island dependencies and of many other islands.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>STORIES OF STRANGE SIGHTS</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Descriptions of natural wonders, curious places and unusual sights.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>SEA STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Tales of shipwreck and adventures at sea.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'>SOUTHERN STORIES</td></tr>
+<tr><td align='left'><span style="margin-left: 1em;">Pictures, scenes and stories of our Sunny South.</span></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+<div class='center'><br />
+Each about 200 pages. 50 illustrations.<br />
+Full cloth, 12mo.<br />
+<span class='big'>THE CENTURY CO.</span><br />
+</div></div>
+
+<hr style="width: 45%;" />
+
+
+<div class='tnote'><b>Transcriber's Note:</b>
+
+<p>Page 134, "racoons" changed to "raccoons" (fawns, raccoons, buffalo)</p>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35021-h.htm or 35021-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/2/35021/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/35021-h/images/frontis.jpg b/35021-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7431923
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/frontis.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/ill-p129.jpg b/35021-h/images/ill-p129.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6533ac8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/ill-p129.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/ill-p13.jpg b/35021-h/images/ill-p13.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bee045e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/ill-p13.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/ill-p176.jpg b/35021-h/images/ill-p176.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91c2b18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/ill-p176.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/ill-p19.jpg b/35021-h/images/ill-p19.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1150241
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/ill-p19.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus013.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus013.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5178027
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus013.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus016.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus016.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7147aac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus016.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus018.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus018.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..734a4ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus018.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus028.png b/35021-h/images/illus028.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a83f5c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus028.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus031.png b/35021-h/images/illus031.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c63f8b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus031.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus033.png b/35021-h/images/illus033.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d292486
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus033.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus036.png b/35021-h/images/illus036.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..95e25da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus036.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus038.png b/35021-h/images/illus038.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e612a57
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus038.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus039.png b/35021-h/images/illus039.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..af33d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus039.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus040.png b/35021-h/images/illus040.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5b40115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus040.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus042.png b/35021-h/images/illus042.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7342fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus042.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus043.png b/35021-h/images/illus043.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d93bc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus043.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus044.png b/35021-h/images/illus044.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..938dec2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus044.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus046.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus046.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d3ecd32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus046.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus055.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus055.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e26be12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus055.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus072.png b/35021-h/images/illus072.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eab3ccf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus072.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus080.png b/35021-h/images/illus080.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4a10df9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus080.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus083.png b/35021-h/images/illus083.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e2d3e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus083.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus085.png b/35021-h/images/illus085.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1a02d27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus085.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus086.png b/35021-h/images/illus086.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0de4676
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus086.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus087.png b/35021-h/images/illus087.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..01371d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus087.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus089.png b/35021-h/images/illus089.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..da1c94f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus089.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus096.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus096.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc5a8d0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus096.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus101.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus101.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7ca4ae9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus101.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus103.png b/35021-h/images/illus103.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9d50161
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus103.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus108.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus108.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0ccba31
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus108.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus113.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus113.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..57b336c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus113.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus120.png b/35021-h/images/illus120.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef4d8b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus120.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus123.png b/35021-h/images/illus123.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..66983c8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus123.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus124.png b/35021-h/images/illus124.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38961be
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus124.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus126.png b/35021-h/images/illus126.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f498822
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus126.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus137.png b/35021-h/images/illus137.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..764f1f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus137.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus147.png b/35021-h/images/illus147.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c65ec1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus147.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus153.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus153.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c115b7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus153.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus158.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus158.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9b2650a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus158.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus164.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus164.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..628c0d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus164.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/illus169.jpg b/35021-h/images/illus169.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..412a661
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/illus169.jpg
diff --git a/35021-h/images/leaf.png b/35021-h/images/leaf.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6774f4b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/leaf.png
diff --git a/35021-h/images/titlepage.png b/35021-h/images/titlepage.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aa67ca6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021-h/images/titlepage.png
diff --git a/35021.txt b/35021.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1407f5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,3515 @@
+Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas
+
+Author: Various
+
+Release Date: January 21, 2011 [EBook #35021]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+HISTORICAL STORIES RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE IN FIVE VOLUMES
+
+
+          INDIAN STORIES
+          A mirror of Indian ideas, customs, and
+          adventures.
+
+          COLONIAL STORIES
+          Stirring tales of the rude frontier life of
+          early times.
+
+          REVOLUTIONARY STORIES
+          Heroic deeds, and especially children's
+          part in them.
+
+          CIVIL WAR STORIES
+          Thrilling stories of the great struggle,
+          both on land and sea.
+
+          OUR HOLIDAYS
+          Something of their meaning and spirit.
+
+Each about 200 pages. Full cloth, 12mo.
+
+THE CENTURY CO.
+
+[Illustration: AN INDIAN HORSE-RACE--COMING OVER THE SCRATCH
+
+_Drawing by Frederic Remington_]
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS
+
+[Illustration]
+
+          PUBLISHED BY THE CENTURY CO.
+          NEW YORK     MCMVII
+
+
+
+
+  Copyright, 1877, 1878, 1879, by
+  SCRIBNER & CO.
+
+  Copyright, 1884, 1888, 1889, 1893, 1894, 1896, 1899, 1900, 1904, by
+  THE CENTURY CO.
+
+  THE DEVINNE PRESS
+
+
+
+
+PUBLISHER'S NOTE
+
+
+THIS collection of Indian stories is the first in a series of volumes of
+historic tales retold from "St. Nicholas."
+
+The books do not pretend to give anything like connected history, but by
+means of the story that thrills and interests they impart the real
+spirit of the times they depict in a way no youthful reader will be
+likely to forget.
+
+Most of the stories in this book a boy of eight or nine can read for
+himself, and these are the years of his school life when he is being
+taught something of our colonial history and of the myths and legends of
+primitive man. Thus these stories, while delighting many children and
+tempting them to read "out of hours," will serve a very useful
+purpose.
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS
+
+
+                                                            PAGE
+
+  ONATOGA'S SACRIFICE                        _John Dimitry_    1
+
+  WAUKEWA'S EAGLE                           _James Buckham_   10
+
+  A FOURTH OF JULY AMONG THE INDIANS         _W. P. Hooper_   22
+
+  A BOY'S VISIT TO CHIEF JOSEPH              _Erskine Wood_   43
+
+  LITTLE MOCCASIN'S RIDE ON THE THUNDER-HORSE                 54
+                                      _Colonel Guido Ilges_
+
+  THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN             74
+                                          _William M. Cary_
+
+  FUN AMONG THE RED BOYS                     _Julian Ralph_   87
+
+  THE CHILDREN OF ZUNI                _Maria Brace Kimball_  100
+
+  THE INDIAN GIRL AND HER MESSENGER-BIRD  _George W. Ranck_  112
+
+  HOW THE STONE-AGE CHILDREN PLAYED     _Charles C. Abbott_  115
+
+  GAMES AND SPORTS OF THE INDIAN BOY                         123
+                            _Dr. Charles Alexander Eastman_
+
+  AN OLD-TIME THANKSGIVING               _M. Eloise Talbot_  136
+
+  SOME INDIAN DOLLS                   _Olive Thorne Miller_  155
+
+  THE WALKING PURCHASE                     _George Wheeler_  159
+
+  THE FIRST AMERICANS                   _F. S. Dellenbaugh_  171
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN LULLABY
+
+
+    Sleep, sleep, my boy; the Chippewas
+      Are far away--are far away.
+    Sleep, sleep, my boy; prepare to meet
+      The foe by day--the foe by day!
+    The cowards will not dare to fight
+      Till morning break--till morning break.
+    Sleep, sleep, my child, while still 'tis night;
+      Then bravely wake--then bravely wake!
+
+
+
+
+INDIAN STORIES
+
+
+
+
+ONATOGA'S SACRIFICE
+
+BY JOHN DIMITRY
+
+
+ONCE, in the long ago, before the white man had heard of the continent
+on which we live, red men, who were brave and knew not what fear was in
+battle, trembled at the mention of a great man-eating bird that had
+lived before the time told of in the traditions known of their oldest
+chiefs.
+
+This bird, which, according to the Indian legends, ate men, was known as
+the PIASAU.
+
+The favorite haunt of this terrible bird was a bluff on the Mississippi
+River, a short distance above the site of the present city of Alton,
+Illinois. There it was said to lie in wait, and to keep watch over the
+broad, open prairies. Whenever some rash Indian ventured out alone to
+hunt upon this fatal ground, he became the monster's prey. The legend
+says that the bird, swooping down with the fierce swiftness of a hawk,
+seized upon its victim and bore him to a gloomy cave wherein it made its
+horrid feasts. The monster must have had an insatiable appetite or a
+prolonged existence, for tradition declares that it depopulated whole
+villages. Then it was that the wise men began to see visions and to
+prophesy the speedy extinction of the tribe. Years of its ravages
+followed one upon another, until at length, according to the legend, was
+lost all reckoning of the time when first that strange, foul creature
+came to scourge their sunny plains. The aged men, whose youth was but a
+dim memory, could say only that the bird was as it had always been. None
+like it had ever been heard of save in vague traditions.
+
+There was one, Onatoga, who began to ponder.
+
+[Illustration: ONATOGA IN THE FOREST]
+
+Now, Onatoga was the great leader of the Illini; one whose name was
+spoken with awe even in the distant wigwams north of the Great Lake.
+Long had he grieved and wondered over the will of the Great Spirit; that
+he should look upon the men of the Western prairies, not as warriors,
+but as deer or bison, only fit to fill the maw of so pestilent a thing
+as this monstrous bird! Before the new moon began to grow upon the
+face of the sky, Onatoga's resolve was taken. He would go to some spot
+deep in the forest where by fasting and prayer his spirit would become
+so pure that the Great Master of Life would hear him and once again be
+kind and turn His face back, in light, upon the Illini.
+
+Stealing away from his tribe in the night, he plunged far into the
+trackless forest. Then, blackening his face, for a whole moon he fasted.
+The moon waxed full and then waned; but no vision came to assure him
+that the Great Spirit had heard his prayers. Only one more night
+remained. Wearied and sorrow-worn, he closed his eyes. But, through the
+deep sleep that fell upon him, came the voice of the Great Spirit. And
+this is the message that came to Onatoga, as he lay sleeping in body
+but, in his soul, awake:
+
+"Arise, Chief of the Illini! Thou shalt save thy race. Choose thou
+twenty of thy warriors; noble-hearted, strong-armed, eagle-eyed. Put in
+each warrior's hand a bow. Give to each an arrow dipped in the venom of
+the snake. Seek then the man whose heart loveth the Great Spirit. Let
+him not fear to look the Piasau in the face; but see that the warriors,
+with ready bows, stand near in the shadow of the trees."
+
+Onatoga awoke; strong, though he had fasted a month; happy, though he
+knew he was soon to die! Who, but he, the Great Chief of the Illini,
+should die for his people--for was it not death to look on the face of
+the Piasau?
+
+Binding his moccasins firmly upon his feet, he washed the marks of grief
+from his face, and painted it with the brightest vermilion and blue.
+Thus, in the splendid colors of a triumphant warrior, he returned
+homeward. All was silent in the village when, in the gray light of early
+day, he entered his lodge. Soon the joyful news was known. From lodge to
+lodge it spread until the last wigwam was reached. Onatoga's quest was
+successful!
+
+Then the warriors began to gather. Furtively, even in their gladness,
+they sought his lodge, for the fear of the Piasau was over all. A solemn
+awe fell upon them as they gathered around the chief, who, it was
+whispered, had heard the voice of the Great Spirit. Without, on that
+high bluff, they knew that the fiend-bird crouched, waiting for the
+morning light to reveal its prey. Within, in sorrowing silence, they
+heard how the people could be saved; but the hearts of the warriors were
+heavy. All knew the sacrifice demanded--their bravest and their best!
+
+[Illustration: "ONATOGA, NEVER CEASING HIS CHANT, FACED THE PIASAU
+FEARLESSLY"]
+
+Onatoga chose his twenty warriors and appointed them their place, where
+the rolling prairie was broken by the edge of the forest. Then, when the
+sun shot its first long shafts of light across the level grasses, the
+chief walked slowly forth and stood alone upon the prairie. The world in
+the morning light was beautiful to Onatoga's eyes. The flowers beneath
+his feet seemed to smile, and poured forth richest perfumes; the sun was
+glorious in its golden breast-plate, to do him honor; while the lark and
+the mock-bird sang his praise in joyous songs.
+
+He had not long to wait. Soon, afar off, the dreaded Piasau was seen
+moving heavily through the clear morning air. Onatoga, drawing himself
+to the full measure of his lofty height, raised his death-song. The dull
+flutter of huge wings came nearer, and a great shadow came rushing over
+the sunlit fields. Onatoga, never ceasing his chant, faced the Piasau
+fearlessly. A sudden fierce swoop downward! In that very moment, twenty
+poisoned arrows, loosed by twenty faithful hands, sped true to their
+aim. With a scream that the bluffs sent rolling back in sharp and
+deafening echoes, the foul monster dropped dead! The Great Spirit loved
+the man who had been willing to sacrifice his life for his people. In
+the very instant when death seemed sure, he covered the heart of Onatoga
+with a shield; and he suffered not the wind to blow aside a single arrow
+from its mark,--the body of the fated Piasau.
+
+[Illustration: "CUNNING CARVERS CUT DEEP INTO THE ROCK THE FORM OF THE
+PIASAU"]
+
+Great were the rejoicings that followed and rich were the feasts that
+were held in honor of Onatoga. The Illini resolved that the story of the
+great deliverance and of the courageous love of Onatoga should not die,
+though they themselves should pass away. The cunning carvers of the
+tribe cut deep into the living rock of the bluff the terrible form of
+the Piasau. And, in later years, when young children asked the meaning
+of this great figure, so unlike any of the birds that they knew upon
+their rivers and their prairies, then the fathers would tell them the
+story of the Piasau, and how the Great Spirit had found, in Onatoga, a
+warrior who loved his fellow-men better than he loved his own life.
+
+
+
+
+WAUKEWA'S EAGLE
+
+BY JAMES BUCKHAM
+
+
+ONE day, when the Indian boy Waukewa was hunting along the
+mountain-side, he found a young eagle with a broken wing, lying at the
+base of a cliff. The bird had fallen from an aery on a ledge high above,
+and being too young to fly, had fluttered down the cliff and injured
+itself so severely that it was likely to die. When Waukewa saw it he was
+about to drive one of his sharp arrows through its body, for the passion
+of the hunter was strong in him, and the eagle plunders many a fine fish
+from the Indian's drying-frame. But a gentler impulse came to him as he
+saw the young bird quivering with pain and fright at his feet, and he
+slowly unbent his bow, put the arrow in his quiver, and stooped over the
+panting eaglet. For fully a minute the wild eyes of the wounded bird and
+the eyes of the Indian boy, growing gentler and softer as he gazed,
+looked into one another. Then the struggling and panting of the young
+eagle ceased; the wild, frightened look passed out of its eyes, and it
+suffered Waukewa to pass his hand gently over its ruffled and draggled
+feathers. The fierce instinct to fight, to defend its threatened life,
+yielded to the charm of the tenderness and pity expressed in the boy's
+eyes; and from that moment Waukewa and the eagle were friends.
+
+Waukewa went slowly home to his father's lodge, bearing the wounded
+eaglet in his arms. He carried it so gently that the broken wing gave no
+twinge of pain, and the bird lay perfectly still, never offering to
+strike with its sharp beak the hands that clasped it.
+
+Warming some water over the fire at the lodge, Waukewa bathed the broken
+wing of the eagle and bound it up with soft strips of skin. Then he made
+a nest of ferns and grass inside the lodge, and laid the bird in it. The
+boy's mother looked on with shining eyes. Her heart was very tender.
+From girlhood she had loved all the creatures of the woods, and it
+pleased her to see some of her own gentle spirit waking in the boy.
+
+When Waukewa's father returned from hunting, he would have caught up the
+young eagle and wrung its neck. But the boy pleaded with him so
+eagerly, stooping over the captive and defending it with his small
+hands, that the stern warrior laughed and called him his "little
+squaw-heart." "Keep it, then," he said, "and nurse it until it is well.
+But then you must let it go, for we will not raise up a thief in the
+lodges." So Waukewa promised that when the eagle's wing was healed and
+grown so that it could fly, he would carry it forth and give it its
+freedom.
+
+It was a month--or, as the Indians say, a moon--before the young eagle's
+wing had fully mended and the bird was old enough and strong enough to
+fly. And in the meantime Waukewa cared for it and fed it daily, and the
+friendship between the boy and the bird grew very strong.
+
+[Illustration: "THE YOUNG EAGLE ROSE TOWARD THE SKY"]
+
+But at last the time came when the willing captive must be freed. So
+Waukewa carried it far away from the Indian lodges, where none of the
+young braves might see it hovering over and be tempted to shoot their
+arrows at it, and there he let it go. The young eagle rose toward the
+sky in great circles, rejoicing in its freedom and its strange, new
+power of flight. But when Waukewa began to move away from the spot, it
+came swooping down again; and all day long it followed him through the
+woods as he hunted. At dusk, when Waukewa shaped his course for the
+Indian lodges, the eagle would have accompanied him. But the boy
+suddenly slipped into a hollow tree and hid, and after a long time the
+eagle stopped sweeping about in search of him and flew slowly and sadly
+away.
+
+Summer passed, and then winter; and spring came again, with its flowers
+and birds and swarming fish in the lakes and streams. Then it was that
+all the Indians, old and young, braves and squaws, pushed their light
+canoes out from shore and with spear and hook waged pleasant war against
+the salmon and the red-spotted trout. After winter's long imprisonment,
+it was such joy to toss in the sunshine and the warm wind and catch
+savory fish to take the place of dried meats and corn!
+
+Above the great falls of the Apahoqui the salmon sported in the cool,
+swinging current, darting under the lee of the rocks and leaping full
+length in the clear spring air. Nowhere else were such salmon to be
+speared as those which lay among the riffles at the head of the Apahoqui
+rapids. But only the most daring braves ventured to seek them there, for
+the current was strong, and should a light canoe once pass the
+danger-point and get caught in the rush of the rapids, nothing could
+save it from going over the roaring falls.
+
+Very early in the morning of a clear April day, just as the sun was
+rising splendidly over the mountains, Waukewa launched his canoe a
+half-mile above the rapids of the Apahoqui, and floated downward, spear
+in hand, among the salmon-riffles. He was the only one of the Indian
+lads who dared fish above the falls. But he had been there often, and
+never yet had his watchful eye and his strong paddle suffered the
+current to carry his canoe beyond the danger-point. This morning he was
+alone on the river, having risen long before daylight to be first at the
+sport.
+
+The riffles were full of salmon, big, lusty fellows, who glided about
+the canoe on every side in an endless silver stream. Waukewa plunged his
+spear right and left, and tossed one glittering victim after another
+into the bark canoe. So absorbed in the sport was he that for once he
+did not notice when the head of the rapids was reached and the canoe
+began to glide more swiftly among the rocks. But suddenly he looked up,
+caught his paddle, and dipped it wildly in the swirling water. The canoe
+swung sidewise, shivered, held its own against the torrent, and then
+slowly, inch by inch, began to creep upstream toward the shore. But
+suddenly there was a loud, cruel snap, and the paddle parted in the
+boy's hands, broken just above the blade! Waukewa gave a cry of
+despairing agony. Then he bent to the gunwale of his canoe and with the
+shattered blade fought desperately against the current. But it was
+useless. The racing torrent swept him downward; the hungry falls roared
+tauntingly in his ears.
+
+Then the Indian boy knelt calmly upright in the canoe, facing the mist
+of the falls, and folded his arms. His young face was stern and lofty.
+He had lived like a brave hitherto--now he would die like one.
+
+Faster and faster sped the doomed canoe toward the great cataract. The
+black rocks glided away on either side like phantoms. The roar of the
+terrible waters became like thunder in the boy's ears. But still he
+gazed calmly and sternly ahead, facing his fate as a brave Indian
+should. At last he began to chant the death-song, which he had learned
+from the older braves. In a few moments all would be over. But he would
+come before the Great Spirit with a fearless hymn upon his lips.
+
+Suddenly a shadow fell across the canoe. Waukewa lifted his eyes and
+saw a great eagle hovering over, with dangling legs, and a spread of
+wings that blotted out the sun. Once more the eyes of the Indian boy and
+the eagle met; and now it was the eagle who was master!
+
+[Illustration: "HE AND THE STRUGGLING EAGLE WERE FLOATING OUTWARD AND
+DOWNWARD"]
+
+With a glad cry the Indian boy stood up in his canoe, and the eagle
+hovered lower. Now the canoe tossed up on that great swelling wave that
+climbs to the cataract's edge, and the boy lifted his hands and caught
+the legs of the eagle. The next moment he looked down into the awful
+gulf of waters from its very verge. The canoe was snatched from beneath
+him and plunged down the black wall of the cataract; but he and the
+struggling eagle were floating outward and downward through the cloud of
+mist. The cataract roared terribly, like a wild beast robbed of its
+prey. The spray beat and blinded, the air rushed upward as they fell.
+But the eagle struggled on with his burden. He fought his way out of the
+mist and the flying spray. His great wings threshed the air with a
+whistling sound. Down, down they sank, the boy and the eagle, but ever
+farther from the precipice of water and the boiling whirlpool below. At
+length, with a fluttering plunge, the eagle dropped on a sand-bar below
+the whirlpool, and he and the Indian boy lay there a minute,
+breathless and exhausted. Then the eagle slowly lifted himself, took the
+air under his free wings, and soared away, while the Indian boy knelt on
+the sand, with shining eyes following the great bird till he faded into
+the gray of the cliffs.
+
+
+
+
+A FOURTH OF JULY AMONG THE INDIANS
+
+BY W. P. HOOPER
+
+
+INDIANS--real Indians--real, live Indians--were what we, like all boys,
+wanted to see; and this was why, after leaving the railroad on which we
+had been traveling for several days and nights, we found ourselves at
+last in a big canvas-covered wagon lumbering across the monotonous
+prairie.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+We were on our way to see a celebration of the Fourth of July at a
+Dakota Indian agency.
+
+It was late in the afternoon of a hot summer's day. We had been riding
+since early morning, and had not met a living creature--not even a bird
+or a snake. Only those who have experienced it know how wearying to the
+eyes it is to gaze all day long, and see nothing but the sky and the
+grass.
+
+However, an hour before sunset we _did_ see something. At first, it
+looked like a mere speck against the sky; then it seemed like a bush or
+a shrub; but it rapidly increased in size as we approached. Then, with
+the aid of our field-glass, we saw it was a man on horseback. No, not
+exactly that, either; it was an Indian chief riding an Indian pony. Now,
+I have seen Indians in the East--"Dime Museum Indians." I have seen the
+Indians who travel with the circus--yes, and I have seen the untutored
+savages who sell bead-work at Niagara Falls; but this one was
+different--he was quite different. I felt sure that he was a genuine
+Indian. He was unlike the Indians I had seen in the East. The most
+striking difference was that this one presented a grand unwashed effect.
+It must have required years of patient industry in avoiding the
+wash-bowl, and great good luck in dodging the passing showers, for him
+to acquire the rich effect of color which he displayed. Though it was
+one of July's hottest days, he had on his head an arrangement made of
+fur, with head trimmings and four black-tipped feathers; a long braid of
+his hair, wound with strips of fur, hung down in front of each ear, and
+strings of beads ornamented his neck. He wore a calico shirt, with tin
+bands on his arms above the elbow; a blanket was wrapped around his
+waist; his leggings had strips of beautiful bright bead-work, and his
+moccasins were ornamented in the same style. But in his right hand he
+was holding a most murderous-looking instrument. It was a long wooden
+club, into one end of which three sharp, shining steel knife-blades were
+set. Though I had been complaining of the heat, still I now felt chilly
+as I looked at the weapon, and saw how well it matched the expression of
+his cruel mouth and piercing eyes.
+
+He passed on while we were trying to make a sketch of him. However, the
+next day, an interpreter brought him around, and, for a small piece of
+tobacco, he was glad to pose while the sketch was being finished. We
+learned his name was "Can-h-des-ka-wan-ji-dan" (One Hoop).
+
+[Illustration: "ONE HOOP" IN HIS SUMMER COSTUME]
+
+A few moments later, we passed an iron post set firmly into the ground.
+It marked one of the boundaries of the Indian Reservation. We were now
+on a tract of land set aside by the United States Government as the
+living-ground of sixteen hundred "Santee" Sioux Indians. We soon saw
+more Indians, who, like us, seemed to be moving toward the little
+village at the Indian agency. Each group had put their belongings into a
+big bundle, and strapped it upon long poles, which were fastened at one
+end to the back of a pony. In this bundle the little papooses rode in
+great comfort, looking like blackbirds peering from a nest. In some
+cases, an older child would be riding in great glee on the pony's back
+among the poles. The family baggage seemed about equally distributed
+between the pony and the squaw who led him. She was preceded by her lord
+and master, the noble red Indian, who carried no load except his long
+pipe.
+
+The next thing of interest was what is called a Red River wagon. It was
+simply a cart with two large wheels, the whole vehicle made of wood. As
+the axles are never oiled, the Red River carry-all keeps up a most
+terrible squeaking. This charming music-box was drawn by one ox, and
+contained an Indian, who was driving with a whip. His wife and children
+were seated on the bottom of this jolting and shrieking cart.
+
+[Illustration: AN INDIAN ENCAMPMENT FOR THE NIGHT]
+
+As we neared the agency buildings, we passed many Indians who had
+settled for the night. They chose the wooded ravines, near streams, by
+which to put up their tents, or "tepees," which consisted of long poles
+covered with patched and smoke-stained canvas, with two openings, one
+at the top for a "smoke-hole" and the other for a door, through which
+any one must crawl in order to enter the domestic circle of the gentle
+savage. We entered several tepees, making ourselves welcome by gifts of
+tobacco to every member of the family. That night, after reaching the
+agency and retiring to our beds, we dreamed of smoking great big pipes,
+with stems a mile long, which were passed to us by horrible-looking
+black witches. But morning came at last,--and _such_ a morning!
+
+That Fourth of July morning I shall never forget. We were awakened by
+the most blood-curdling yells that ever pierced the ears of three white
+boys. It was the Indian war-whoop. I found myself instinctively feeling
+for my back hair, and regretting the distance to the railroad. We
+lingered indoors in a rather terrified condition, until we found out
+that this was simply the beginning of the day's celebration. It was the
+"sham-fight," but it looked real enough when the Indians came tearing
+by, their ponies seeming to enter into the excitement as thoroughly as
+their riders. There were some five hundred, in full frills and
+war-paint, and all giving those terrible yells.
+
+Their costumes were simple, but gay in color--paint, feathers, and more
+paint, with an occasional shirt.
+
+For weapons they carried guns, rifles, and long spears. Bows and arrows
+seemed to be out of style. A few had round shields on their left arms.
+
+Most of the tepees had been collected together and pitched so as to form
+a large circle, and their wagons were placed outside this circle so as
+to make a sort of protection for the defending party. The attacking
+party, brandishing their weapons in the air with increased yells, rushed
+their excited and panting ponies up the slope toward the tepees, where
+they were met by a rapid discharge of blank cartridges and powder. Some
+of the ponies became frightened and unmanageable, several riders were
+unhorsed, and general confusion prevailed. The intrenched party, in the
+meantime, rushed out from behind their defenses, climbing on top of
+their wagons, yelling and dancing around like demons. Added to this, the
+sight of several riderless ponies flying wildly from the tumult made the
+sham-fight have a terribly realistic look.
+
+After the excitement was over, the regular games which had been arranged
+for the day began.
+
+[Illustration: THE SHAM-FIGHT]
+
+In the foot-races, the costumes were so slight that there was nothing to
+describe--simply paint in fancy patterns, moccasins, and a girdle of red
+flannel. But how they could run! I did not suppose anything on two legs
+could go so fast. The lacrosse costumes were bright and attractive. The
+leader of one side wore a shirt of soft, tanned buck-skin, bead-work and
+embroidery on the front, long fringe on the shoulders, bands around the
+arms, and deep fringe on the bottom of the skirt. The legs were bare to
+the knee, and from there down to the toes was one mass of fine
+glittering bead-work. In the game, there were a hundred Indians engaged
+on each side. The game was long, but exciting, being skilfully played.
+The grounds extended about a mile in length. The ball was the size of a
+common baseball, and felt almost as solid as a rock, the center being of
+lead. The shape of the Indian lacrosse stick is shown in the sketch.
+
+Then came games on horseback. But the most interesting performance of
+the whole day, and one in which they all manifested an absorbing
+interest, was the dinner.
+
+At 3 A.M. several oxen had been butchered, and from that time till the
+dinner was served all the old squaws had their hands full. Fires were
+made in long lines, poles placed over them, and high black pots,
+kettles, and zinc pails filled with a combination of things, including
+beef and water, were suspended there and carefully tended by ancient
+Indian ladies in picturesque, witch-like costumes, who gently stirred
+the boiling bouillion with pieces of wood, while other seemingly more
+ancient and worn-out-looking squaws brought great bundles of wood from
+the ravines, tied up in blankets and swung over their shoulders. Think
+of a dinner for sixteen hundred noble chiefs and braves, stalwart
+head-men, young bucks, old squaws, girls, and children! And such
+queer-looking children--some dressed in full war costume, some in the
+most approved dancing dresses.
+
+[Illustration: SHA-KE-TO-PA, A YOUNG BRAVE]
+
+[Illustration: "TAKING A SPOONFUL OF THE SOUP, HE POURED IT UPON THE
+GROUND."]
+
+One little boy, whose name was Sha-ke-to-pa (Four Nails), had five
+feathers--big ones, too--in his hair. His face was painted; he wore
+great round ear-rings, and rows of beads and claws around his neck;
+bands of beads on his little bare brown arms; embroidered leggings and
+beautiful moccasins, and a long piece of red cloth hanging from his
+waist. In fact, he was as gaily dressed as a grown-up Indian man, and he
+had a cunning little war-club, all ornamented and painted. When the
+dinner was nearly ready, the men began to seat themselves in a long
+curved line. Behind them, the women and children were gathered. When
+everything was ready, a chief wearing a long arrangement of feathers
+hanging from his back hair and several bead pouches across his
+shoulders, with a long staff in his left hand, walked into the center of
+the circle. Taking a spoonful of the soup, he held it high in the air,
+and then, turning slowly around, chanting a song, he poured the contents
+of the spoon upon the ground. This, an interpreter explained to us, was
+done to appease the spirits of the air. After this, the old squaws
+limped nimbly around with the pails of soup and other food, serving the
+men. After they were all bountifully and repeatedly helped, the women
+and children, who had been patiently waiting, were allowed to gather
+about the fragments and half-empty pots and finish the repast, which
+they did with neatness and despatch.
+
+[Illustration: A WAITRESS]
+
+Then the warriors lay around and smoked their long-stem pipes, while the
+young men prepared for the pony races.
+
+The first of the races was "open to all," and more than a hundred ponies
+and their riders were arranged in a row. Some of the ponies were very
+spirited, and seemed fully to realize what was going to take place, and
+they would persist in pushing ahead of the line. Then the other riders
+would start their ponies; then the whole line would have to be reformed.
+But finally they were all started, and such shouting, and such waving of
+whips in the air!--and how the little ponies did jump! When the race was
+over, how we all crowded around the winner, and how proud the pony as
+well as the rider seemed to feel! Now we had a better chance to examine
+the ponies than ever before, and some were very handsome. And such
+prices! Think of buying a beautiful three-year-old cream-colored pony
+for twenty dollars!
+
+But as the hour of sunset approached, the interest in the races
+vanished, and so did most of the braves. They sought the seclusion of
+their bowers, to adorn themselves for the grand "grass dance," which was
+to begin at sunset.
+
+What a contrast between their every-day dress and their dancing
+costumes! The former consists of a blanket more or less tattered and
+torn, while the gorgeousness of the latter discourages a description in
+words; so I refer you to the pictures. Of course, we were eager to
+purchase some of the Indian finery, but it was a bad time to trade
+successfully with the Indians. They were too much taken up with the
+pleasures of the day to care to turn an honest penny by parting with any
+of their ornaments. However, we succeeded in buying a big war-club set
+with knives, some pipes with carved stems a yard long, a few
+knife-sheaths and pouches, glittering with beads, and several pairs of
+beautiful moccasins,--most of which now adorn a New York studio.
+
+[Illustration: HOLIDAY CLOTHES AND EVERY-DAY CLOTHES]
+
+Soon the highly decorated red men silently assembled inside a large
+space inclosed by bushes stuck into the ground. This was their
+dance-hall. The squaws were again shut out, as, according to Santee
+Sioux custom, they are not allowed to join in the dances with the men.
+The Indians, as they came in, sat quietly down around the sides of the
+inclosure. The musicians were gathered around a big drum, on which they
+pounded with short sticks, while they sang a sort of wild, weird chant.
+The effect, to an uneducated white man's ear, was rather depressing, but
+it seemed very pleasing to the Indians.
+
+The ball was opened by an old chief, who, rising slowly, beckoned the
+others to follow him. In his right hand the leader carried a wooden gun,
+ornamented with eagles' feathers; in the left he held a short stick,
+with bells attached to it. He wore a cap of otter skin, from which hung
+a long train. His face was carefully painted in stripes of blue and
+yellow.
+
+[Illustration: THE DANCE]
+
+At first, they all moved slowly, jumping twice on each foot; then, as
+the musicians struck up a more lively pounding and a more inspiring
+song, the dancers moved with more rapidity, giving an occasional shout
+and waving their arms in the air. As they grew warmer and more excited,
+the musicians redoubled their exertions on the drum and changed their
+singing into prolonged howls; then one of them, dropping his drumsticks,
+sprang to his feet, and, waving his hands over his head, he yelled till
+he was breathless, urging on the dancers. This seemed to be the
+finishing touch. The orchestra and dancers seemed to vie with each other
+as to who should make the greater noise. Their yells were deafening,
+and, brandishing their knives and tomahawks, they sprang around with
+wonderful agility. Of course, this intense excitement could last but a
+short time; the voices of the musicians began to fail, and, finally,
+with one last grand effort, they all gave a terrible shout, and then all
+was silence. The dancers crawled back to their places around the
+inclosure, and sank exhausted on the grass. But soon some supple brave
+regained enough strength to rise. The musicians slowly recommenced,
+other dancers came forward, and the "mad dance" was again in full blast.
+And thus the revels went on, hour after hour, all night, and continued
+even through the following day. But there was a curious fascination
+about it, and, tired as we were after the long day, we stood there
+looking on hour after hour. Finally, after midnight had passed, we
+gathered our Indian purchases about us, including two beautiful ponies,
+and began our return trip toward the railroad and civilization. But
+the monotonous sound of the Indian drum followed us mile after mile over
+the prairie; in fact, it followed us much better than my new spotted
+pony.
+
+My arm aches now, as I remember how that pony hung back.
+
+[Illustration]
+
+[Illustration: CHIEF JOSEPH]
+
+
+
+
+A BOY'S VISIT TO CHIEF JOSEPH
+
+BY ERSKINE WOOD
+
+          [NOTE: The author of the sketch "A Boy's Visit to
+          Chief Joseph" was Erskine Wood, a boy thirteen
+          years old. He was then an expert shot with the
+          rifle, and had brought down not only small game,
+          but bear, wolves, and deer. A true woodsman, he
+          was also a skilled archer and angler, having
+          camped alone in the woods, and lived upon the game
+          secured by shooting and fishing.
+
+          When Chief Joseph, of the Nez Perce Indians, went
+          to the national capital, he met Erskine, and
+          invited the young hunter to visit his camp some
+          summer. So in July, 1892, the boy started alone
+          from Portland, Oregon, carrying his guns, bows,
+          rods, and blanket, and made his own way to Chief
+          Joseph's camp on the Nespilem River.
+
+          The Indians received him hospitably, and he took
+          part in their annual fall hunt. He was even
+          adopted into the tribe by the chief, and,
+          according to their custom, received an Indian
+          name, _Ishem-tux-il-pilp_,--"Red Moon."
+
+          Chief Joseph's band was the remnant of the tribe
+          which, under his leadership, fought the United
+          States army so gallantly in 1877; they carried on
+          a running fight of about eleven hundred miles in
+          one summer.
+
+          When Erskine visited him, the chief was in every
+          way most kind and hospitable to his young guest.
+
+                                            C. E. S. WOOD.]
+
+
+I LEFT Portland on the third of July, 1892, to visit Chief Joseph, who
+was chief of the Nez Perce Indians. They lived on the Colville Agency,
+two or three hundred miles north of the city of Spokane, in the State of
+Washington.
+
+I arrived at Davenport, Washington, on the fourth of July. There was no
+stage, so I had to stay all night. I left for Fort Spokane next day,
+arriving at about seven in the evening. As we did not start for Nespilem
+until the seventh, I went and visited Colonel Cook, commanding officer
+at the fort. I stayed all night, and next morning I helped the soldiers
+load cartridges at the magazine. That afternoon I watched the soldiers
+shooting volleys at the target range. We started for Nespilem in a wagon
+at three o'clock in the morning.
+
+The next day I went fishing in the morning, and in the afternoon I went
+up the creek again, fishing with Doctor Latham. He was doctor at the
+Indian agency. The next day I went down to Joseph's camp, where I stayed
+the rest of the time--about five months--alone with the Indians. The
+doctor and the teamster returned to the agency. During my first day in
+the camp, I wrote a letter to my mother, and bought a beaded leather
+belt from one of the squaws. I stayed about camp most of the first day;
+but in the afternoon I went fishing, and caught a nice string of trout.
+
+The Indian camp is usually in two or more long rows of tepees. Sometimes
+two or three families occupy one lodge. When they are hunting and drying
+meat for their winter supply, several lodges are put together, making
+one big lodge about thirty feet long, in which are two or three fires
+instead of one. They say that it dries the meat better.
+
+When game gets scarce, camp is broken and moved to a different place.
+The men and boys catch the horses, and then the squaws have to put on
+the pack-saddles (made of bone and covered with untanned deer-hide) and
+pack them. The men sit around smoking and talking. When all is ready,
+the different families set out, driving their spare horses and
+pack-horses in front of them. The men generally hunt in the early
+morning; they get up at about two o'clock, take a vapor bath, get
+breakfast, and start to hunt at about three. Sometimes they hunt on
+horseback, and sometimes on foot. They come back at about ten or eleven
+o'clock, and if they have been on foot and have been successful they
+take a horse and go and bring in the game. The meat is always divided.
+If Chief Joseph is there, he divides it; and if he is not there,
+somebody is chosen to fill his place. They believe that if the heads or
+horns of the slain deer are left on the ground, the other deer feel
+insulted and will go away, and that would spoil the hunting in that
+neighborhood. So the heads and horns are hung up in trees. They think,
+too, that when anybody dies, his spirit hovers around the spot for
+several days afterward, and so they always move the lodge. I was sitting
+with Joseph in the tepee once, when a lizard crawled in. I discovered
+it, and showed it to Joseph. He was very solemn, and I asked him what
+was the matter. "A medicine-man sent it here to do me harm. You have
+very good eyes to discover the tricks of the medicine-men." I was going
+to throw it into the fire, but he stopped me, saying: "If you burn it,
+it will make the medicine-men angry. You must kill it some other way."
+
+The Indians' calendars are little square sticks of wood about eight
+inches long. Every day they file a little notch, and on Sunday a little
+hole is made. When any one dies, the notch is painted red or black. When
+they are home at Nespilem, they all meet out on the prairie on certain
+days, and have horse-racing. They run for about two miles. When they are
+on the home-stretch, about half a mile from the goal, a lot of men get
+behind them and fire pistols and whip the horses.
+
+I was out grouse-hunting with Niky Mowitz, my Indian companion, and we
+started a deer. We were near the camp, and he proposed to run around in
+front of the deer and head it for camp. So we started, and the way he
+got over those rocks was a wonder! If we had not had the dogs, we might
+have succeeded; but as soon as they caught sight of the deer, they went
+after it like mad, and we did not see it again. Niky Mowitz is a nephew
+and adopted son of Chief Joseph; his father was killed in the Nez Perce
+war of 1877. In the fall hunt the boys are not allowed to go grouse- or
+pheasant-hunting without first getting permission of the chief in
+command. And it is never granted to them until the boys have driven the
+horses to water and counted them to see if any are missing.
+
+The game that the boys play most has to be played out in open country,
+where there are no sticks or underbrush. They get a little hoop, or some
+of them have a little iron ring, about two inches across. Then they
+range themselves in rows, and one rolls the ring on the ground, and the
+others try to throw spears through it. The spears are straight sticks
+about three feet and a half long, with two or three little branches cut
+short at the end, to keep the spear from going clear through the ring.
+
+The Indians take "Turkish," or vapor, baths. They have a little house in
+the shape of a half globe, made of willow sticks, covered with sods and
+dirt until it is about a foot thick and perfectly tight. A hole is dug
+in the house and filled with hot rocks. The Indians (usually about four)
+crowd in, and then one pours hot water on the hot rocks, making a lot of
+steam. They keep this up until one's back commences to burn, and then he
+gives a little yell, and somebody outside tilts up the door (a blanket),
+and they all come out and jump at once into the cold mountain-stream.
+This bath is taken just before going hunting, as they think that the
+deer cannot scent them after it.
+
+Only the boys indulge in wrestling. They fold their hands behind each
+other's backs, and try to throw each other by force, or by bending the
+back backward. Tripping is unfair, in their opinion.
+
+The country is full of game, and we killed many deer and a cinnamon
+bear. In the evening, when they come home, they talk about the day's
+hunt, and what they saw and did. The one that killed the bear said that
+when he first saw the bear it was about fifteen yards off, and coming
+for him with open jaws, and growling and roaring like everything. He
+fired and wounded it. It stopped and stood on its hind legs, roaring
+worse than ever. While this was going on, the Indian slipped around and
+shot it through the heart. I cut off the claws and made a necklace out
+of them. The next day they dug a hole nine feet in diameter and built a
+big fire in it, and piled rocks all over the fire to heat them. In the
+meantime the squaws had cut a lot of fir-boughs and brought the
+bear-meat. When the fire had burned down, and the rocks were red hot,
+all the coals and things that would smoke were raked out, and sticks
+laid across the hole (it was about three feet deep). Then the fir-boughs
+were dipped in water and laid over the sticks. And then meat was laid
+on, and then more fir-boughs, and then the fat (the fat between the hide
+and flesh of a bear is taken off whole) is laid on, and then more
+fir-boughs dipped and sprinkled with water. Then come two or three
+blankets, and, last of all, the whole thing is covered with earth until
+it is perfectly tight. After about two hours everything is removed, and
+the water that has been put on the boughs has steamed the meat
+thoroughly. Then Chief Joseph comes and cuts it up, and every family
+gets a portion. I helped the squaws cook some wild carrots once (they
+cook them just as they do the bear, except that they let them cook all
+night), and Joseph said that I must not do squaws' work: that a brave
+must hunt, fish, fight, and take care of the horses; but a squaw must
+put up the tepees, cook, sew, make moccasins and clothes, tan the hides,
+and take care of the household goods.
+
+The boys take care of the horses. They catch them and drive them to and
+from their watering-places; and the rest of the time they hunt with bows
+and arrows (the boys don't have guns), and fish and play games. The
+Indian dogs are fine grouse- and pheasant-hunters, scenting the game
+from a long distance, and going and treeing them; and they will stay
+there and bark until the men come. The dogs are exactly like coyotes,
+except that they are smaller.
+
+[Illustration: ERSKINE WOOD--NAMED BY CHIEF JOSEPH "ISHEM-TUX-IL-PILP"
+OR "RED MOON"]
+
+Many people have said that the Indian is lazy. In the summer he takes
+care of his horses, hunts enough to keep fresh meat, fishes, and plays
+games. But in the fall, when they are getting their winter meat, they
+get up regularly every morning at two o'clock and start to hunt. And if
+the Indian has been successful, as he usually is, he seldom gets home
+before five o'clock. And the next morning it is the same thing, while
+hoar-frost is all over the ground. In the Fall Hunt, I was out in the
+mountains with them seventy-five miles from Nespilem (where Joseph's
+camp was, and about one hundred and fifty miles from the agency), and it
+was about the 15th of November; and if I had not gone home then, I would
+not have been able to go until spring. So Niky Mowitz brought me in to
+Nespilem, and we made the trip (seventy-six miles) in one day. We
+started at about eight o'clock in the morning, on our ponies. We had not
+been gone more than an hour when the dogs started a deer; we rode very
+fast, and tried to get a sight of it, but we couldn't.
+
+Chief Joseph did not go to the mountains with us on this hunt, and we
+reached his tent in Nespilem at about ten o'clock. When we got to the
+tent, one of Joseph's squaws cooked us some supper; and on the third day
+after that, I went to Wilbur, a little town on the railroad, and from
+there to Portland, where papa met me at the train.
+
+
+
+
+LITTLE MOCCASIN'S RIDE ON THE THUNDER-HORSE
+
+BY COLONEL GUIDO ILGES
+
+
+"LITTLE MOCCASIN" was, at the time we speak of, fourteen years old, and
+about as mischievous a boy as could be found anywhere in the Big Horn
+mountains. Unlike his comrades of the same age, who had already killed
+buffaloes and stolen horses from the white men and the Crow Indians,
+with whom Moccasin's tribe, the Uncapapas, were at war, he preferred to
+lie under a shady tree in the summer, or around the campfire in winter,
+listening to the conversation of the old men and women, instead of going
+upon expeditions with the warriors and the hunters.
+
+The Uncapapas are a very powerful and numerous tribe of the great Sioux
+Nation, and before Uncle Sam's soldiers captured and removed them, and
+before the Northern Pacific Railroad entered the territory of Montana,
+they occupied the beautiful valleys of the Rosebud, Big and Little Horn,
+Powder and Redstone rivers, all of which empty into the grand
+Yellowstone Valley. In those days, before the white man had set foot
+upon these grounds, there was plenty of game, such as buffalo, elk,
+antelope, deer, and bear; and, as the Uncapapas were great hunters and
+good shots, the camp of Indians to which Little Moccasin belonged always
+had plenty of meat to eat and plenty of robes and hides to sell and
+trade for horses and guns, for powder and ball, for sugar and coffee,
+and for paint and flour. Little Moccasin showed more appetite than any
+other Indian in camp. In fact, he was always hungry, and used to eat at
+all hours, day and night. Buffalo meat he liked the best, particularly
+the part taken from the hump, which is so tender that it almost melts in
+the mouth.
+
+When Indian boys have had a hearty dinner of good meat, they generally
+feel very happy and very lively. When hungry, they are sad and dull.
+
+This was probably the reason why Little Moccasin was always so full of
+mischief, and always inventing tricks to play upon the other boys. He
+was a precocious and observing youngster, full of quaint and original
+ideas--never at a loss for expedients.
+
+But he was once made to feel very sorry for having played a trick, and I
+must tell my young readers how it happened.
+
+"Running Antelope," one of the great warriors and the most noted orator
+of the tribe, had returned from a hunt, and Mrs. Antelope was frying for
+him a nice buffalo steak--about as large as two big fists--over the
+coals. Little Moccasin, who lived in the next street of tents, smelled
+the feast, and concluded that he would have some of it. In the darkness
+of the night he slowly and carefully crawled toward the spot where
+Mistress Antelope sat holding in one hand a long stick, at the end of
+which the steak was frying. Little Moccasin watched her closely, and,
+seeing that she frequently placed her other hand upon the ground beside
+her and leaned upon it for support, he soon formed a plan for making her
+drop the steak.
+
+He had once or twice in his life seen a pin, but he had never owned one,
+and he could not have known what use is sometimes made of them by bad
+white boys. He had noticed, however, that some of the leaves of the
+larger varieties of the prickly-pear cactus-plant are covered with many
+thorns, as long and as sharp as an ordinary pin.
+
+So when Mrs. Antelope again sat down and looked at the meat to see if it
+was done, he slyly placed half-a-dozen of the cactus leaves upon the
+very spot of ground upon which Mrs. Antelope had before rested her left
+hand.
+
+Then the young mischief crawled noiselessly into the shade and waited
+for his opportunity, which came immediately.
+
+When the unsuspecting Mrs. Antelope again leaned upon the ground, and
+felt the sharp points of the cactus leaves, she uttered a scream, and
+dropped from her other hand the stick and the steak, thinking only of
+relief from the sharp pain.
+
+Then, on the instant, the young rascal seized the stick and tried to run
+away with it. But Running Antelope caught him by his long hair, and gave
+him a severe whipping, declaring that he was a good-for-nothing boy, and
+calling him a "coffee-cooler" and a "squaw."
+
+The other boys, hearing the rumpus, came running up to see the fun, and
+they laughed and danced over poor Little Moccasin's distress. Often
+afterward they called him "coffee-cooler"; which meant that he was
+cowardly and faint-hearted, and that he preferred staying in camp
+around the fire, drinking coffee, to taking part in the manly sports of
+hunting and stealing expeditions.
+
+The night after the whipping, Little Moccasin could not sleep. The
+disgrace of the whipping and the name applied to him were too much for
+his vanity. He even lost his appetite, and refused some very nice
+prairie-dog stew which his mother offered him.
+
+He was thinking of something else. He must do something brave--perform
+some great deed which no other Indian had ever performed--in order to
+remove this stain upon his character.
+
+But what should it be? Should he go out alone and kill a bear? He had
+never fired a gun, and was afraid that the bear might eat him. Should he
+attack the Crow camp single-handed? No, no--not he; they would catch him
+and scalp him alive.
+
+All night long he was thinking and planning; but when daylight came, he
+had reached no conclusion. He must wait for the Great Spirit to give him
+some ideas.
+
+During the following day he refused all food and kept drawing his belt
+tighter and tighter around his waist every hour, till, by evening, he
+had reached the last notch. This method of appeasing the pangs of
+hunger, adopted by the Indians when they have nothing to eat, is said to
+be very effective.
+
+In a week's time Little Moccasin had grown almost as thin as a
+bean-pole, but no inspiration had yet revealed what he could do to
+redeem himself.
+
+About this time a roving band of Cheyennes, who had been down to the
+mouth of the Little Missouri, and beyond, entered the camp upon a
+friendly visit. Feasting and dancing were kept up day and night, in
+honor of the guests; but Little Moccasin lay hidden in the woods nearly
+all the time.
+
+During the night of the second day of their stay, he quietly stole to
+the rear of the great council-tepee, to listen to the pow-wow then going
+on. Perhaps he would there learn some words of wisdom which would give
+him an idea how to carry out his great undertaking.
+
+After "Black Catfish," the great Cheyenne warrior, had related in the
+flowery language of his tribe some reminiscences of his many fights and
+brave deeds, "Strong Heart" spoke. Then there was silence for many
+minutes, during which the pipe of peace made the rounds, each warrior
+taking two or three puffs, blowing the smoke through the nose, pointing
+toward heaven, and then handing the pipe to his left-hand neighbor.
+
+"Strong Heart," "Crazy Dog," "Bow-String," "Dog-Fox," and "Smooth
+Elkhorn" spoke of the country they had just passed through.
+
+Then again the pipe of peace was handed round, amid profound silence.
+
+"Black Pipe," who was bent and withered with the wear and exposure of
+seventy-nine winters, and who trembled like some leafless tree shaken by
+the wind, but who was sound in mind and memory, then told the Uncapapas,
+for the first time, of the approach of a great number of white men, who
+were measuring the ground with long chains, and who were being followed
+by "Thundering Horses" and "Houses on Wheels." (He was referring to the
+surveying parties of the Northern Pacific Railway Company, who were just
+then at work on the crossing of the Little Missouri.)
+
+With heart beating wildly, Little Moccasin listened to this strange
+story and then retired to his own blankets in his father's tepee.
+
+Now he had found the opportunity he so long had sought! He would go
+across the mountains, all by himself, look at the thundering horses and
+the houses on wheels. He then would know more than any one in the tribe,
+and return to the camp,--a hero!
+
+At early morn, having provided himself with a bow and a quiver full of
+arrows, without informing any one of his plan he stole out of camp, and,
+running at full speed, crossed the nearest mountain to the East.
+
+Allowing himself little time for rest, pushing forward by day and night,
+and after fording many of the smaller mountain-streams, on the evening
+of the third day of his travel he came upon what he believed to be a
+well-traveled road. But--how strange!--there were two endless iron rails
+lying side by side upon the ground. Such a curious sight he had never
+beheld. There were also large poles, with glass caps, and connected by
+wire, standing along the roadside. What could all this mean?
+
+Poor Little Moccasin's brain became so bewildered that he hardly noticed
+the approach of a freight-train drawn by the "Thundering Horse."
+
+There was a shrill, long-drawn whistle, and immense clouds of black
+smoke; and the Thundering Horse was sniffing and snorting at a great
+rate, emitting from its nostrils large streams of steaming vapor.
+Besides all this, the earth, in the neighborhood of where Little
+Moccasin stood, shook and trembled as if in great fear; and to him the
+terrible noises the horse made were perfectly appalling.
+
+Gradually the snorts, and the puffing, and the terrible noise lessened,
+until, all at once, they entirely ceased. The train had come to a
+stand-still at a watering tank, where the Thundering Horse was given its
+drink.
+
+The rear car, or "House on Wheels," as old Black Pipe had called it,
+stood in close proximity to Little Moccasin,--who, in his bewilderment
+and fright at the sight of these strange moving houses, had been unable
+to move a step.
+
+But as no harm had come to him from the terrible monster, Moccasin's
+heart, which had sunk down to the region of his toes, began to rise
+again; and the curiosity inherent in every Indian boy mastered fear.
+
+He moved up, and down, and around the great House on Wheels; then he
+touched it in many places, first with the tip-end of one finger, and
+finally with both hands. If he could only detach a small piece from the
+house to take back to camp with him as a trophy and as a proof of his
+daring achievement! But it was too solid, and all made of heavy wood and
+iron.
+
+At the rear end of the train there was a ladder, which the now brave
+Little Moccasin ascended with the quickness of a squirrel to see what
+there was on top.
+
+It was gradually growing dark, and suddenly he saw (as he really
+believed) the full moon approaching him. He did not know that it was the
+headlight of a locomotive coming from the opposite direction.
+
+Absorbed in this new and glorious sight, he did not notice the starting
+of his own car, until it was too late, for, while the car moved, he
+dared not let go his hold upon the brake-wheel.
+
+There he was, being carried with lightning speed into a far-off, unknown
+country, over bridges, by the sides of deep ravines, and along the
+slopes of steep mountains.
+
+But the Thundering Horse never tired nor grew thirsty again during the
+entire night.
+
+At last, soon after the break of day, there came the same shrill whistle
+which had frightened him so much on the previous day; and, soon after,
+the train stopped at Miles City.
+
+But, unfortunately for our little hero, there were a great many white
+people in sight; and he was compelled to lie flat upon the roof of his
+car, in order to escape notice. He had heard so much of the cruelty of
+the white men that he dared not trust himself among them.
+
+Soon they started again, and Little Moccasin was compelled to proceed on
+his involuntary journey, which took him away from home and into unknown
+dangers.
+
+At noon, the cars stopped on the open prairie to let Thundering Horse
+drink again. Quickly, and without being detected by any of the trainmen,
+he dropped to the ground from his high and perilous position. Then the
+train left him--all alone in an unknown country.
+
+Alone? Not exactly; for, within a few minutes, half a dozen Crow
+Indians, mounted on swift ponies, are by his side, and are lashing him
+with whips and lassoes.
+
+He has fallen into the hands of the deadliest enemies of his tribe, and
+has been recognized by the cut of his hair and the shape of his
+moccasins.
+
+When they tired of their sport in beating poor Little Moccasin so
+cruelly, they dismounted and tied his hands behind his back.
+
+Then they sat down upon the ground to have a smoke and to deliberate
+about the treatment of the captive.
+
+During the very severe whipping, and while they were tying his hands,
+though it gave him great pain, Little Moccasin never uttered a groan.
+Indian-like, he had made up his mind to "die game," and not to give his
+enemies the satisfaction of gloating over his sufferings. This, as will
+be seen, saved his life.
+
+The leader of the Crows, "Iron Bull," was in favor of burning the hated
+Uncapapa at a stake, then and there; but "Spotted Eagle," "Blind Owl,"
+and "Hungry Wolf" called attention to the youth and bravery of the
+captive, who had endured the lashing without any sign of fear. Then the
+two other Crows took the same view. This decided poor Moccasin's fate;
+and he understood it all, although he did not speak the Crow language,
+for he was a great sign-talker, and had watched them very closely during
+their council.
+
+Blind Owl, who seemed the most kind-hearted of the party, lifted the boy
+upon his pony, Blind Owl himself getting up in front, and they rode at
+full speed westward to their large encampment, where they arrived after
+sunset.
+
+Little Moccasin was then relieved of his bonds, which had benumbed his
+hands during the long ride, and a large dish of boiled meat was given to
+him. This, in his famished condition, he relished very much. An old
+squaw, one of the wives of Blind Owl, and a Sioux captive, took pity on
+him, and gave him a warm place with plenty of blankets in her own tepee,
+where he enjoyed a good rest.
+
+During his stay with the Crows, Little Moccasin was made to do the work,
+which usually falls to the lot of the squaws; and which was imposed upon
+him as a punishment upon a brave enemy, designed to break his proud
+spirit. He was treated as a slave, made to haul wood and draw water, do
+the cooking, and clean game. Many of the Crow boys wanted to kill him,
+but his foster-mother, "Old Looking-Glass," protected him; and, besides,
+they feared that the soldiers of Fort Custer might hear of it, if he was
+killed, and punish them.
+
+Many weeks thus passed, and the poor little captive grew more despondent
+and weaker in body every day. Often his foster-mother would talk to him
+in his own language, and tell him to be of good cheer; but he was
+terribly homesick and longed to get back to the mountains on the
+Rosebud, to tell the story of his daring and become the hero which he
+had started out to be.
+
+One night, after everybody had gone to sleep in camp, and the fires had
+gone out, Old Looking-Glass, who had seemed to be soundly sleeping,
+approached his bed and gently touched his face. Looking up, he saw that
+she held a forefinger pressed against her lips, intimating that he must
+keep silence, and that she was beckoning him to go outside.
+
+There she soon joined him; then, putting her arm around his neck, she
+hastened out of the camp and across the nearest hills.
+
+When they had gone about five miles away from camp, they came upon a
+pretty little mouse-colored pony, which Old Looking-Glass had hidden
+there for Little Moccasin on the previous day.
+
+She made him mount the pony, which she called "Blue Wing," and bade him
+fly toward the rising sun, where he would find white people who would
+protect and take care of him.
+
+[Illustration: "THEY CAME UPON A PRETTY LITTLE MOUSE-COLORED PONY"]
+
+Old Looking-Glass then kissed Little Moccasin upon both cheeks and the
+forehead, while the tears ran down her wrinkled face; she also folded
+her hands upon her breast and, looking up to the heavens, said a prayer,
+in which she asked the Great Spirit to protect and save the poor boy in
+his flight.
+
+After she had whispered some indistinct words into the ear of Blue Wing
+(who seemed to understand her, for he nodded his head approvingly), she
+bade Little Moccasin be off, and advised him not to rest this side of
+the white man's settlement, as the Crows would soon discover his
+absence, and would follow him on their fleetest ponies.
+
+"But Blue Wing will save you! He can outrun them all!"
+
+These were her parting words, as he galloped away.
+
+In a short time the sun rose over the nearest hill, and Little Moccasin
+then knew that he was going in the right direction. He felt very happy
+to be free again, although sorry to leave behind his kind-hearted
+foster-mother, Looking-Glass. He made up his mind that after a few
+years, when he had grown big and become a warrior, he would go and
+capture her from the hated Crows and take her to his own tepee.
+
+He was so happy in this thought that he had not noticed how swiftly
+time passed, and that already the sun stood over his head; neither had
+he urged Blue Wing to run his swiftest; but that good little animal kept
+up a steady dog-trot, without, as yet, showing the least sign of being
+tired.
+
+But what was the sudden noise which was heard behind him? Quickly he
+turned his head, and, to his horror, he beheld about fifty mounted Crows
+coming toward him at a run, and swinging in their hands guns, pistols,
+clubs, and knives!
+
+His old enemy, Iron Bull, was in advance, and under his right arm he
+carried a long lance, with which he intended to spear Little Moccasin.
+
+Moccasin's heart stood still for a moment with fear; he knew that this
+time they would surely kill him if caught. He seemed to have lost all
+power of action.
+
+Nearer and nearer came Iron Bull, shouting at the top of his voice.
+
+But Blue Wing now seemed to understand the danger of Moccasin's
+situation; he pricked up his ears, snorted a few times, made several
+short jumps, fully to arouse Moccasin, who remained paralyzed with fear,
+and then, like a bird, fairly flew over the prairie, as if his little
+hoofs were not touching the ground.
+
+Little Moccasin, too, was now awakened to his peril, and he patted and
+encouraged Blue Wing; while, from time to time, he looked back over his
+shoulder to watch the approach of Iron Bull.
+
+Thus they went, on and on; over ditches and streams, rocks and hills,
+through gulches and valleys. Blue Wing was doing nobly, but the pace
+could not last forever.
+
+Iron Bull was now only about five hundred yards behind and gaining on
+him.
+
+Little Moccasin felt the cold sweat pouring down his face. He had no
+firearm, or he would have stopped to shoot at Iron Bull.
+
+Blue Wing's whole body seemed to tremble beneath his young rider, as if
+the pony was making a last desperate effort, before giving up from
+exhaustion.
+
+Unfortunately, Little Moccasin did not know how to pray, or he might
+have found some comfort and help thereby; but in those moments, when a
+terrible death was so near to him, he did the next best thing: he
+thought of his mother and his father, of his little sisters and
+brothers, and also of Looking-Glass, his kind old foster-mother.
+
+Then he felt better and was imbued with fresh courage. He again looked
+back, gave one loud, defiant yell at Iron Bull, and then went out of
+sight over some high ground.
+
+Ki-yi-yi-yi! There is the railroad station just in front, only about
+three hundred yards away. He sees white men around the buildings, who
+will protect him.
+
+At this moment Blue Wing utters one deep groan, stumbles, and falls to
+the ground. Fortunately, though, Little Moccasin has received no hurt.
+He jumps up, and runs toward the station as fast as his weary legs can
+carry him.
+
+At this very moment Iron Bull with several of his braves came in sight
+again, and, realizing the helpless condition of the boy, they all gave a
+shout of joy, thinking that in a few minutes they would capture and kill
+him.
+
+But their shouting had been heard by some of the white men, who at once
+concluded to protect the boy, if he deserved aid.
+
+Little Moccasin and Iron Bull reached the door of the station-building
+at nearly the same moment; but the former had time enough to dart inside
+and hide under the table of the telegraph operator.
+
+When Iron Bull and several other Crows rushed in to pull the boy from
+underneath the table, the operator quickly took from the table drawer a
+revolver, and with it drove the murderous Crows from the premises.
+
+Then the boy had to tell his story, and he was believed. All took pity
+upon his forlorn condition, and his brave flight made them his friends.
+
+In the evening Blue Wing came up to where Little Moccasin was resting
+and awaiting the arrival of the next train, which was to take him back
+to his own home.
+
+Then they both were put aboard a lightning-express train, which took
+them to within a short distance of the old camp on the Rosebud.
+
+When Little Moccasin arrived at his father's tepee, riding beautiful
+Blue Wing, now rested and frisky, the whole camp flocked around him; and
+when he told them of his great daring, of his capture and his escape,
+Running Antelope, the big warrior of the Uncapapas and the most noted
+orator of the tribe, proclaimed him a true hero, and then and there
+begged his pardon for having called him a "coffee-cooler." In the
+evening Little Moccasin was honored by a great feast, and the name of
+"Rushing Lightning," _Wakee-wata-keepee_, was bestowed upon him--and by
+that name he is known to this day.
+
+
+
+
+THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE FIRST WOMAN
+
+AN INDIAN LEGEND
+
+BY WILLIAM M. CARY
+
+          [This story has been told to the children of the
+          Dacotah Indians for very many years, having been
+          handed down from generation to generation; and it
+          is now listened to by Indian children with as much
+          interest as it excited in the red-skinned boys and
+          girls of a thousand years ago.]
+
+
+ON the bank of one of the many branches of the Missouri River--or "Big
+Muddy," as it is called by the Indians on account of the color of its
+waters--there lived a little boy and a little girl. These children were
+very small indeed, being no bigger than a man's finger, but very
+handsome, well formed, and also quite strong, considering their size.
+There were no men and women in the world at that time, and none of the
+people who told the story knew how these two small folk came to be
+living on the banks of the river. Some persons thought that they might
+have been little beavers, or little turtles, who were so smart that
+they turned into a boy and a girl; but nothing about this is known for
+certain. These small people lived in a tiny lodge near the river,
+feeding upon the berries that grew along the shore. These were of great
+variety and many delicious flavors. There were wild currants,
+raspberries, gooseberries, service-berries, wild plums and grapes; and
+of most of these, one was sufficient to make a meal for both of the
+children.
+
+The little girl was very fond of the boy, and watched over and tended
+him with great care. She made him a tiny bow from a blade of grass, with
+arrows to match, and he hunted grasshoppers, crickets, butterflies, and
+many other small creatures. She then made him a hunting-shirt, or coat,
+from the skin of a humming-bird, ornamented with brilliant little stones
+and tiny shells found in the sand. She loved him so dearly that no work
+was too much when done for him.
+
+[Illustration: TELLING THE STORY OF THE LITTLE FIRST MAN AND THE LITTLE
+FIRST WOMAN]
+
+One day he was out hunting on the prairie; and, feeling tired from an
+unusually long tramp, he lay down to rest and soon fell fast asleep. The
+wind began to rise, after the heat of the day; but this made him sleep
+the sounder, and he knew nothing of the storm that was threatening. The
+clouds rolled over from the northwestern horizon, like an army of
+blankets torn and ragged. With flashing lightning, the thunder-god let
+loose his powers, and peal after peal went echoing loudly through the
+canyons, up over the hills, and down into prairies where the quaking-asp
+shivered, the willows waved, and the tall blue-grass rolled, as the
+wind passed over, like a tempest-tossed sea. Only the stubborn aloes,
+the Spanish-bayonet, and the prickly-pears kept their position. But the
+storm was as brief as it was violent; and, gradually subsiding, it
+passed to the southeast, leaving nothing but a bank of clouds behind the
+horizon. Everything was drenched by the heavy rain. The flowers hung
+their heads, or lay crushed from the weight of water on their tender
+petals, vainly struggling to rise and rejoice that the storm had passed
+away. The sage-brush looked more silvery than ever, clothed with myriads
+of rain-drops, which beaded its tiny leaves. Through all the storm our
+little hero slept, the feathers of his hunting-coat wet and flattened by
+the rain. When the sun came out again and shone upon him, it dried and
+shriveled this little coat until it cracked and fell off him like the
+shell of an egg from a newly hatched chicken. He soon began to feel
+uncomfortable, and woke up. Evening was fast approaching; the blue-jay
+chattered, the prairie-chicken was calling its young brood to rest under
+its wings for the night, the cricket had at last sung himself to sleep,
+and all nature seemed to be getting ready for a long rest. Our boy,
+however, had no thought of further sleep. His active mind was thinking
+how he could revenge himself upon the sun for his treatment of him, in
+thus ruining his coat. The shadows on the plains deepened into gloom and
+darkness, but still he thought and planned out his revenge. Early in the
+morning he started for home. The little girl had been anxiously watching
+for him all night, and came out to meet him, much rejoiced at his safe
+return; but when she saw the condition of his coat, on which she had
+labored with so much care and love, she was very much grieved. Her tears
+only made him more angry with the sun, and he set himself to planning
+with greater determination by what means he could annoy this enemy. At
+last a bright idea struck him, and he at once told it to the girl. She
+was delighted, and admired him the more for his shrewdness. They soon
+put their plans into practice, and began plaiting a rope of grasses.
+
+This was a great undertaking, as the rope had to be very long. Many
+moons came and went before this rope was finished, and, when the task
+was completed, the next thing to be considered was, how they should
+carry or transport it to the place where the sun rises in the morning.
+This question puzzled them greatly, for the rope was very large and
+heavy, and the distance was very great.
+
+[Illustration: "HE HUNTED GRASSHOPPERS"]
+
+All the animals at that time were very small tween compared to the
+field-mouse, which was then the largest quadruped in the whole world,
+twice the size of any buffalo. The horse, or, as the Indians call it,
+"shungatonga," meaning elk-dog, did not then exist. It was a long time
+before the children could find a field-mouse to whom they could appeal
+for aid. At last they found one at home, sitting comfortably under an
+immense fern.
+
+[Illustration: "AT HOME, UNDER AN IMMENSE FERN"]
+
+The little boy then went up to him, and, after relating his troubles,
+asked if he would assist in carrying the rope. Mountains had to be
+crossed, rivers swum or forded, according to their depth, wide expanses
+of prairie to be passed over, forests skirted, swamps waded, and lakes
+circled before the rope and its makers could reach the place where the
+sun rises. The field-mouse, after much consideration, agreed to help the
+pair, and they began their preparations by winding the rope into a great
+coil, which they packed on the back of the field-mouse. On the top of
+this the boy and girl seated themselves, and the journey began. When
+they came to a river which must be crossed by swimming, the rope was
+taken off the mouse and unwound; then he would take one end in his
+mouth, and swim to the other side, letting it trail out after him as he
+swam. This performance had to be repeated many times before the whole
+rope was landed on the opposite bank. When this was done, he had to swim
+across again and fetch the little pair, seating them on his forehead.
+
+[Illustration: ON THE JOURNEY]
+
+It was hard work for the mouse, but the little boy encouraged him to his
+work by promises of reward and compliments on his extraordinary
+strength. The high mountains were crossed with great toil, and while
+they were on the dry plains the travelers suffered for want of water.
+The sun had dried up everything, and it almost seemed as if he
+understood their object, for he poured down upon them his hottest rays.
+Several changes of the seasons, and many moons, had come and gone before
+they reached the dense forest from behind which the sun was accustomed
+to rise. They managed to arrive at this big forest at night, so that the
+sun should not see them, and then they screened themselves in the woods,
+resting there for several days. When, at last, they felt rested and
+refreshed, they began their work at nightfall, and the first thing they
+did was to uncoil the rope. The little boy then took one end of it in
+his teeth, and climbed up one of the trees at the extreme edge of the
+woods, where he spread it out in the branches, making loops and
+slip-knots here and there all over, from one tree to another, until the
+rope looked like an immense net. Then the mouse, finding his services no
+longer needed, left them and wandered far away.
+
+[Illustration: THE FIELD-MOUSE CARRYING THE LITTLE PAIR ACROSS A RIVER]
+
+As morning approached, the two children quitted the wood, everything
+being in readiness, and retired to a distance to watch the result of
+their work. Soon they espied a pale light gleaming behind the forest and
+gradually becoming brighter and brighter. On came the sun, rolling up in
+all his grandeur and fast approaching the rope, while the two little
+hearts were beating quickly down below. In a moment he had reached the
+network of rope, and then, before he knew it, he was entangled in its
+meshes, and found himself thoroughly entrapped! What a proud moment for
+our hero! He compared his own size with that of the sun, and his delight
+seemed beyond bounds as he and the little girl watched the sun
+struggling to free himself, getting red with fury and rage, and pouring
+out his burning heat on all surrounding things. The leaves shriveled and
+dropped from the trees, the branches could be seen to smoke, the grass
+curled up and withered, and at last the forest began to burn as the heat
+became more intense. It seemed as if all nature was on fire. The joy of
+the children now turned into fear. The elk, deer, and buffalo came
+rushing out of the woods. The birds circled, shrieking and crying, and
+all living things seemed wild with fear.
+
+[Illustration: THE CONSULTATION]
+
+At last the field-mouse called the animals together for a consultation
+as to what was best to be done. They held a brief council, for no time
+could be lost. The elk spoke up and said that as the mouse had gone to
+so much trouble to carry the rope to entrap the sun, he was the one who
+ought to set him free from his entanglement. This was generally agreed
+to, and, besides, the field-mouse was the largest animal, and had such
+sharp and strong teeth that it would be easy for him to gnaw through any
+rope.
+
+It was getting hotter and hotter: something must be done quickly. The
+sun was blazing with rage! The field-mouse finally yielded to the wishes
+of his fellow-animals; and, rushing into the wood, through the terrible
+heat and smoke, he gnawed the rope, but in doing so was melted down to
+his present size. The sun then rapidly arose, and everything soon became
+all right again.
+
+The fact of the little man trapping the sun and causing so much mischief
+proved his superiority over the other animals, and they have feared him
+ever since. And, according to the Indian belief, this little man and
+little woman were the father and mother of all the tribes of men.
+
+
+
+
+FUN AMONG THE RED BOYS
+
+BY JULIAN RALPH
+
+
+VARIOUS as are the customs of the Indians, it is their savage, warlike
+natures that we are most apt to remember. Few of us, in fact, ever think
+of Indian children at all, except at the sight of a picture of them.
+Little has been told or written about the boy and girl red folk, and it
+would puzzle most of my readers to say what they suppose these children
+of nature look like, or do to amuse themselves, or how they are brought
+up. It will astonish most city people to hear that red children are very
+like white children, just as a lady who was out on the plains a few
+years ago was astonished to find that they had skins as smooth and soft
+as any lady's--no, smoother and softer than that: as delicate and lovely
+as any dear little baby's here in New York. This lady was visiting the
+Blackfeet in my company, and she was so surprised, when she happened to
+touch one little red boy's bare arm, that she went about pinching a
+dozen chubby-faced boys and girls to make herself sure that all their
+skins were like the coats of ripe peaches to the touch.
+
+Whether the Indians really love their children, or know what genuine
+love or affection is, I cannot say; but they are so proud and careful of
+their little ones that it amounts to the same thing so far as the
+youngsters are concerned. Boy babies are always most highly prized,
+because they will grow up into warriors.
+
+The little that is taught to Indian boys must seem to them much more
+like fun than instruction. They must hear the fairy stories and the
+gabble of the medicine-men or conjurers, and the tales of bloody fights
+and brave and cunning deeds which make the histories of their tribes.
+They learn not to take what does not belong to them unless it belongs to
+an enemy. They learn not to be impudent to any one stronger and bigger
+than themselves; they learn how to track animals and men, how to go
+without food when there is not any, how to eat up all there is _at once_
+when any food is to be had, how to ride and shoot and run and paddle,
+and smoke very mild tobacco. As for the rest, they "just grow," like
+Topsy, and are as emotional and fanciful and wilful as any very little
+white child ever was. They never get over being so. The older they grow
+to be, the older children they become, for they are all very much like
+spoiled children as long as they live.
+
+The first Indians I ever saw, outside of a show, were boys at play. They
+were Onondagas, on their reservation near Syracuse, New York. They were
+big boys of from sixteen to twenty years old, and the game they were
+playing was "snow-snakes." The earth was covered with snow, and by
+dragging a stout log through this covering they had made a narrow gutter
+or trough about 500 or 700 feet long. Each youth had his snow-snake,
+which is a stick about eight feet long, and shaped something like a
+spear. All the snow-snakes were alike, less than an inch wide, half an
+inch thick, flat on the under side, rounded on top, and with a very
+slight turn upward at the point to suggest a serpent's head. The
+"snakes" were all smoothed and of heavy hard wood. The game was to see
+who could send his the farthest along the gutter in the snow. The young
+men grasped their snakes at the very end, ran a few steps, and shot the
+sticks along the trough. As one after another sped along the snow, the
+serpent-like heads kept bobbing up and down over the rough surface of
+the gutter precisely like so many snakes. I bought a snow-snake, but,
+though I have tried again and again, I cannot get the knack of throwing
+it.
+
+[Illustration: ONONDAGA INDIAN BOYS PLAYING AT "SNOW-SNAKES"]
+
+But I have since seen Indian boys of many tribes at play, and one time I
+saw more than a hundred and fifty "let loose," as our own children are
+in a country school-yard at recess. To be sure, theirs is a perpetual
+recess, and they were at home among the tents of their people, the
+Canada Blackfeet, on the plains, within sight of the Rocky Mountains.
+The smoke-browned tepees, crowned with projecting pole-ends, and painted
+with figures of animals and with gaudy patterns, were set around in a
+great circle, and the children were playing in the open, grassy space in
+the center. Their fathers and mothers were as wild as any Indians,
+except one or two tribes, on the continent, but nothing of their savage
+natures showed in these merry, lively, laughing, bright-faced little
+ragamuffins. At their play they laughed and screamed and hallooed. Some
+were running foot-races, some were wrestling, some were on the backs of
+scampering ponies; for they are sometimes put on horseback when they are
+no more than three years old. Such were their sports, for Indian boys
+play games to make them sure of aim, certain of foot, quick in motion,
+and supple in body, so that they can shoot and fight and ride and hunt
+and run well. To be able to run fast is a necessary accomplishment for
+an Indian. What they call "runners" are important men in every tribe.
+They are the messenger men, and many a one among them has run a hundred
+miles in a day. They cultivate running by means of foot-races. In war
+they agree with the poet who sang:
+
+          "For he who fights and runs away
+           May live to fight another day";
+
+and afterward, if they were taken prisoners, they had a chance for life,
+in the old days, if they could run fast enough to escape their captors
+and the spears and bullets of their pursuers.
+
+A very popular game that attracted most of the Blackfeet boys was the
+throwing of darts, or little white hand-arrows, along the grass. The
+game was to see who could throw his arrow farthest in a straight line.
+At times the air was full of the white missiles where the boys were
+playing, and they fell like rain upon the grass.
+
+In another part of the field were some larger boys with rude bows with
+which to shoot these same darts. These boys were playing a favorite
+Blackfeet game. Each one had a disk or solid wheel of sheet-iron or
+lead, and the game was to see who could roll his disk the farthest,
+while all the others shot at it to tip it over and bring it to a stop.
+The boys made splendid shots at the swift-moving little wheels, and from
+greater distances than you would imagine.
+
+They play with arrows so frequently that it is no wonder they are good
+marksmen; yet you would be surprised to see how frequently they bring
+down the birds, rabbits, and gophers which abound on the plains. The
+houses of these plump little drab-colored creatures are holes in the
+turf, and as you ride along the plains you will see them everywhere
+around, sitting up on their haunches with their tiny fore paws held idle
+and limp before them, and their bead-like, bright eyes looking at you
+most trustingly--until you come just so near, when pop! suddenly down
+goes little Mr. Gopher in his hole. You may be sure the Indian boys find
+great sport in shooting at these comical little creatures. But the boys
+take a mean advantage of the fact that the restless gophers cannot stay
+still in one place any great length of time. When one pops into a hole
+it is only for a minute, and during that minute the Indian boy softly
+and deftly arranges a snare around the hole, so that when the gopher
+pops up again the snare can be jerked and the animal captured.
+
+We gave the boys in the Blackfeet camp great sport by standing at a
+distance of a hundred yards from all of them and offering a silver
+quarter to whichever boy got to us first. You should have seen the
+stampede that followed the signal, "Go!" Blankets were dropped,
+moccasins fell off, boys stumbled and others fell atop of them, their
+black locks flew in the breeze, and the air was noisy with yelling and
+laughter.
+
+These boys spin tops, but their "top-time" is the winter, when snow is
+on the ground and is crusted hard. Their tops are made of lead or some
+other metal, and are mere little circular plates which they cover with
+red flannel and ornament with tiny knots or wisps of cord all around the
+edges. These are spun with whips and look very pretty on the icy white
+playgrounds. Nearly all Indian boys play ball, but not as we do, for
+their only idea of the game is the girlish one of pitching and catching.
+All their games are the simplest, and lack the rules which we lay down
+to make our sports difficult and exciting.
+
+The boys of the Papago tribe in the Southwest have a game which the
+fellows in Harvard and Yale would form rules about, if they played it,
+until it became very lively indeed. These Indian boys make dumb-bells of
+woven buckskin or rawhide. They weave them tight and stiff, and then
+soak them in a sort of red mud which sticks like paint. They dry them,
+and then the queer toys are ready for use. To play the game they mark
+off goals, one for each band or "side" of players. The object of each
+side is to send its dumb-bells over to the goal of the enemy. The
+dumb-bells are tossed with sticks that are thrust under them as they lie
+on the ground. The perverse things will not go straight or far, and a
+rod is a pretty good throw for one. The sport quickly grows exciting,
+and the players are soon battling in a heap, almost as if they were
+playing at foot-ball.
+
+[Illustration: "YOU SHOULD HAVE SEEN THE STAMPEDE THAT FOLLOWED THE
+SIGNAL, 'GO!'"]
+
+These are games that will not wear out while there are Indian boys to
+play them. On the oldest reservations, where even the grandfathers of
+the Indians now alive were shut up and fed by their government, the boys
+still play the old games. But wherever one travels to-day, even among
+the wildest tribes, a new era is seen to have begun as the result of
+the Indian schools, and Indian boys are being taught things more useful
+than any they ever knew before. The brightest boys in the various tribes
+are selected to be sent to these schools, and it is hoped that what they
+learn will make all the others anxious to imitate white men's ways.
+
+[Illustration: COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN
+BOY]
+
+
+
+
+THE CHILDREN OF ZUNI
+
+BY MARIA BRACE KIMBALL
+
+          "Little Indian, Sioux or Crow,
+           Little frosty Eskimo,
+           Little Turk or Japanee,
+           Oh, don't you wish that you were me?"
+
+
+SO says the well-fed, well-dressed, well-housed little Scotchman in
+Robert Louis Stevenson's rhyme. But I don't believe that the small
+Indians of Zuni would care at all to change places with the little "me"
+of Edinburgh or New York. In their village of mud and stone, on the
+sunny plains of New Mexico, they have lived for centuries in perfect
+contentment. Fine houses, green parks, and merry streets would be
+nothing to them; hats and parasols, candies and ice-cream would make
+them stare; and mere cleanliness would only astonish them. Indeed, if
+they saw us washing our faces and brushing our hair every day, they
+would probably one and all cry out in Zuni words:
+
+          "Oh, don't you wish that you were _me_?"
+
+The little half-civilized children of Zuni so aroused our curiosity that
+we drove through forty miles of sand and sage-brush, from the railroad
+at Fort Wingate, to pay them a visit. As the Indians do not provide for
+travelers, we took our hotel with us--tents, beds, and food--and camped
+just outside their village. The village looks like a huge beehive made
+of clay and stuck fast to the top of a sandy knoll. The hive is filled
+with a mass of cells--three hundred single rooms, placed side by side
+and piled in rows one on top of another. In each of these rooms lives a
+Zuni family. There are no inside stairways leading from story to story,
+but if the boys and girls living in one row wish to pay a visit to a
+house above them, they must go outdoors and climb a ladder. On the slope
+between the village and the Zuni River are a number of small
+vegetable-gardens, each one inclosed by a mud wall. Zuni has no inns, no
+shops, no saloons, not even proper streets, but only narrow alleys that
+thread their way through the strange town. As we walked through the
+village, all the world came out to see us. Girls and boys clustered on
+the roofs or sat on the ovens,--queer little cones of mud which seem to
+grow up out of the house-tops,--while fathers, mothers, and babies
+peered out from dark doorways, to stare at the visitors. When we had
+finished our tour of the roofs and alleys, we were hospitably invited
+indoors; even there the children followed us, and as we glanced up to a
+hole in the ceiling which served as a window, a girl's laughing face
+filled the opening. We must have looked strange enough in our hats and
+gloves and long skirts.
+
+The Zuni child spends his early days in a cradle. But a cradle in
+Zuni-land does not mean down pillows, silken coverlets, and fluffy
+laces; it is only a flat board, just the length of the baby, with a hood
+like a doll's buggy-top over the head. Upon this hard bed the baby is
+bound like a mummy--the coverings wound round and round him until the
+little fellow cannot move except to open his mouth and eyes. Sometimes
+he is unrolled, and looks out into the bare whitewashed room, blinks at
+the fire burning on the hearth, and fixes his eyes earnestly on the wolf
+and cougar skins that serve as chairs and beds and carpets in the Zuni
+home.
+
+[Illustration: A ZUNI FAMILY ON THE MARCH]
+
+By the time he is two or three years old, he has grown into a plump
+little bronze creature, with the straightest of coarse black hair and
+the biggest and roundest of black eyes. He is now out of the cradle, and
+trots about the house and the village. When the weather is bad he wears
+a small coarse shirt, and always a necklace of beads or turquoise.
+
+As he grows older, he adds a pair of loose cotton trousers to his
+costume, and, if anything more is needed to keep him warm, he girds on
+his blanket, just as his forefathers have done in all the three hundred
+years since white men first knew the Zunis. His long hair, either flying
+loosely in the wind or tied back with a band of some red stuff, serves
+him both as hair and as hat.
+
+His little sister, however, has a more elaborate dress. Her mama weaves
+it for her, as she does her own, in a rude loom. She makes two square
+blankets of black cotton, finishes them neatly across top and bottom,
+sews them together at the sides with red yarn, and the dress is ready to
+try on. It always fits perfectly, as the part which forms the skirt is
+simply held in place by a sash, and the waist is made by drawing two
+corners of the blankets up over the left shoulder. The sash, woven in
+gay colors, is also the work of Mama Zuni. A long, narrow piece of
+cotton cloth is draped from the other shoulder, and swings easily about,
+serving as pocket, shawl, or pinafore. In cold weather, moccasins,
+leggings, and blankets are also worn. These articles, too, are made at
+home. While the mother is the dressmaker and tailor, the father is the
+family shoemaker. A few of the Zuni girls have dresses like those of
+American girls. These clothes have come to them through the
+mission-school which adjoins the village.
+
+The Zunis have a language of their own--no very easy one for boys and
+girls to learn, judging from its many-syllabled, harsh-sounding words.
+They also speak a little Spanish, as does nearly everybody in New
+Mexico.
+
+The little Zunis amuse themselves with running, wrestling, jumping, and
+playing at grown folks, just as civilized children do. They have their
+bows and arrows, their rag-dolls,--strapped like real babies to
+cradles,--and their shinny sticks and balls. The children also make
+themselves useful at home. The older girls take care of their younger
+brothers and sisters, and the boys tend the goats. There are large herds
+of goats belonging to the village, and they must be taken every morning
+to graze on the plain, and brought home at night to be shut up in the
+corrals, or folds, safe from prowling wolves.
+
+The little children often go with their mothers to draw water from the
+village well, about a hundred yards from the houses. At the top of a
+flight of stone steps they wait, playing about in the sand, while their
+mothers go down to the spring. There the women fill the jars, then,
+poising them on their heads, climb the hill and mount the ladders to
+their homes. As all the water used by the village has to be brought to
+it in these _ollas_ (water-jars), carried on the women's heads, it is
+not surprising that the boys' clothes are grimy and the girls have
+apparently never known what it is to wash their faces.
+
+The _ollas_, which answer the purpose of family china and of
+kitchen-ware, are made by the Zuni women from the clay of the
+river-bank. The wet earth is shaped by hand into jars of all sorts and
+sizes; the jars are then painted with gay colors, in queer patterns, and
+burned. It is a pretty sight, of an evening, to see the fires of the
+kilns dotted all over the terraces of the village. Each piece of pottery
+is shut up inside a little wall of chips, which are set on fire; when
+the chips are burned up, the article is baked and ready for use. The
+Zuni mamas make not only the jars for family use, but also clay toys for
+the children, curious rattles, dolls' moccasins, owls, eagles, horses,
+and other childish treasures.
+
+[Illustration: ON THE WAY TO FORT WINGATE]
+
+The Zuni has learned that American coffee and tobacco are better than
+Indian herb tea and willow bark. As he must have ready money in order to
+buy such articles, he has contrived various ways of earning a few
+_reales_ (Spanish for shillings). When spring comes and the snows have
+melted, he collects the jars and bowls and trinkets that have been made
+during the winter, ties them up in the several corners of his blanket,
+and trudges off to market at Fort Wingate, forty miles away. Bows and
+arrows, and canes made from a singular cactus which grows near Zuni, are
+also added to the stock in trade. If the Indian is lucky enough to own a
+burro, he and one of the boys mount the patient creature, while the
+family, big and little, with some of the neighbors, complete the party.
+Once in the garrison, the Zuni family need only walk up and down to
+advertise their wares; the boys and girls help to carry the jars, while
+the babies follow. The group, with its bright blankets and gay
+pottery, soon attracts attention and sales begin on the sidewalks and
+verandas. Little is said by the Zuni merchants, but when the bargaining
+is finished, they stand silent, waiting with a hungry look for the usual
+invitation to the kitchen. There, seated in a circle on the floor, they
+gratefully eat and drink whatever is set before them. Their store of
+words does not include "Thank you," but their faces brighten, and the
+older people politely shake hands with a "Bueno, bueno, senora" ("Good,
+good, madame"), while the babies munch and crumble their cake and cry
+for more, just as our own white babies do. The thoughtful mamas do not
+forget the miles of "home stretch" before the family, and wisely tuck
+away in their blankets the last bits of cheese and crackers.
+
+When they have looked over the fort, tasted its bread and coffee, and
+sold their cargo, they cheerfully go home to their mud village and
+Indian habits. Old and young, they all are children, easily pleased,
+contented with things as they are, and quite certain in their own minds
+that the Zuni way is the right way to live.
+
+
+
+
+THE INDIAN GIRL AND HER MESSENGER-BIRD
+
+BY GEORGE W. RANCK
+
+
+ONCE upon a time, there was an Indian who lived in a big wood on the
+banks of a beautiful river, and he did nothing all day long but catch
+fish and hunt wild deer. Well, this Indian had two lovely little
+daughters, and he named one Sunbeam, because she was so bright and
+cheerful, and the other he called Starlight, because, he said, her sweet
+eyes twinkled like the stars.
+
+Sunbeam and Starlight were as gay as butterflies, and as busy as bees,
+from morning till night. They ran races under the shady trees, made
+bouquets of wild flowers, swung on grape-vine swings, turned berries and
+acorns into beads, and dressed their glossy black hair with bright
+feathers that beautiful birds had dropped. They loved each other so
+much, and were so happy together, that they never knew what trouble
+meant until, one day, Starlight got very sick, and before the big moon
+came over the tree-tops the sweet Indian child had closed her starry
+eyes in death, and rested for the last time upon her soft, little
+deerskin bed. And now, for the first time, Sunbeam's heart was full of
+grief. She could not play, for Starlight was gone, she knew not where;
+so she took the bright feathers out of her hair, and sat down by the
+river and cried and cried for Starlight to come back to her. But when
+her father told her that Starlight was gone to the Spirit-land of love
+and beauty, and would be happy for ever and ever, Sunbeam was comforted.
+
+"Now," said she, "I know where darling Starlight is, and I can kiss her
+and talk to her again."
+
+Sunbeam had heard her people say that the birds were messengers from the
+Spirit-land. So she hunted through the woods until she found a little
+song-bird, that was too young to fly, fast asleep in its nest. She
+carried it gently home, put it into a cage, and watched over it and fed
+it tenderly day after day until its wings grew strong and it filled the
+woods with its music. Then she carried it in her soft little hands to
+Starlight's grave; and after she had loaded it with kisses and messages
+of love for Starlight, she told it never to cease its sweetest song or
+fold its shining wings until it had flown to the Spirit-land. She let it
+go, and the glad bird, as it rose above the tall green trees, poured
+forth a song more joyful than any that Sunbeam had ever heard. Higher
+and higher it flew, and sweeter and sweeter grew its song, until at last
+both its form and its music were lost in the floating summer clouds.
+
+Then Sunbeam ran swiftly over the soft grass to her father, and told
+him, with a bright smile and a light heart, that she had talked with
+dear Starlight, and had kissed her sweet rosy mouth again; and Sunbeam
+was once more her father's bright and happy little Indian girl.
+
+
+
+
+HOW THE STONE-AGE CHILDREN PLAYED
+
+BY CHARLES C. ABBOTT
+
+
+NOT long since I wandered along a pretty brook that rippled through a
+narrow valley. I was on the lookout for whatever birds might be
+wandering that way, but saw nothing of special interest. So, to while
+away the time, I commenced geologizing; and, as I plodded along my
+lonely way, I saw everywhere traces of an older time, when the sparkling
+rivulet that now only harbors pretty salamanders was a deep creek,
+tenanted by many of our larger fishes.
+
+How fast the earth from the valley's slopes may have been loosened by
+frost and washed by freshet, and carried down to fill up the old bed of
+the stream, we will not stop to inquire; for other traces of this older
+time were also met with here. As I turned over the loose earth by the
+brook-side, and gathered here and there a pretty pebble, I chanced upon
+a little arrow-point.
+
+Whoever has made a collection, be it of postage stamps or birds' eggs,
+knows full well how securing one coveted specimen but increases
+eagerness for others; and so was it with me that pleasant afternoon.
+Just one pretty arrow-point cured me of my laziness, banished every
+trace of fatigue, and filled me with the interest of eager search; and I
+dug and sifted and washed the sandy soil for yards along the brook-side,
+until I had gathered at least a score of curious relics of the
+long-departed red men, or rather of the games and sports and pastimes of
+the red men's hardy and active children.
+
+[Illustration: THE HATCHET]
+
+For centuries before Columbus discovered San Salvador, the red men (or
+Indians, as they are usually called) roamed over all the great continent
+of North America, and having no knowledge of iron as a metal, they were
+forced to make of stone or bone all their weapons, hunting and
+household implements. From this fact they are called, when referring to
+those early times, a stone-age people, and so, of course, the boys and
+girls of that time were stone-age children.
+
+But it is not to be supposed that, because the children of savages, they
+were altogether unlike the youngsters of to-day. In one respect, at
+least, they were quite the same--they were very fond of play.
+
+Their play, however, was not like the games of to-day, as you may see by
+the pictures of their toys. We might, perhaps, call the principal game
+of the boys "Playing Man," for the little stone implements, here
+pictured, are only miniatures of the great stone axes and long
+spear-points of their fathers.
+
+In one particular these old-time children were really in advance of the
+youngsters of to-day; they not only did, in play, what their parents did
+in earnest, but they realized, in part, the results of their playful
+labor. A good old Moravian missionary says: "Little boys are frequently
+seen wading in shallow brooks, shooting small fishes with their bows and
+arrows." Going a-fishing, then, as now, was good fun; but to shoot
+fishes with a bow and arrow is not an easy thing to do, and this is one
+way these stone-age children played, and played to better advantage than
+most of my young readers can.
+
+Among the stone-age children's toys that I gathered that afternoon, were
+those of which we have pictures. The first is a very pretty stone
+hatchet, very carefully shaped, and still quite sharp. It has been
+worked out from a porphyry pebble, and in every way, except size, it is
+the same as hundreds that still are to be found lying about the fields.
+
+No red man would ever deign to use such an insignificant-looking ax, and
+so we must suppose it to have been a toy hatchet for some little fellow
+that chopped away at saplings, or, perhaps, knocked over some poor
+squirrel or rabbit; for our good old Moravian friend, the missionary,
+also tells us that "the boys learn to climb trees when very young, both
+to catch birds and to exercise their sight, which, by this method, is
+rendered so quick that in hunting they see objects at an amazing
+distance." Their play, then, became an excellent schooling for them; and
+if they did nothing but play it was not a loss of time.
+
+The five little arrow-points figured in the second picture are among
+those I found in the valley. The ax was not far away, and both it and
+they may have belonged to the same bold and active young hunter. All of
+these arrow-points are very neatly made.
+
+[Illustration: ARROW-HEADS]
+
+The same missionary tells us that these young red men of the forest
+"exercise themselves very early with bows and arrows, and in shooting at
+a mark. As they grow up, they acquire a remarkable dexterity in shooting
+birds, squirrels, and small game."
+
+Every boy remembers his first penknife, and, whether it had one or three
+blades, was proud enough of it; but how different the fortune of the
+stone-age children, in this matter of a pocket-knife! In the third
+picture is shown a piece of flint that was doubtless chipped into this
+shape that it might be used as a knife.
+
+I have found scores of such knives in the fields that extend along the
+little valley, and a few came to light in my search that afternoon in
+the brook-side sands and gravel. So, if this chipped flint is a knife,
+then, as in modern times, the children were whittlers.
+
+[Illustration: FLINT KNIFE]
+
+Of course, our boys nowadays would be puzzled to cut a willow whistle or
+mend the baby's go-cart with such a knife as this; but still, it will
+not do to despise stone cutlery. The big canoe at the Centennial, that
+took up so much room in the Government Building,--a boat sixty feet
+long,--was made in quite recent times, and only stone knives and
+hatchets were used in the process.
+
+I found too, in that afternoon walk, some curiously shaped splinters of
+jasper, which at first did not seem very well adapted to any purpose;
+and yet, although mere fragments, they had every appearance of having
+been purposely shaped, and not of accidental resemblances to a hook or
+sickle blade. When I got home, I read that perfect specimens, mine being
+certainly pieces of the same form, had been found away off in Norway;
+and Professor Nilsson, who has carefully studied the whole subject, says
+they are fish-hooks.
+
+Instead of my broken ones, we have in the fourth illustration some
+uninjured specimens of these fish-hooks from Norway. Two are made of
+flint, the largest one being bone; and hooks of exactly the same
+patterns really have been found within half a mile of the little valley
+I worked in that afternoon.
+
+The fish-hooks shown in our picture have been thought to be best adapted
+for, and really used in, capturing cod-fish in salt water, and perch and
+pike in inland lakes. The broken hooks I found were fully as large; and
+so the little brook that now ripples down the valley, when a large
+stream, must have had a good many big fishes in it, or the stone-age
+fishermen would not have brought their fishing-hooks, and have lost
+them, along this remnant of a larger stream.
+
+But it must not be supposed that only children in this bygone era did
+the fishing for their tribe. Just as the men captured the larger game,
+so they took the bigger fishes; but it is scarcely probable that the
+boys who waded the little brooks with bows and arrows would remain
+content with that, and, long before they were men, doubtless they were
+adepts in catching the more valuable fishes that abounded, in Indian
+times, in all our rivers.
+
+So, fishing, I think, was another way in which the stone-age children
+played.
+
+[Illustration: FISH-HOOKS]
+
+
+
+
+GAMES AND SPORTS OF THE INDIAN BOY
+
+BY DR. CHARLES ALEXANDER EASTMAN
+
+          [These are actual recollections of the wild life.
+          The Indian boy whose experiences are described
+          wrote them out himself many years afterward when,
+          having graduated at Dartmouth College and the
+          Boston University School of Medicine, he had
+          become an educated man, and a physician among his
+          own people.]
+
+
+THE Indian boy was a prince of the wilderness. He had but very little
+work to do during the period of his boyhood. His principal occupation
+was the practising of a few simple but rigid rules in the arts of
+warfare and the chase. Aside from this, he was master of his time.
+
+Whatever was required of us boys was quickly performed; then the field
+was clear for our games and plays. There was always keen competition
+between us. We felt very much as our fathers did in hunting and
+war--each one strove to excel all the others. It is true that our savage
+life was a precarious one, and full of dreadful catastrophes; however,
+this never prevented us from enjoying our sports to the fullest extent.
+As we left our tepees in the morning, we were never sure that our scalps
+would not dangle from a pole in the afternoon! It was an uncertain life,
+to be sure. Yet we observed that the fawns skipped and played happily
+while the gray wolves might be peeping forth from behind the hills,
+ready to tear them limb from limb.
+
+Our sports were molded by the life and customs of our people--indeed, we
+practised only what we expected to do when grown. Our games were feats
+with the bow and arrow, foot and pony races, wrestling, swimming, and
+imitations of the customs and habits of our fathers. We had sham fights
+with mud balls and willow wands, we played lacrosse, made war upon bees,
+shot winter arrows (which were used only in that season), and coasted
+upon ribs of animals and buffalo-robes.
+
+Our games with bow and arrow were usually combined with hunting; but as
+I shall take hunting for the subject of another letter, I will speak
+only of such as were purely plays.
+
+No sooner did the boys get together than they divided into squads, and
+chose sides; then a leading arrow was shot at random into the air.
+Before it fell to the ground, a volley from the bows of the
+participants followed. Each player was quick to see the direction and
+speed of the leading arrow, and he tried to send his own with the same
+speed and at an equal height, so that when it fell it would be closer
+than any of the others to the first.
+
+It was considered out of place to shoot an arrow by first sighting the
+object aimed at. This was usually impracticable, because the object was
+almost always in motion, while the hunter himself was often on the back
+of a pony in full gallop. Therefore, it was the offhand shot that the
+Indian boy sought to master. There was another game with arrows which
+was characterized by gambling, and was generally confined to the men.
+
+The races were an every-day occurrence. At noon the boys were usually
+gathered by some pleasant sheet of water, and as soon as the ponies were
+watered, they were allowed to graze for an hour or two, while the boys
+stripped for their noonday sports. A boy might say, "I can't run, but I
+challenge you for fifty paces," to some other whom he considered his
+equal. A former hero, when beaten, would often explain his defeat by
+saying, "I had drunk too much water!" Boys of all ages were paired for
+a "spin," and the little red men cheered on their favorites with spirit!
+As soon as this was ended, the pony races followed. All the speedy
+ponies were picked out, and riders chosen. If a boy said, "I cannot
+ride," what a shout went up! Such derision!
+
+Last of all came the swimming. A little urchin would hang to his pony's
+long tail, while the latter held only his head above water and glided
+sportively along. Finally the animals were driven into a fine field of
+grass, and we turned our attention to other games.
+
+Lacrosse was an older game, and was confined entirely to the Sisseton
+and Santee Sioux. Shinny, such as is enjoyed by white boys on ice, is
+now played by the western Sioux. The "moccasin-game," although sometimes
+played by the boys, was intended mainly for adults.
+
+The "mud-and-willow" fight was rather a severe and dangerous sport. A
+lump of soft clay was stuck on one end of a limber and springy willow
+wand, to be thrown with considerable force--as boys throw apples from
+sticks. When there were fifty or a hundred on each side, the battle
+became warm; but anything to arouse the bravery of Indian boys seemed to
+them a good and wholesome sport.
+
+Wrestling was largely indulged in by all of us. It may seem odd, but the
+wrestling was by a great number of boys at once--from ten to any number
+on a side. It was really a battle, but each one chose his own opponent.
+The rule was that if a boy sat down, he was let alone; but as long as he
+remained standing within the field he was open to an attack. No one
+struck with the hand, but all manner of tripping with legs and feet and
+hurting with the knees was allowed; altogether it was an exhausting
+pastime--fully equal to the American game of foot-ball. Only the boy who
+was an athlete could really enjoy it.
+
+One of our most curious sports was a war upon the nests of wild bees. We
+imagined ourselves about to make an attack upon the Chippewas or some
+other tribal foe. We all painted and stole cautiously upon the nest;
+then, with a rush and a war-whoop, sprang upon the object of our attack
+and endeavored to destroy it. But it seemed that the bees were always on
+the alert, and never entirely surprised; for they always raised quite as
+many scalps as did their bold assailants! After the onslaught upon the
+bees was ended, we usually followed it by a pretended scalp-dance.
+
+On the occasion of my first experience in this mode of warfare, there
+were two other little boys who also were novices. One of them,
+particularly, was too young to indulge in such an exploit. As it was the
+custom of the Indians, when they killed or wounded an enemy on the
+battle-field, to announce the act in a loud voice, we did the same. My
+friend Little Wound (as I will call him, for I do not remember his
+name), being quite small, was unable to reach the nest until it had been
+well trampled upon and broken, and the insects had made a counter charge
+with such vigor as to repulse and scatter our numbers in every
+direction. However, he evidently did not want to retreat without any
+honors; so he bravely jumped upon the nest and yelled:
+
+"I, brave Little Wound, to-day kill the only fierce enemy!"
+
+Scarcely was the last word uttered when he screamed as if stabbed to the
+heart. One of his older companions shouted:
+
+"Dive into the water! Run! Dive into the water!" for there was a lake
+near by. This advice he obeyed.
+
+[Illustration: INDIAN BOYS PLAYING "FOLLOW MY LEADER"]
+
+When we had reassembled and were indulging in our mimic dance, Little
+Wound was not allowed to dance. He was considered not to be in
+existence--he had been "killed" by our enemies, the Bee tribe. Poor
+little fellow! His tear-stained face was sad and ashamed, as he sat on a
+fallen log and watched the dance. Although he might well have styled
+himself one of the noble dead who had died for their country, yet he was
+not unmindful that he had _screamed_, and that this weakness would be
+apt to recur to him many times in the future.
+
+We had some quiet plays which we alternated with the more severe and
+warlike ones. Among them were throwing wands and snow-arrows. In the
+winter we coasted much. We had no "double-rippers" nor toboggans, but
+six or seven of the long ribs of a buffalo, fastened together at the
+larger end, answered all practical purposes. Sometimes a strip of
+bass-wood bark, four feet long and half a foot wide, was used with much
+skill. We stood on one end and held the other, using the inside of the
+bark for the outside, and thus coasted down long hills with remarkable
+speed.
+
+Sometimes we played "Medicine Dance." This to us was almost what
+"playing church" is among white children. Our people seem to think it an
+act of irreverence to imitate these dances, but we children thought
+otherwise; therefore we quite frequently enjoyed in secret one of these
+performances. We used to observe all the important ceremonies and
+customs attending it, and it required something of an actor to reproduce
+the dramatic features of the dance. The real dances usually occupied a
+day and a night, and the program was long and varied, so that it was not
+easy to execute all the details perfectly; but the Indian children are
+born imitators.
+
+I was often selected as choirmaster on these occasions, for I had
+happened to learn many of the medicine songs, and was quite an apt
+mimic. My grandmother, who was a noted medicine woman, on hearing of
+these sacrilegious acts (as she called them), warned me that if any of
+the medicine men should learn of my conduct, they would punish me
+terribly by shriveling my limbs with slow disease.
+
+Occasionally we also played "white man." Our knowledge of the pale-face
+was limited, but we had learned that he brought goods whenever he came,
+and that our people exchanged furs for his merchandise. We also knew,
+somehow, that his complexion was white, that he wore short hair on his
+head and long hair on his face, and that he had coat, trousers, and
+hat, and did not patronize blankets in the daytime. This was the picture
+we had formed of the white man. So we painted two or three of our number
+with white clay, and put on them birchen hats, which we sewed up for the
+occasion, fastened a piece of fur to their chins for a beard, and
+altered their costume as much as lay within our power. The white of the
+birch-bark was made to answer for their white shirts. Their merchandise
+consisted of sand for sugar, wild beans for coffee, dried leaves for
+tea, pulverized earth for gunpowder, pebbles for bullets, and clear
+water for dangerous "fire-water." We traded for these goods with skins
+of squirrels, rabbits, and small birds.
+
+When we played "hunting buffalo" we would send a few good runners off on
+the open prairie with meat and other edibles; then start a few of our
+swiftest runners to chase them and capture the food. Once we were
+engaged in this sport when a real hunt by the men was going on near by;
+yet we did not realize that it was so close until, in the midst of our
+play, an immense buffalo appeared, coming at full speed directly toward
+us. Our mimic buffalo hunt turned into a very real "buffalo scare"! As
+it was near the edge of a forest, we soon disappeared among the leaves
+like a covey of young prairie-chickens, and some hid in the bushes while
+others took refuge in tall trees.
+
+In the water we always had fun. When we had no ponies, we often had
+swimming-matches of our own, and we sometimes made rafts with which we
+crossed lakes and rivers. It was a common thing to "duck" a young or
+timid boy, or to carry him into deep water to struggle as best he might.
+
+I remember a perilous ride with a companion on an unmanageable log, when
+we both were less than seven years old. The older boys had put us on
+this uncertain bark and pushed us out into the swift current of the
+river. I cannot speak for my comrade in distress, but I can say now that
+I would rather ride on a wild bronco any day than try to stay on and
+steady a short log in a river. I never knew how we managed to prevent a
+shipwreck on that voyage, and to reach the shore!
+
+We had many curious wild pets. There were young foxes, bears, wolves,
+fawns, raccoons, buffalo calves, and birds of all kinds, tamed by
+various boys. My pets were different at different times, but I
+particularly remember one. I once had a grizzly cub for a pet, and so
+far as he and I were concerned our relations were charming and very
+close. But I hardly know whether he made more enemies for me or I for
+him. It was his custom to treat unmercifully every boy who injured me.
+He was despised for his conduct in my interest, and I was hated on
+account of his interference.
+
+[Illustration: COPY IN BLACK AND WHITE OF A COLOR-DRAWING BY AN INDIAN
+BOY]
+
+
+
+
+AN OLD-TIME THANKSGIVING
+
+BY M. ELOISE TALBOT
+
+
+LITTLE PRUDENCE stood by the window, with her face pressed hard against
+it. She was not looking out; she could not do that, for the
+window-frame, instead of being filled with clear panes of glass, had
+oiled paper stretched tightly across it.
+
+It was a very curious window, indeed, and it transmitted a dull light
+into a very curious room. The floor was of uncovered boards; the walls
+were built of logs of wood with the bark still clinging to them in
+places, and overhead were great rafters from which hung suspended many
+things--swords and corselets, coats, bundles of dried herbs, pots and
+pans.
+
+The furniture was very simple. In the center of the room was a wooden
+table, scoured to whiteness, stiff-backed chairs were ranged against the
+wall, and a dresser, where pewter cups and platters stood in shining
+rows, adorned the farther corner. In a wide chimney-place a royal fire
+was blazing, and before it stood Prudence's mother, carefully stirring
+some mixture in an iron pot which hung upon a crane. Within the circle
+of the firelight, which played upon her yellow hair and turned it to
+ruddy gold, Mehitable, Prudence's sister, stepped rapidly to and fro,
+her spinning-wheel making a humming accompaniment to the crackling of
+the blaze.
+
+Prudence turned to watch her, pushing farther back a little white cap
+which pressed upon her short curls; for she was a little Puritan maiden,
+living in the town of Plymouth, and it was not the present year of our
+Lord, but about two hundred and eighty-four years ago. She was a very
+different Prudence from what she would have been if she had been living
+now, and it was a very different Plymouth from the pleasant town we know
+to-day, with its many houses climbing up the hill, and the busy people
+in its streets. There were only seven houses then, and they stood in one
+line leading to the water, and there was but one building besides--a
+square wooden affair with palisades, which served as a church on
+Sundays, a fort when enemies were feared, and a storehouse all the
+time. Beyond these nothing could be seen but woods--trackless, unknown
+forests--and, away to the east, the ocean, where the waves were booming
+with a lonesome sound.
+
+It was not quite a year before that Prudence's father had stood with the
+other brave colonists on the deck of the _Mayflower_, and had looked
+with eager eyes upon the shore of the New World. This first year in
+Massachusetts had on the whole been a happy one for Prudence. During the
+cold winter which followed their landing, she had indeed cast longing
+thoughts toward the home in Holland which they had left; and especially
+did she long for the Dutch home when she was hungry, and the provisions
+which had been brought on the ship were scanty; but she had forgotten
+all such longings in the bounty given by the summer, and now it seemed
+to her there was no more beautiful place in the world than this New
+England.
+
+It was Prudence's father who opened the door and came in, carrying on
+his shoulder an ax with which he had been felling trees for the winter's
+fuel. Prudence never could get over the queer feeling it gave her to see
+her father thus employed. When they lived in Holland, he was always
+writing and studying in books of many languages, but here he did little
+else than work in the fields, for it was only so that the early settlers
+obtained their daily bread. He leaned his ax in a corner, and came
+toward the fire, rubbing his hands to get out the cold.
+
+"I have news for you, dear heart, to-night," he said to his wife. "I
+have just come from the granary, and indeed there is goodly store laid
+up of corn and rye, and game that has been shot in the forest. The
+children's mouths will not hunger this winter."
+
+"Praised be the Lord!" replied his wife, fervently. "But what is your
+news?"
+
+"The governor hath decided to hold a thanksgiving for the bountiful
+harvest, and on the appointed day is a great feast to be spread; and he
+hath sent a messenger to bid Massasoit to break bread with us."
+
+"Massasoit the Indian?"
+
+"Ay; but a friendly Indian. He will come, and many of his braves with
+him. You will be kept busy, my heart, with the other housewives to bake
+sufficient food for this company."
+
+"Oh, mother, _may_ I go?" cried Prudence, her eyes dancing with
+excitement, clutching at her mother's skirts; but her father continued:
+
+"How now, Mehitable? The news of a coming feast does not seem to make
+you merry as it was wont to do in Holland."
+
+Mehitable was grave, and there was even a tear in her eye.
+
+"I know," cried Joel, who was two years older than Prudence; "she is
+thinking of John Andrews, who is across the sea."
+
+But the father frowned, and the mother said, "Peace, foolish children!"
+as she placed the porridge on the table.
+
+So Prudence and Joel drew up their benches, and said no more. Chairs and
+conversation did not belong to children in those days; they sat on
+little stools and kept silence. That did not keep them from thinking. A
+thanksgiving feast! What could it be? The only thanksgiving they knew
+about meant such long prayers in church that the little people grew very
+tired before the end--but a feast!--that would be something new and
+interesting.
+
+The feast was to be held on the following Thursday; so, during all the
+days between, the house was full of the stir of brewing and baking.
+Prudence polished the apples, and Joel pounded the corn, in eager
+anticipation; but when the day arrived a disappointment awaited them,
+for their father decreed that they should remain at home.
+
+"You are over-young, my little Prudence, and Joel is over-bold; besides
+which, he must stay and care for you."
+
+"And do neither of you leave the house while your father and I are
+away," added the mother. "I shall not have a moment's peace of mind, if
+I think you are wandering outside alone."
+
+"I will bring you back a Dutch cake, my little sister," whispered
+Mehitable, who looked sweeter than ever in her best attire of black silk
+and a lace kerchief, which with an unwilling heart she had put on in
+obedience to her mother's command.
+
+But when the elders were gone the disappointment and loneliness were too
+much for the children. Prudence, being a girl, sat down in a corner and
+cried; while Joel, being a boy, got angry, and strode up and down the
+room with his hands in his pockets.
+
+"It is too bad!" he burst out suddenly. "The greedy, grown-up people, I
+believe they want all the food themselves! It's a downright shame to
+keep us at home!"
+
+"Joel!" gasped Prudence, horrified--"father and mother!"
+
+"Well, I know," admitted Joel, more mildly; "but they need not have shut
+us up in the house as if we were babies. Prudence, let's go out in the
+yard and play, if we can't do anything else."
+
+"But mother forbade us," said Prudence.
+
+"I know. But then, of course, she only meant we must not go into the
+woods for fear of wild beasts. There is no danger here by the doorsteps,
+and father won't care; _he's_ not afraid!"
+
+"I--don't--know," faltered Prudence.
+
+"Well, _I'm_ going, anyway," said Joel, resolutely, taking his hat from
+the peg. "Ah, do come too, Prudence!" he added persuasively.
+
+So Prudence, though she knew in her heart it was a naughty thing to do,
+took off her cap, and tying her little Puritan bonnet under her chin,
+followed Joel through the door.
+
+Once outside, I am afraid their scruples were soon forgotten. All the
+sunshine of the summer and the sparkling air of the winter were fused
+together to make a wonderful November day. The children felt like colts
+just loosed, and ran and shouted together till, if there had not been a
+good deal of noise also at the stone house where the feast was being
+spread, their shrill little voices must surely have been heard there.
+
+All at once Joel caught Prudence by the arm.
+
+"Hush!" he exclaimed. "Look!"
+
+A beautiful gray squirrel ran across the grass in front of them. It
+stopped, poising its little head and intently listening.
+
+"I'm going to catch him," whispered Joel, excitedly. "Father said if I
+could catch one, he would make me a cage for it. Come along."
+
+He tiptoed softly forward, but the squirrel heard and was up and away in
+an instant. Joel pursued, and Prudence ran after him. Such a chase as
+the little creature gave them--up on the fence, under the stones, across
+the fields, and finally straight to the woods, with the children panting
+and stumbling after, still keeping him in sight. Breath and patience
+gave out at last; but when they stopped, where were they? In the very
+heart of the forest, where the dead leaves rustled, and the sunlight
+slanted down upon them, and the squirrel, safe in the top of a tree,
+chattered angrily.
+
+"Never saw--anything run--so fast," panted Joel in disgust.
+"I--give--him up. We had better go back, Prudence. Why--but--I don't
+think I know the way!"
+
+Prudence's lip quivered, and her eyes filled.
+
+"That's just like a girl!" said Joel, harshly, "to go and cry the first
+thing."
+
+"I don't care," cried Prudence, indignation burning away her tears; "you
+brought me into this, anyhow, Joel, and now you ought to get me out."
+
+This was so obviously true that Joel had no retort at hand. Besides, he
+did not like to see Prudence unhappy. So, after a moment, he put his arm
+around her.
+
+"Never mind, Prue," he said; "I think if we try together, we can find
+the way home."
+
+But though they walked until their feet were weary, they could find no
+familiar spot.
+
+When they came out of the woods at last, it was only to find themselves
+unexpectedly on the sandy beach of the ocean. They sat down on two
+stones, and looked at each other in silence. Joel began to feel even his
+bravery giving way. All at once they heard a sound of soft feet, and a
+low, sweet voice said:
+
+"How do, English!"
+
+A little Indian boy stood before them. He wore a garment of skins, and a
+tiny bow and quiver hung upon his back. His feet were bare, and he
+walked so lightly that the children could hardly hear his tread.
+Prudence, in fright, shrank close to her brother; but Joel had seen many
+Indians during their year in the New World, and the stranger's eyes were
+so bright and soft that the white boy returned the Indian's salutation.
+Then, plunging his hand into his pocket, Joel brought forth a handful of
+nut-meats, and held them out for an offering.
+
+[Illustration: "'HOW DO, ENGLISH!'"]
+
+The little Indian smiled delightedly, and politely took a few--not all.
+Having munched the kernels gravely, the new-comer began to dance.
+
+It was a most remarkable dance. It was first a stately measure,
+accompanied by many poisings on his toes, and liftings of his head, from
+which the wind blew back his straight black hair; but gradually his
+motions grew faster and more furious, his slow steps changed to running,
+he turned, he twisted his lithe body into all possible contorted shapes,
+he threw his arms high above his head, waving them wildly, he took great
+leaps into the air, and finally, when his dance had lasted about fifteen
+minutes, several amazing somersaults brought him breathless, but still
+smiling, to the children's feet.
+
+His spectators had been shouting with delight during the whole
+performance, and now asked him eager questions. What was his name? How
+did he learn to dance? Could he not speak any more English? But to all
+their inquiries he only shook his head, and at last sat down beside
+them, motionless now as any little bronze statue, and looked steadily
+out to sea.
+
+Prudence's head drooped upon her brother's shoulder.
+
+"I'm rather tired, Joel," she said wistfully; "don't you think we could
+get to Plymouth pretty soon?"
+
+"I don't know," said Joel, despondently.
+
+At the words the Indian boy sprang to his feet. He ran toward the woods,
+then stopped, and beckoned them to follow.
+
+"He is going in the wrong direction, I am sure," said Joel, shaking his
+head.
+
+The boy stamped on the ground with impatience, and, running back, seized
+Prudence's hand, and gently pulled her forward.
+
+"Plymout'!" he said, in his strange accent.
+
+The children looked at each other.
+
+"We might as well try him," said Joel.
+
+The boy clapped his hands together, and ran on before them into the
+forest. It was a weary journey, over bogs and fallen trees, and seemed
+three times as long as when they had come. A wasp once stung Prudence on
+the cheek, making her cry out with pain; but quick as thought the little
+Indian caught up a pellet of clay, and plastered it upon the wound, and,
+marvelous to relate, before many minutes the sharp pain had quite gone
+away.
+
+The woods seemed gradually to grow a little more open, and pretty soon
+they heard the distant tinkle of a cow-bell. At last (Prudence held her
+breath for fear it might not be true) they emerged suddenly into the
+clearing, and home lay before them.
+
+They found they had made a complete circle since they started.
+
+Their little guide stooped and picked up a gaudy-colored feather from
+the ground. He examined it closely, and then he shouted aloud, and began
+to run toward the storehouse as fast as his sturdy legs could carry him.
+
+"I want to see mother," said Prudence, half crying with fatigue; so they
+ran all together across the clearing.
+
+All this while the feast had been progressing. About noontime the great
+Massasoit, chief of the Indian tribe called the Wampanoags, had emerged
+from the forest with all his tallest braves in single file behind him.
+They wore their best beaver-skins, and their heads were gay with nodding
+feathers. They were received at the door of the storehouse by their
+English entertainers, who also wore the bravest attire that Puritan
+custom allowed. They gave the braves a hearty welcome.
+
+Within, the long table fairly groaned with abundance of good cheer; for
+the housewives had vied with one another to provide the fattest game and
+the daintiest dishes that Dutch or English housewifery had taught them.
+
+After asking a blessing, they all sat down, the stalwart colonists and
+their fair-haired women side by side with the taciturn Indians. The
+white men felt that the best way to thank God for the harvest was to
+share it with their dark-skinned brethren, who had first taught them to
+plant and raise the maize which now furnished the table.
+
+Governor Bradford sat at the head of the table. He hoped much from this
+feast; first, that it might cement the friendship between the colonists
+and their Indian neighbors, the Wampanoags; and, second, that the news
+of it might induce the neighboring tribes, which were still partly
+hostile, to live in peace with the settlers. But though food and talk
+passed blithely round among the other guests, the governor saw, with
+growing dismay, that the great Massasoit sat frowning and depressed. The
+governor was not long in learning the cause. The interpreter, observing
+the governor's uneasiness, whispered in his ear that in a recent war
+with the Narragansetts, Massasoit's only child, a boy, was missed and
+was thought to have been taken prisoner, and of course put to death,
+after the cruel savage custom.
+
+Toward the end of the feast, drink was served to every guest. For the
+first time Massasoit showed animation. He seized his cup, and lifted it
+in the air, and cried aloud in his native tongue, as he sprang to his
+feet:
+
+          "May plague and famine seize the Narragansetts!"
+
+At that very moment the house-door opened, and a pretty group appeared
+upon the threshold. Two English children stood there, as fair and rosy
+as the May-time, and between them a dark, lithe little Indian with
+sparkling eyes.
+
+Prudence ran straight to her mother.
+
+Massasoit paused and trembled; then, as his cup fell and shivered upon
+the ground, he crossed the room in one stride, and caught the Indian boy
+in his arms, looking at him as if he could never see enough.
+
+Governor Bradford knew in an instant that the lost child had been
+restored, even without the Indian warrior's shout of triumph, and
+Massasoit's passionate exclamation: "Light of my eyes--staff of my
+footsteps!--thou art come back to me--the warmth of my heart, the
+sunlight of my wigwam!"
+
+[Illustration: "'THOU ART COME BACK TO ME--THE WARMTH OF MY HEART, THE
+SUNLIGHT OF MY WIGWAM!' EXCLAIMED MASSASOIT"]
+
+The rejoicing was so great that no one thought of chiding Joel and
+Prudence for their disobedience. The governor himself gave Joel a
+large slice of pudding, and Prudence told all her adventures, throned
+upon her father's knee, wearing around her neck a string of wampum which
+the grateful Massasoit had hung there.
+
+"And, oh!" she exclaimed, "while the Indian boy was dancing for Joel and
+me, I looked out to sea, and I saw such a wonderful bird--a great white
+bird, flying along close to the water, and rising up and down. It was
+many times greater than the swans in Amsterdam!"
+
+"Was it, my little maid?" said the good governor, laying his hand on her
+head, and then he exchanged a keen look with Prudence's father, saying
+nothing more. But when the guests had departed, bearing home the Indian
+boy in triumph, none was so early as the governor to reach the seashore;
+and it was his call that brought the colonists to see the good ship
+_Fortune_ (Prudence's "great white bird") already rounding the point,
+and making ready to cast anchor in Plymouth harbor.
+
+Ah, then indeed the great guns rang out from the shore to hail the ship,
+and the ship's cannon boomed a quick reply, and the whole little town
+was full and running over with glad welcome for the second English
+vessel to land upon our Massachusetts coast.
+
+In the evening a happy circle gathered round the fire in the house of
+Prudence's father, and there was eager talk, for all had much to learn
+and to tell.
+
+"I know now," said Joel to Prudence, as they sat side by side--"I know
+now what Thanksgiving means. It means plenty to eat."
+
+Prudence looked at the dear faces around her, at Mehitable's sweet
+smile, and at the shining eyes of John Andrews, for he had been a
+passenger by the _Fortune_.
+
+"Perhaps," she replied; "but I think, Joel, that we have Thanksgiving
+because we are so glad to be all together once more."
+
+This first Thanksgiving happened long ago, but out of it all our later
+ones have grown; and when we think of the glad meetings of long-parted
+parents and sons and daughters, of the merry frolics with brothers and
+sisters and cousins, which come upon Thanksgiving Day, in spite of our
+bountiful dinner-tables we shall agree with Prudence that it is the
+happy family party which makes the pleasure, after all.
+
+
+
+
+SOME INDIAN DOLLS
+
+BY OLIVE THORNE MILLER
+
+
+AMONG the wild Indians of our country is surely the last place one would
+look for toys, and travelers have said they had none; but a closer look
+brings some to light. On the desk before me sit two dear creatures, just
+arrived from Dakota Territory. They were made by some loving mother of
+the Gros Ventre tribe of Indians. But the unfortunate little redskin
+girl for whom they were intended never received them after all, for they
+were bought by a white man, and sent to New York to sit for their
+picture for you.
+
+They are a queer-looking pair, dressed in the most elegant Gros Ventre
+style. They are eighteen inches tall, made of cloth, with their noses
+sewed on, and their faces well colored; not only made red, like the
+skin, but with painted features. The Indian doll has a gentle
+expression, with mild eyes, but the squaw has a wild look, as though
+she were very much scared to find herself in a white man's tepee. Both
+have long hair in a braid over each ear, but the brave has also a
+quantity hanging down his back, and a crest standing up on top--perhaps
+as "scalp-lock."
+
+[Illustration: DOLLS FROM DAKOTA TERRITORY]
+
+The dress of the lady resembles, in style and material, a bathing-suit.
+It is of blue flannel, trimmed with red braid, a long blouse and
+leggings of the same. She has also moccasins, and a string of blue beads
+around her neck, besides little dots of beads all over her waist. The
+suit of the warrior is similar in style, but the blouse is of unbleached
+muslin, daubed with streaks of red paint, and trimmed with braid, also
+red. Across his breast he wears an elaborate ornament of white beads,
+gorgeous to behold.
+
+Beside these Gros Ventre dolls stand another pair, from a Canada tribe;
+the squaw dragging a six-inch-long toboggan loaded with tent and poles,
+while the warrior carries his snow-shoes. She is dressed in red and
+black flannel, with calico blouse and cloth hood; tin bracelets are on
+her arms, and her breast bears an ornament like a dinner-plate, also of
+tin. Her lord and master wears a dandyish suit of white canton-flannel,
+fuzzy side out, a calico shirt, red necktie, and likewise a hood and tin
+dinner-plate. They are made of wood, with joints at hip and shoulder,
+and the faces are carved and painted. Wild dolls are curious and
+interesting. Let me tell you of a few others I have seen.
+
+The little Moquis girls have wooden dolls of different sizes and
+degrees. The best have arms and legs, are dressed in one garment of
+coarse cotton, and instead of hair have feathers sticking out of their
+heads, like the ends of a feather duster.
+
+A lower grade of Moquis doll has no limbs, but is gaily painted in
+stripes, and wears beads as big as its fist would be, if it had one.
+This looks as you would with a string of oranges around your neck. The
+poorest of all, which has evidently been loved by some poor little
+Indian girl, has in place of a head a sprig of evergreen. How did the
+white man get hold of a treasure like this? Is the little owner grown
+up? Is she laid to sleep under the daisies? Or was this doll left behind
+in a hurried flight of the Moquis village before an enemy?
+
+It isn't an Edison doll; it can't talk,--so we shall never know.
+
+
+
+
+THE WALKING PURCHASE
+
+BY GEORGE WHEELER
+
+
+IN the early twilight of a September morning, more than one hundred and
+sixty years ago, a remarkable company might have been seen gathering
+about a large chestnut-tree at the cross-roads near the Friends'
+meeting-house in Wrightstown, Pennsylvania. It is doubtful whether any
+one of us could have guessed what the meeting meant. Most of the party
+were Quakers in wide-brimmed hats and plain dress, and if it had been
+First-day instead of Third-day, we might have thought they were
+gathering under the well-known tree for a neighborly chat before
+"meeting." Nor was it a warlike rendezvous; for the war-cry of the
+Lenni-Lenape had never yet been raised against the "Children of Mignon"
+(Elder Brother), as the followers of William Penn were called; and in a
+little group somewhat apart were a few athletic Indians in peaceful
+garb and friendly attitude. But it evidently was an important meeting,
+for here were several prominent officials, including even so notable a
+person as Proprietor Thomas Penn.
+
+In 1686, fifty-one years before this, William Penn bought from the
+Lenni-Lenape, or Delaware Indians, a section bounded on the east by the
+Delaware, on the west by the Neshaminy, and extending to the north from
+his previous purchases "as far as a man can go in a day and a half." No
+effort was made to fix the northern boundary until the Indians, becoming
+uneasy at the encroachments of the settlers, asked to have the line
+definitely marked. On August 25, 1737, after several conferences between
+the Delawares and William Penn's sons, John and Thomas, who, after their
+father's death, became proprietors of Pennsylvania, the treaty of 1686
+was confirmed, and a day was appointed for beginning the walk. This
+explains why the crowd was gathering about the old chestnut-tree in the
+early dawn of that day, September 19, 1737.
+
+"Ready!" called out Sheriff Smith.
+
+[Illustration: "THE THREE MEN STEPPED FROM THE CROWD AND PLACED THEIR
+RIGHT HANDS UPON THE TREE"]
+
+At the word, James Yeates, a native of New England, "tall, slim, of much
+ability and speed of foot," Solomon Jennings, "a remarkably stout and
+strong man," and Edward Marshall, a well-known hunter, over six feet
+tall, and noted as a walker, stepped from the crowd and placed their
+right hands upon the tree.
+
+Thomas Penn had promised five pounds in money and five hundred acres of
+land to the walker who covered the greatest distance; and these three
+men were to contest for the prize. Just as the edge of the sun showed
+above the horizon, Sheriff Smith gave the word, and the race began.
+
+Yeates quickly took up the lead, stepping lightly. Then came Jennings,
+accompanied by two Indians, who were there to see that the walking was
+fairly done. Closely following them were men on horseback, including the
+sheriff and the surveyor-general. Thomas Penn himself followed the party
+for some distance. Far in the rear came Marshall, walking in a careless
+manner, swinging a hatchet in one hand, "to balance himself," and at
+intervals munching a dry biscuit, of which he carried a small supply. He
+seemed to have forgotten a resolution he had made to "win the prize of
+five hundred acres of land, or lose his life in the attempt."
+
+Thomas Penn had secretly sent out a preliminary party to blaze the
+trees along the line of the walk for as great a distance as it was
+thought possible for a man to walk in eighteen hours. So, when the
+wilderness was reached, the walkers still had the best and most direct
+course clearly marked out for them. The Indians soon protested against
+the speed, saying over and over: "That's not fair. You run. You were to
+walk." But the treaty said, "As far as a man can _go_," and the walkers
+were following it in letter, if not in spirit, as they hurried along.
+Their protests being disregarded, the Indians endeavored to delay the
+progress by stopping to rest; but the white men dismounted, and allowed
+the Indians to ride, and thus pushed on as rapidly as ever. At last the
+Indians refused to go any farther, and left the party.
+
+Before Lehigh River was reached Jennings was exhausted, gave up the
+race, and lagged behind in the company of followers. His health was
+shattered, and he lived only a few years.
+
+That night the party slept on the north side of the Lehigh Mountains,
+half a mile from the Indian village of Hokendauqua. Next morning, while
+some of the party searched for the horses which had strayed away during
+the night, others went to the village to request Lappawinzoe, the
+chief, to send other Indians to accompany the walkers. He angrily
+replied: "You have all the good land now, and you may as well take the
+bad, too." One old Indian, indignant at the stories of how the white men
+rushed along in their greed to get as much land as possible, remarked in
+a tone of deep disgust: "No sit down to smoke; no shoot squirrel; but
+lun, lun, lun, all day long."
+
+Scarcely had the last half-day's walk begun before Yeates, who was a
+drinking man, was overcome by the tremendous exertions and intemperance
+of the previous day. He stumbled at the edge of Big Creek, and rolled,
+helpless, down the bank into the water. When rescued he was entirely
+blind, and his death followed within three days.
+
+Marshall still pressed on. Passing the last of the blazed trees which
+had hitherto guided him, he seized a compass offered by Surveyor-General
+Eastburn, and by its aid still continued his onward course. At last,
+Sheriff Smith, who for some time had frequently looked at his watch,
+called, "Halt!" Marshall instantly threw himself at full length, and
+grasped a sapling. Here was the starting-point for the northern boundary
+of the purchase of 1686, sixty-eight miles from the old chestnut-tree
+at Wrightstown, and very close to where Mauch Chunk stands to-day. The
+walk was twice as long as the Indians expected it to be.
+
+Unfortunately for the Delawares, they knew too little of legal
+technicalities to notice that the deed did not state in what direction
+the northern boundary was to be drawn. They naturally expected it to be
+drawn to the nearest point on the Delaware. But the surveyor-general, to
+please Penn, decided that the line should run at right angles to the
+direction of the walk, which was almost exactly northwest. Draw a line
+from Mauch Chunk to the Delaware so that if extended it would pass
+through New York city, and another to the point where New York, New
+Jersey, and Pennsylvania meet. The first is the Indian's idea of the
+just way to lay out the northern boundary; the second is the line which
+Surveyor-General Eastburn actually finished marking out in four days
+after Marshall's walk ended.
+
+And so the three hundred thousand acres which the Indians would have
+given to the Penns as the result of Marshall's walk were increased to
+half a million by taking selfish advantage of a flaw in the deed.
+
+[Illustration: "THE INDIANS PROTESTED AGAINST THE SPEED"]
+
+The Lenni-Lenape had loved and trusted William Penn because he always
+dealt openly and fairly with them. "We will live in love with William
+Penn and his children," said they, "as long as the sun and moon shall
+shine." But the wrongs inflicted on them in the "walking purchase"
+aroused the deepest indignation. "Next May," said Lappawinzoe, "we will
+go to Philadelphia, each one with a buckskin to repay the presents and
+take back our land again." It was too late, however, for this to be
+done.
+
+At last, in 1741, the Indians determined to resort to arms to secure
+justice. But the Iroquois, to whom the Delawares had long been subject,
+came to the aid of the Penns, and the last hope of righting the wrong
+was gone forever.
+
+There seems a sort of poetic justice in the later experiences of the
+principal men in the affair. Marshall never got his five hundred acres
+of land, and his wife was killed in an attack by the Indians. Eastburn
+was repudiated by Thomas Penn, and his heirs were notified that they
+"need not expect the least favor." Penn himself was brought before the
+king and forced to disown many of his acts and agents in a most
+humiliating manner.
+
+But all this did not repair the injury to the Delawares, and they never
+again owned, as a tribe, a single inch along the river from which they
+took their name.
+
+A small monument, erected by the Bucks County Historical Society, marks
+the spot where the old chestnut-tree formerly stood. In order that this
+might not seem to condone an unworthy deed, the monument was dedicated,
+not to those who made or conducted the walk, but to the Lenni-Lenape
+Indians--"not to the wrong, but to the persons wronged."
+
+The inscription on the stone reads:
+
+          TO THE MEMORY OF THE LENNI-LENAPE INDIANS,
+               ANCIENT OWNERS OF THIS REGION,
+                 THESE STONES ARE PLACED AT
+                   THIS SPOT, THE STARTING-POINT
+                              OF THE
+
+                          "INDIAN WALK,"
+
+                        September 19, 1737.
+
+
+
+
+THE FIRST AMERICANS
+
+BY F. S. DELLENBAUGH
+
+
+IN the middle of the sixteenth century, when the Spaniards who had
+followed Columbus and Cortes to the New World worked their way northward
+into the region that is now New Mexico and Arizona, they found to their
+surprise a people dwelling there in well-constructed, flat-roofed houses
+of stone. They gave to these people the name of _Pueblos_, or villagers,
+to distinguish them from the wild tribes; and by this name they have
+been known in general ever since, though each village and cluster of
+villages has its distinctive title.
+
+The Pueblos, instead of roaming about, subsisting on chance game,
+cultivated Indian corn so largely that they ordinarily were able to
+store a supply to provide against the possibility of future famine; and
+such is still their custom. Not only had they made this progress in
+agriculture and architecture, but they had also done something in the
+way of manufacturing, especially in the making of pottery and weaving of
+blankets. Their pottery was varied in shape and ornamentation and
+skilfully modeled without the aid of a wheel. Of the potter's wheel they
+are ignorant to this day, still following the practice of their
+forefathers in this matter as in many others. Their blankets of cotton
+were unique in their designs; and these designs are perpetuated to-day
+in woolen material, as well as in cotton, though the latter is now used
+principally in the sacred ceremonies.
+
+Those towns nearest to Santa Fe (which itself was originally a Pueblo
+village and is, probably, the oldest town inhabited by white people in
+the United States) came most directly under the influence of the
+Spaniards. They made Santa Fe their seat of government, and gradually
+many Spanish customs prevailed among the natives in this part of the
+country. The Spanish priests, following the army of invasion, soon made
+converts, and eventually the barbarous rites of the people in the towns
+near Santa Fe were abolished in favor of Christianity. Churches of
+adobe, or sun-dried brick, were erected, and the Christian religion was
+in time accepted by numerous communities.
+
+The towns at a distance were not so easy of access, and hence longer
+maintained their independence, supporting and favoring the smoldering
+discontent of those in other localities whose prejudices or patriotism
+resented the Spanish dominion. These native patriots believed the
+salvation of their country demanded the expulsion of these domineering
+foreigners from their land. We cannot blame them for thus regarding the
+Spaniards, for we should certainly resent any interference by foreign
+powers with our affairs, and the Pueblos were, in many respects, a
+civilized people and had governed themselves for centuries before the
+Spaniards appeared in their territories. Secretly, these patriots worked
+to arouse their fellow-countrymen against the intruders, hoping to
+succeed in a revolution which should annihilate the Spanish power and
+restore the ancient rites and customs. Several of these conspiracies
+were discovered by the Spanish Governor-General, and the conspirators
+paid for their patriotism with their lives; but, in a few years, others
+took their places, and while peace seemed to smile on all the land, a
+volcano was seething under the very feet of the invaders.
+
+There had been so much internal dissension among the Pueblos over
+religion and over water-privileges (often a matter of the utmost
+importance in those arid lands) before the arrival of the Spaniards,
+that concerted action must have been difficult to bring about; but at
+last, near the end of the seventeenth century, there was a mighty
+uprising, the foreigners were driven out of the country, and retreated
+into Mexico, and those villages which had been under the Spanish yoke
+revived their native ceremonies, which had been in disuse for a full
+century.
+
+Meanwhile the Spaniards were not content to let slip so easily this
+accession to their king's domain. Collecting a stronger army, General
+Vargas returned, and conquered village after village, until the
+rebellion was extinguished for all time. Never since that day have the
+Pueblos shown a warlike spirit, having accepted their subjugation as
+inevitable. They were made citizens by Spain, but since their territory
+became a portion of the United States they have ranked politically with
+the other Indians. The last locality to be brought under subjection was
+the Province of Tusayan, the home of the Mokis.
+
+[Illustration: A PUEBLO INDIAN BESIDE AN EAGLE-CAGE]
+
+At that time this province was so difficult to reach, that the horses
+of the Spanish general's troops were completely demoralized, and he was
+therefore obliged to omit a visit to Oraibi, the largest and furthest
+removed of the villages. He had, however, met with little resistance
+from the inhabitants, and, doubtless, did not deem the Mokis a warlike
+race. After the departure of Vargas, the Mokis continued their old ways
+and were seldom visited, so that even now, three and a half centuries
+after the first visit of the Spaniards, they remain nearly in their
+original condition.
+
+Next to the Moki towns, the Pueblo of Zuni maintained its primitive
+customs to the greatest extent, and from similar causes.
+
+The illustration is from a photograph made in Zuni by Mr. Hillers,
+photographer of the Bureau of Ethnology, and shows one of the natives,
+dressed in the costume of to-day, beside an eagle-cage. The costume is
+composed of simple materials, the trousers being of unbleached cotton,
+the shirt of calico, and the turban generally of some soft red cloth.
+The Mokis wear their hair cut straight across the eyebrows in a sort of
+"bang," then straight back even with the bottom of the ear, the rest
+being made up into a knob behind. All are particular about their
+ornaments, caring little for any common sorts of beads, but treasuring
+coral, turquoise, and silver.
+
+The eagle is sacred among Pueblos who have not abandoned their native
+religion, and the feathers are used in religious ceremonies. For this
+reason the eagle is protected and every feather preserved. His
+nesting-places are carefully watched, and often visited, so that a
+supply of feathers, from little downy ones no larger than a twenty-five
+cent piece to the stiff and long ones from the wing and tail, are
+preserved in every family,--the first, or downy ones, to breathe their
+prayers upon; the larger ones for other sacred uses. Sometimes several
+"prayers" are fastened to one little twig that all may proceed together
+to their destination. There is something very poetic in this breathing
+of a prayer upon a feather from the breast of an eagle--in flight the
+king of birds, familiar with regions which man can know only through
+sight.
+
+The Navajos have no reverence for the bird. They make raids upon the
+nesting-places where for centuries the Mokis have obtained feathers, and
+these raids are a common source of trouble between the two tribes.
+
+None of the present buildings of the Pueblos are equal in masonry to the
+ruins common throughout the region. These were ruins even when the
+Spaniards arrived, and, consequently, it is supposed that a superior
+people once occupied the country, who may, however, have been either
+ancestors or kindred to the Pueblos. In time the question may be solved
+through the numerous legends illustrated in pottery decoration, for all
+the decorations have a meaning, and the legends are handed down by word
+of mouth from father to son. Once when the legends were being discussed,
+Pow-it-iwa, an old Moki, poetically remarked to a friend of mine, "Many
+have passed by the house of my fathers, and none has stopped to ask
+where they have gone; but we of our family live to-day to teach our
+children concerning the past."
+
+
+
+
+ANIMAL STORIES
+
+RETOLD FROM
+
+ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE
+
+IN SIX VOLUMES. EDITED BY M. H. CARTER, DEPARTMENT OF SCIENCE, NEW YORK
+TRAINING SCHOOL FOR TEACHERS
+
+  ABOUT ANIMALS
+    Interesting facts about animals in general.
+
+  BEAR STORIES
+    Information and adventure.
+
+  CAT STORIES
+    Dealing with the cat as a pet.
+
+  STORIES OF BRAVE DOGS
+    Showing the dog's love and devotion to man.
+
+  LION AND TIGER STORIES
+    Stories of adventure.
+
+  PANTHER STORIES
+    Stories of adventure.
+
+          EACH ABOUT 200 PAGES, FULL CLOTH, 12MO
+          THE CENTURY CO.
+
+
+
+
+GEOGRAPHICAL STORIES RETOLD FROM ST. NICHOLAS MAGAZINE IN SIX VOLUMES
+
+A Series of Books of Adventure, Travel and Description, chiefly in the
+Great Sections of the United States
+
+  WESTERN FRONTIER STORIES
+    Stories of the early West, full of adventure.
+
+  STORIES OF THE GREAT LAKES
+    Niagara and our great chain of Inland Seas.
+
+  ISLAND STORIES
+    Stories of our island dependencies and of many other islands.
+
+  STORIES OF STRANGE SIGHTS
+    Descriptions of natural wonders, curious places and unusual sights.
+
+  SEA STORIES
+    Tales of shipwreck and adventures at sea.
+
+  SOUTHERN STORIES
+    Pictures, scenes and stories of our Sunny South.
+
+          Each about 200 pages. 50 illustrations.
+          Full cloth, 12mo.
+          THE CENTURY CO.
+
+       *       *       *       *       *
+
+Transcriber's Note:
+
+Page 134, "racoons" changed to "raccoons" (fawns, raccoons, buffalo)
+
+
+
+
+
+End of Project Gutenberg's Indian Stories Retold From St. Nicholas, by Various
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK INDIAN STORIES RETOLD ***
+
+***** This file should be named 35021.txt or 35021.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/5/0/2/35021/
+
+Produced by Juliet Sutherland, Emmy and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/35021.zip b/35021.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b166a4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/35021.zip
diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6312041
--- /dev/null
+++ b/LICENSE.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements,
+metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be
+in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES.
+
+Procedures for determining public domain status are described in
+the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org.
+
+No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in
+jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize
+this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright
+status under the laws that apply to them.
diff --git a/README.md b/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2e6b347
--- /dev/null
+++ b/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for
+eBook #35021 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/35021)